grepcent / static financial knowledge base

PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. (PNC)

CIK: 0000713676. SIC: 6021 National Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-20.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=713676. Latest filing source: 0000713676-26-000020.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue23,099,000,000USD20252026-02-20
Net income6,997,000,000USD20252026-02-20
Assets573,572,000,000USD20252026-02-20

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-20. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000713676.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue15,162,000,00016,329,000,00016,190,000,00016,839,000,00016,901,000,00019,211,000,00021,120,000,00021,490,000,00021,555,000,00023,099,000,000
Net income3,985,000,0005,388,000,0005,346,000,0005,418,000,0007,558,000,0005,725,000,0006,113,000,0005,647,000,0005,953,000,0006,997,000,000
Diluted EPS7.3010.3610.7111.3916.9612.7013.8512.7913.7416.59
Operating cash flow3,500,000,0005,579,000,0007,840,000,0007,363,000,0004,659,000,0007,214,000,0009,083,000,00010,111,000,0007,880,000,0004,384,000,000
Dividends paid1,061,000,0001,266,000,0001,601,000,0001,895,000,0001,980,000,0002,056,000,0002,391,000,0002,461,000,0002,537,000,0002,635,000,000
Share buybacks2,062,000,0002,447,000,0002,877,000,0003,578,000,0001,624,000,0001,079,000,0003,731,000,000651,000,000687,000,0001,338,000,000
Assets366,380,000,000380,768,000,000382,315,000,000410,295,000,000466,679,000,000557,191,000,000557,263,000,000561,580,000,000560,038,000,000573,572,000,000
Liabilities319,526,000,000333,183,000,000334,545,000,000360,952,000,000412,638,000,000501,465,000,000511,451,000,000510,439,000,000505,569,000,000512,936,000,000
Stockholders' equity45,699,000,00047,513,000,00047,728,000,00049,314,000,00054,010,000,00055,695,000,00045,774,000,00051,105,000,00054,425,000,00060,585,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin26.28%33.00%33.02%32.18%44.72%29.80%28.94%26.28%27.62%30.29%
Return on equity8.72%11.34%11.20%10.99%13.99%10.28%13.35%11.05%10.94%11.55%
Return on assets1.09%1.42%1.40%1.32%1.62%1.03%1.10%1.01%1.06%1.22%
Liabilities / equity6.997.017.017.327.649.0011.179.999.298.47

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-05. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000713676.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-303.39reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-303.78reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-313.98reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-305,293,000,0001,500,000,0003.36reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-305,233,000,0001,570,000,0003.60reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-315,361,000,000883,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-315,145,000,0001,344,000,0003.10reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-305,411,000,0001,477,000,0003.39reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-305,432,000,0001,505,000,0003.49reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-315,567,000,0001,627,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-315,452,000,0001,499,000,0003.51reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-305,661,000,0001,643,000,0003.85reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-305,915,000,0001,822,000,0004.35reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-316,071,000,0002,033,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-316,165,000,0001,772,000,0004.13reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000713676-26-000038.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 2 span was a TOC or reference stub. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-05. Report date: 2026-03-31.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, we are one of the largest diversified financial institutions in the U.S. We have businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking and asset management, providing many of our products and services nationally. Our retail branch network is located coast-to-coast. We also have strategic international offices in four countries outside the U.S.

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Capital and Liquidity Highlights portion of this Executive Summary, the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review and the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business of our 2025 Form 10-K.

Acquisition of FirstBank Holding Company

On January 5, 2026, PNC acquired FirstBank Holding Company including its banking subsidiary, FirstBank, representing $4.2 billion of consideration in cash and PNC common stock to FirstBank Holding Company common shareholders and Series A preferred shareholders, and $0.1 billion of consideration to Series B preferred shareholders through the exchange of each share of Series B preferred stock into a newly created series of preferred stock of PNC, designated Series X. Conversion of FirstBank customers to PNC Bank is expected to occur mid-June 2026. Until conversion, FirstBank will remain a separate bank subsidiary of PNC.

Our results for the three months ended March 31, 2026 reflect the impact of FirstBank’s acquired business operations for the period since the acquisition closed on January 5, 2026. As of close and prior to purchase accounting adjustments, FirstBank had $26.4 billion of assets, $16.0 billion of loans and $23.1 billion of deposits.

For additional information on the acquisition of FirstBank, see Note 2 Acquisition Activity.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 1

Selected Financial Data

The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 1 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance.

Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios

Dollars in millions, except per share data UnauditedThree months ended
March 31December 31March 31
202620252025
Summary of Operations (a)
Net interest income$3,961$3,731$3,476
Noninterest income2,2042,3401,976
Total revenue6,1656,0715,452
Provision for credit losses210139219
Noninterest expense3,7683,6033,387
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests2,1872,3291,846
Income taxes415296347
Net income$1,772$2,033$1,499
Net income attributable to common shareholders$1,686$1,934$1,408
Per Common Share
Basic$4.13$4.88$3.52
Diluted$4.13$4.88$3.51
Book value per common share$143.65$140.44$127.98
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b)2.95%2.84%2.78%
Noninterest income to total revenue36%39%36%
Efficiency61%59%62%
Return on:
Average common shareholders’ equity11.92%14.33%11.60%
Average assets1.19%1.40%1.09%

(a)The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of this Financial Review section provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.

(b)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Non-GAAP Financial Information sections of this Item 2.

Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios

Dollars in millions, except as noted UnauditedMarch 31 2026December 31 2025March 31 2025
Balance Sheet Highlights (a)
Assets$603,028$573,572$554,722
Loans$360,923$331,481$318,850
Allowance for loan and lease losses$4,663$4,410$4,544
Interest-earning deposits with banks$26,053$32,936$32,298
Investment securities$143,112$138,240$137,775
Total deposits$457,648$440,866$422,915
Borrowed funds$66,666$57,101$60,722
Total shareholders’ equity$63,627$60,585$56,405
Common shareholders’ equity$57,752$54,828$50,654
Other Selected Ratios
Common equity tier 110.1%10.6%10.6%
Loans to deposits79%75%75%
Common shareholders’ equity to total assets9.6%9.6%9.1%

(a)The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of this Financial Review provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of applicable periods presented.

Income Statement Highlights

Net income of $1.8 billion, or $4.13 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2026 decreased $261 million, or 13%, compared to $2.0 billion, or $4.88 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2025, due to increased noninterest expense, lower noninterest income and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income.

2    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

•For the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2025:

•Total revenue of $6.2 billion increased $94 million, or 2%.

•Net interest income of $4.0 billion increased $230 million, or 6%, reflecting the benefit of FirstBank, lower funding costs and commercial loan growth.

•Net interest margin increased 11 basis points to 2.95%, reflecting an 18 basis point decline in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits.

•Noninterest income of $2.2 billion decreased $136 million, or 6%, primarily due to lower private equity revenue, a decline in mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge, and lower capital markets and advisory fees.

•Provision for credit losses was $210 million in the first quarter of 2026 and reflected portfolio activity, including loan growth and the addition of FirstBank, as well as updates to macroeconomic factors. The fourth quarter of 2025 included a provision for credit losses of $139 million.

•Noninterest expense increased $165 million, or 5%, and included FirstBank operating and integration expenses, partially offset by seasonally lower marketing spend.

First quarter 2026 net income increased $273 million, or 18%, compared to $1.5 billion, or $3.51 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to higher net interest and noninterest income, partially offset by increased noninterest expense.

•For the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025:

•Total revenue increased $713 million, or 13%.

•Net interest income increased $485 million, or 14%, reflecting the benefit of FirstBank, loan growth and lower funding costs.

•Net interest margin increased 17 basis points and included the continued benefit of fixed rate asset repricing.

•Noninterest income increased $228 million, or 12%, primarily due to higher capital markets and advisory fees.

•Provision for credit losses was $210 million for the first three months of 2026. The first three months of 2025 included a provision for credit losses of $219 million.

•Noninterest expense increased $381 million, or 11%, compared to the first three months of 2025, and included FirstBank operating and integration expenses, higher personnel costs as a result of increased business activity and higher equipment expenses reflecting continued investments in technology.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Financial Review.

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was well positioned at March 31, 2026. In comparison to December 31, 2025:

•Total assets of $603.0 billion increased primarily due to higher loans and higher securities balances, including the impact of the FirstBank acquisition, partially offset by lower balances held with the FRB.

•Total loans of $360.9 billion increased $29.4 billion, or 9%.

•Total commercial loans increased $23.5 billion, or 10%, to $256.0 billion, due to growth in the commercial and industrial portfolio, reflecting new production and higher utilization of loan commitments as well as the addition of FirstBank loans.

•Total consumer loans increased $5.9 billion, or 6%, to $105.0 billion, driven by the benefit of acquired FirstBank residential mortgage loans.

•Investment securities increased $4.9 billion, or 4%, to $143.1 billion, primarily due to the acquisition of FirstBank investment securities and net purchase activity in both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

•Interest-earning deposits with banks, primarily with the FRB, decreased $6.9 billion, or 21%, to $26.1 billion, as higher loan and security balances outpaced funding growth from deposits and borrowed funds.

•Total deposits increased $16.8 billion, or 4%, driven by higher interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits, primarily due to the addition of FirstBank deposits, partially offset by lower brokered time deposits.

•Borrowed funds increased $9.6 billion, or 17%, to $66.7 billion, primarily due to higher FHLB advances.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 3

Credit Quality Highlights

In the first quarter of 2026, PNC maintained strong credit quality performance.

•At March 31, 2026 compared to December 31, 2025:

•Overall loan delinquencies of $1.6 billion increased $115 million, or 8%, due to the addition of FirstBank commercial and consumer loans.

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, totaled $5.5 billion at March 31, 2026, compared to $5.2 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase was driven by portfolio activity, including the addition of FirstBank loans. ACL to total loans was 1.52% at March 31, 2026, compared to 1.58% at December 31, 2025.

•Nonpe

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-20. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of:

•Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms,

•Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and

•Leveraging technology to create efficiencies that help us better serve customers.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report.

Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control:

•Effectively managing capital and liquidity including:

•Continuing to maintain and, over time, grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source,

•Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and

•Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets,

•Execution of our strategic priorities,

•Management of credit risk in our portfolio,

•Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies,

•The appropriateness of critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and

•Our ability to manage operational risks related to new products and services, changes in processes and procedures or the implementation of new technology.

Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•Global and domestic economic conditions,

•The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

•The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets,

•The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

•Changes in the competitive landscape,

•Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

•The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations,

•The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms,

32    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

•Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and

•The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives.

For additional information on the risks we face, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7.

FDIC Special Assessment

In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the DIF associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank, subject to periodic adjustments based on the estimated total loss amount. In December 2025, the FDIC adopted an interim final rule allowing for potential offsets to assessments if the amount collected exceeds losses to the DIF. Based on these rules, PNC incurred pre-tax expenses of $515 million in 2023 and $112 million in 2024. Additionally, in 2025, PNC benefited from changes in the FDIC's expected losses which led to an accrual release of $60 million in the fourth quarter and $48 million in the third quarter, resulting in a $108 million accrual release for the full year. For additional information about the impact of the FDIC’s special assessment, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business.

Second Quarter 2024 Significant Items

In the second quarter of 2024, PNC participated in the Visa exchange program, allowing PNC to convert its Visa Class B-1 common

shares into approximately equal amounts of Visa Class B-2 common shares and Visa Class C common shares. This conversion event

resulted in a gain of $754 million related to the Visa Class C common shares received. PNC retained the Visa Class B-2 common

shares. The second quarter of 2024 also included Visa Class B-2 derivative fair value adjustments of negative $116 million and a $120

million expense related to a PNC Foundation contribution. During the second quarter, PNC also repositioned the investment securities

portfolio, selling low-yielding investment securities for net proceeds of $3.8 billion, resulting in a loss of $497 million. PNC

redeployed the full proceeds from the sale into higher-yielding investment securities. The combined impact of all of these significant items on pre-tax noninterest income and pre-tax noninterest expense in the second quarter of 2024 was $141 million and $120 million, respectively.

Acquisition of FirstBank Holding Company

On January 5, 2026, PNC completed its acquisition of FirstBank Holding Company, including its banking subsidiary, FirstBank. As of close, FirstBank had $26.4 billion of assets, $16.0 billion of loans and $23.1 billion of deposits. Effective January 5, 2026, FirstBank’s financial results are included in PNC’s consolidated operations and will be reported in PNC’s first quarter 2026 results. Conversion of FirstBank customers to PNC Bank is expected to occur this summer. Until conversion, FirstBank will remain a separate bank subsidiary of PNC. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for additional details on the acquisition of FirstBank.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  33

Selected Financial Data

The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 8 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance:

Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except per share data202520242023
Summary of Operations
Net interest income$14,410$13,499$13,916
Noninterest income8,6898,0567,574
Total revenue23,09921,55521,490
Provision for credit losses779789742
Noninterest expense13,83413,52414,012
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests8,4867,2426,736
Income taxes1,4891,2891,089
Net income$6,997$5,953$5,647
Net income attributable to common shareholders$6,619$5,529$5,153
Per Common Share
Diluted earnings$16.59$13.74$12.79
Book value per common share$140.44$122.94$112.72
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$112.51$95.33$85.08
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b)2.83%2.66%2.76%
Noninterest income to total revenue38%37%35%
Efficiency60%63%65%
Return on:
Average common shareholders’ equity12.90%11.92%12.35%
Average assets1.24%1.05%1.01%

(a)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section of this Item 7.

(b)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Non-GAAP Financial Information sections of this Item 7.

Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios

December 31
Dollars in millions, except as noted20252024
Balance Sheet Highlights
Assets$573,572$560,038
Loans$331,481$316,467
Allowance for loan and lease losses$4,410$4,486
Interest-earning deposits with banks$32,936$39,347
Investment securities$138,240$139,732
Total deposits$440,866$426,738
Borrowed funds$57,101$61,673
Total shareholders’ equity$60,585$54,425
Common shareholders’ equity$54,828$48,676
Other Selected Ratios
Common equity tier 1 (a)10.6%10.5%
Dividend payout39.8%45.9%
Loans to deposits75%74%
Common shareholders’ equity to total assets9.6%8.7%
Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets9.1%8.2%

(a)The December 31, 2024 ratio is calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL optional five-year transition provisions.

34    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Income Statement Highlights

Net income for 2025 was $7.0 billion or $16.59 per diluted common share, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 18%, compared to net income of $6.0 billion, or $13.74 per diluted common share, for 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.

•Total revenue increased $1.5 billion, or 7%, to $23.1 billion.

•Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7%, to $14.4 billion and reflected lower funding costs, the continued benefit of fixed rate asset repricing and loan growth.

•Net interest margin increased to 2.83% for 2025 compared to 2.66% for 2024.

•Noninterest income increased $0.6 billion, or 8%, to $8.7 billion, primarily driven by growth in capital markets and advisory fees, card and cash management revenue and asset management and brokerage income.

•Provision for credit losses of $779 million for 2025 was driven by a net increase in the ACL, primarily due to commercial and industrial portfolio activity and changes to macroeconomic scenarios, partially offset by commercial real estate portfolio activity. Provision for credit losses was $789 million in 2024.

•Noninterest expense increased $310 million, or 2%, to $13.8 billion compared to 2024 driven by higher personnel costs, including higher variable compensation associated with increased business activity. These increases were partially offset by a decrease to other noninterest expense, primarily due to lower FDIC assessment expenses.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7.

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was well positioned at December 31, 2025. In comparison to December 31, 2024:

•Total assets increased primarily due to higher loan balances, partially offset by lower balances held with the FRB.

•Total loans increased $15.0 billion, or 5%, to $331.5 billion.

•Total commercial loans increased $16.3 billion, or 8%, to $232.5 billion, driven by growth in the commercial and industrial portfolio, reflecting new production, partially offset by lower commercial real estate loans.

•Total consumer loans decreased $1.3 billion, or 1%, to $99.0 billion, primarily due to lower residential real estate loans as paydowns outpaced originations, partially offset by growth in the auto loan portfolio.

•Investment securities decreased $1.5 billion, or 1%, to $138.2 billion, primarily due to net paydowns and maturities in the held-to-maturity portfolio, partially offset by net purchase activity in the available-for-sale portfolio.

•Interest-earning deposits with banks, primarily with the FRB, decreased $6.4 billion, or 16%, to $32.9 billion, primarily due to higher loan balances and lower borrowed funds, partially offset by higher deposits.

•Total deposits increased $14.1 billion, or 3%, to $440.9 billion, as higher interest-bearing deposits were partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. The increase in interest-bearing deposits was due to higher commercial and consumer deposits, partially offset by lower brokered time deposits. The decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits reflected lower commercial balances, partially offset by higher consumer balances.

•Borrowed funds of $57.1 billion decreased $4.6 billion, or 7%, primarily due to lower FHLB advances, partially offset by higher senior debt outstanding.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7.

Credit Quality Highlights

2025 reflected strong credit quality performance.

•At December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024:

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, totaled $5.2 billion at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. ACL to total loans was 1.58% and 1.64% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

•Overall loan delinquencies increased $61 million, or 4%, to $1.4 billion, as a result of higher commercial loan delinquencies, partially offset by lower consumer loan delinquencies.

•Nonperforming assets of $2.4 billion were stable.

•Net charge-offs of $0.7 billion or 0.23% of average loans in 2025 decreased $297 million compared to net charge-offs of $1.0 billion or 0.33% of average loans for 2024, reflecting lower commercial and consumer net loan charge-offs.

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  35

Capital and Liquidity Highlights

We maintained strong capital and liquidity positions during 2025.

•Common shareholders’ equity increased $6.2 billion to $54.8 billion at December 31, 2025, due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by common dividends paid and common share repurchases.

•In 2025, we returned $3.9 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of more than $2.6 billion and repurchases of 6.8 million common shares for $1.2 billion.

•On January 5, 2026, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.70 per share paid on February 5, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business January 20, 2026.

•Our CET1 capital ratio increased to 10.6% at December 31, 2025 from 10.5% at December 31, 2024.

PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2025 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2025 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios.

Business Outlook

Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject, among other things, to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

•PNC’s baseline forecast remains for continued expansion, but slower economic growth in 2026 than in 2024 and 2025. Tariffs remain a drag on consumer spending and business investment, while AI-related capex and wealth effects have been key supports to growth. Consumer spending growth is slowing to a pace more consistent with household income growth. The One Big Beautiful Bill will be a net positive for economic growth in 2026.

•The baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth slowing to around 2% in 2026, with continued modest job gains and the unemployment rate at around 4.5%. Tariffs remain a risk to the outlook, and a reversal in sentiment around AI or a large decline in equity prices would be drags. Weaker labor force growth could lead to weaker long-run growth.

•Our baseline forecast is for the Federal Reserve to keep the federal funds rate unchanged in the first half of this year, in a range between 3.50% and 3.75%. We expect modest additional easing in the second half of the year with 25 basis points cuts at the FOMC meetings in July and September 2026, resulting in a federal funds rate in the range of 3.00% to 3.25% by the fall. However, there are two-sided risks to this outlook: (1) if inflation re-accelerates or proves more persistent than expected, the Federal Reserve may cut less or (2) if growth falters or recession emerges, easing could be deeper and more prolonged.

See Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

For the full year 2026, compared to full year 2025, we expect:

•Average loans to be up approximately 8%,

•Net interest income to be up approximately 14%,

•Noninterest income to be up approximately 6%,

•Revenue to be up approximately 11%,

•Noninterest expense, excluding one-time integration costs, to be up approximately 7%, and

•The effective tax rate to be approximately 19.5%.

For the first quarter of 2026, compared to the fourth quarter of 2025, we expect:

•Average loans to be up approximately 5%,

•Net interest income to be up approximately 6%,

•Fee income to be down 1% to 2%,

•Other noninterest income to be between $150 million and $200 million,

•Revenue to be up 2% to 3%,

•Noninterest expense, excluding one-time integrations costs, to be up approximately 4%,

•Net loan charge-offs to be approximately $200 million, and

•Average diluted shares to be approximately 406 million.

We expect to incur non-recurring merger and integration costs of approximately $325 million, the majority of which we expect to be recognized in the first half of 2026.

36    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Noninterest income, revenue and other noninterest income guidance does not forecast net securities gains or losses or Visa activity. We are unable to provide a meaningful or accurate reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP measures, without unreasonable effort, to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and amounts necessary for the reconciliation when such amounts are subject to events that cannot be reasonably predicted, as noted in our Cautionary Statement. Accordingly, we cannot address the probable significance of unavailable information.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2024 over 2023, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2024 Form 10-K.

Net income for 2025 was $7.0 billion, or $16.59 per diluted common share, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 18%, compared to net income of $6.0 billion, or $13.74 per diluted common share, for 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.

Net Interest Income

Table 3: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a)

20252024
Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ Expense
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities$142,6973.29%$4,694$140,7422.94%$4,144
Loans323,3815.74%18,569319,7946.08%19,456
Interest-earning deposits with banks (b)33,3604.31%1,43943,1455.34%2,303
Other13,2455.45%7229,1356.70%612
Total interest-earning assets/interest income$512,6834.96%25,424$512,8165.17%26,515
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits$335,5292.23%7,497$324,4352.59%8,401
Borrowed funds64,1015.30%3,40074,0616.05%4,484
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense$399,6302.73%10,897$398,4963.23%12,885
Interest rate spread2.23%1.94%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources0.600.72
Net interest margin/income (non-GAAP)2.83%14,5272.66%13,630
Taxable-equivalent adjustments(117)(131)
Net interest income (GAAP)$14,410$13,499

(a)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see Table 38 Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) of this Item 7.

(b)Interest income from Interest-earning deposits with banks primarily includes interest earned on our balances held with the FRB and is reported as Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis section of this Item 7 for additional information.

Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7%, and net interest margin increased 17 basis points in 2025 compared with 2024 and reflected lower funding costs, the continued benefit of fixed rate asset repricing and loan growth.

Average investment securities increased $2.0 billion, or 1%, driven by net purchase activity of residential mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities. Average investment securities represented 28% of average interest-earning assets in 2025 compared to 27% in 2024.

Average loans increased $3.6 billion, or 1%, primarily due to growth in commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by a decline in commercial and residential real estate loans. Average loans represented 63% of average interest-earning assets in 2025 compared to 62% in 2024.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  37

Average interest-earning deposits with banks decreased $9.8 billion, or 23%, primarily due to lower borrowed funds outstanding and increased loan balances, partially offset by higher deposit balances.

Average interest-bearing deposits increased $11.1 billion, or 3%, reflecting growth in commercial and consumer deposits, partially offset by lower brokered time deposits. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 84% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2025 compared to 81% in 2024.

Average borrowed funds decreased $10.0 billion, or 13%, primarily due to lower FHLB advances, partially offset by higher senior debt outstanding.

Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Noninterest Income

Table 4: Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Noninterest income
Asset management and brokerage$1,597$1,485$1128%
Capital markets and advisory1,5481,25029824%
Card and cash management2,8992,7701295%
Lending and deposit services1,3101,259514%
Residential and commercial mortgage571581(10)(2)%
Other income
Gain on Visa shares exchange program754(754)*
Securities gains (losses)(9)(500)491*
Other77345731669%
Total other income764711537%
Total noninterest income$8,689$8,056$6338%

*- Not Meaningful

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 38% for 2025 and 37% for 2024.

Asset management and brokerage fees increased reflecting the impact of higher average equity markets, higher annuity sales and net inflows. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management increased to $234 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to $211 billion at December 31, 2024, primarily due to higher spot equity markets and net inflows. Capital markets and advisory fees increased primarily due to higher merger and acquisition advisory activity and increased trading revenue. Card and cash management revenue growth was driven by higher treasury management fees and increased credit card and debit card revenue. Lending and deposit services grew as a result of increased customer activity and growth in consumer checking accounts. Residential and commercial mortgage decreased due to lower residential mortgage revenue, partially offset by higher commercial mortgage revenue.

Other noninterest income increased reflecting lower negative Visa derivative adjustments and higher private equity revenue. Visa derivative adjustments were negative $114 million in 2025, primarily related to litigation escrow funding, compared to negative $274 million in 2024. Other noninterest income in 2024 included a $754 million gain resulting from PNC’s participation in the Visa exchange program and a $497 million loss related to the repositioning of our investment securities portfolio.

Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section.

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Noninterest Expense

Table 5: Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Noninterest expense
Personnel$7,782$7,302$4807%
Occupancy96295481%
Equipment1,6061,527795%
Marketing378362164%
Other3,1063,379(273)(8)%
Total noninterest expense$13,834$13,524$3102%

Noninterest expense increased compared to 2024, driven by higher personnel costs, including higher variable compensation associated with increased business activity. These increases were partially offset by a decrease to other noninterest expense, primarily due to lower FDIC assessment expenses. Other noninterest expense in 2025 included a $108 million accrual release related to the FDIC’s special assessment. Other noninterest expense in 2024 included a $120 million PNC Foundation contribution expense in the second quarter and $112 million in costs related to the FDIC’s special assessment. Noninterest expense in 2024 also included $97 million of impairments in the fourth quarter, primarily related to technology investments.

We exceeded our 2025 continuous improvement program savings goal of $350 million. Our goal for 2026 is $350 million.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate was 17.5% for 2025 compared with 17.8% for 2024. Both periods included the favorable resolution of certain tax matters.

The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low- income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 18 Income Taxes.

Provision for Credit Losses

Table 6: Provision for Credit Losses

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions20252024
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses
Loans and leases$660$741
Unfunded lending related commitments9756
Investment securities1(10)
Other financial assets212
Total provision for credit losses$779$789

Provision for credit losses of $779 million for 2025 was driven by a net increase in the ACL, primarily due to commercial and industrial portfolio activity and changes to macroeconomic scenarios, partially offset by commercial real estate portfolio activity.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  39

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The summarized balance sheet data in Table 7 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2024 over 2023, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2024 Form 10-K.

Table 7: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$32,936$39,347$(6,411)(16)%
Loans held for sale1,9398501,089128%
Investment securities138,240139,732(1,492)(1)%
Loans331,481316,46715,0145%
Allowance for loan and lease losses(4,410)(4,486)762%
Mortgage servicing rights3,6593,711(52)(1)%
Goodwill10,95910,93227%
Other58,76853,4855,28310%
Total assets$573,572$560,038$13,5342%
Liabilities
Deposits$440,866$426,738$14,1283%
Borrowed funds57,10161,673(4,572)(7)%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments8187199914%
Other14,15116,439(2,288)(14)%
Total liabilities512,936505,5697,3671%
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity60,58554,4256,16011%
Noncontrolling interests5144716%
Total equity60,63654,4696,16711%
Total liabilities and equity$573,572$560,038$13,5342%

Our balance sheet was well positioned at December 31, 2025. In comparison to December 31, 2024:

•Total assets increased primarily due to higher loan balances, partially offset by lower balances held with the FRB.

•Total liabilities increased driven by higher deposit balances, partially offset by lower borrowed funds.

•Total equity increased due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by dividends paid and common shares repurchased.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our ACL related to total loans is included in the Credit Risk Management section and Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Item 7, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Loans

Table 8: Loans

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$195,723$175,790$19,93311%
Commercial real estate29,56533,619(4,054)(12)%
Equipment lease financing7,1756,7554206%
Total commercial232,463216,16416,2998%
Consumer
Residential real estate43,76046,415(2,655)(6)%
Home equity25,94125,991(50)%
Automobile16,59115,3551,2368%
Credit card7,0146,8791352%
Education1,4681,636(168)(10)%
Other consumer4,2444,0272175%
Total consumer99,018100,303(1,285)(1)%
Total loans$331,481$316,467$15,0145%

Commercial loans increased driven by growth in the commercial and industrial portfolio, reflecting new production, partially offset by lower commercial real estate loans.

Consumer loans decreased primarily due to lower residential real estate loans as paydowns outpaced originations, partially offset by growth in the auto loan portfolio.

For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Investment Securities

Investment securities of $138.2 billion at December 31, 2025 decreased $1.5 billion, or 1%, compared to December 31, 2024 primarily due to net paydowns and maturities in the held-to-maturity portfolio, partially offset by net purchase activity in the available-for-sale portfolio.

The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

Table 9: Investment Securities (a)

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAmortized Cost (b)Fair Value
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$50,559$50,141$53,382$52,075
Agency residential mortgage-backed75,02871,38673,76067,117
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed664759744822
Agency commercial mortgage-backed4,4864,4723,0322,875
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c)5845821,5421,523
Asset-backed (d)4,0874,1775,7335,793
Other debt (e)4,5944,5974,9984,892
Total investment securities (f)$140,002$136,114$143,191$135,097

(a)Of our total securities portfolio, 97% were rated AAA/AA at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(b)Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $66 million at December 31, 2025 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2024 was $91 million.

(c)Collateralized primarily by multifamily housing, office buildings, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties.

(d)Collateralized primarily by consumer credit products, corporate debt and government guaranteed education loans.

(e)Includes state and municipal securities and corporate bonds.

(f)Includes available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively.

Table 9 presents our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value. The difference between fair value and amortized cost at December 31, 2025 primarily reflected the impact of interest rate changes on the valuation of fixed-rate securities. We

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  41

continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional details regarding the allowance for investment securities.

The duration of investment securities was 3.5 years at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. We estimate that at December 31, 2025 the effective duration of investment securities was 3.5 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 3.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2024 for the effective duration of investment securities were 3.4 years and 3.5 years, respectively.

Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 5.2 years and 5.3 years at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Table 10: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities

December 31, 2025Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed6.6
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed9.8
Agency commercial mortgage-backed4.0
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed0.6
Asset-backed1.9

Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 2 Investment Securities and Note 14 Fair Value.

Funding Sources

Table 11: Details of Funding Sources

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$91,748$92,641$(893)(1)%
Interest-bearing
Money market79,33473,8015,5337%
Demand137,469128,8108,6597%
Savings98,31297,1471,1651%
Time deposits (a)34,00334,339(336)(1)%
Total interest-bearing deposits349,118334,09715,0214%
Total deposits440,866426,73814,1283%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances13,00022,000(9,000)(41)%
Senior debt38,64232,4976,14519%
Subordinated debt3,0164,104(1,088)(27)%
Other2,4433,072(629)(20)%
Total borrowed funds57,10161,673(4,572)(7)%
Total funding sources$497,967$488,411$9,5562%

(a) Includes $3.6 billion of certain brokered time deposits accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2025.

Deposits are considered an attractive source of funding due to their stability and relatively low cost to fund. Compared to December 31, 2024, our funding source composition included higher deposit balances partially offset by lower borrowed funds, primarily related to decreased FHLB advances. This shift in composition contributed to the decrease in funding costs for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024.

Total deposits increased compared to December 31, 2024 as higher interest-bearing deposits were partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. The increase in interest-bearing deposits was due to higher commercial and consumer deposits, partially offset by lower brokered time deposits. The decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits reflected lower commercial balances, partially offset by higher consumer balances. Our total brokered deposit balances of $5.1 billion at December 31, 2025 and $7.3 billion at December 31, 2024, were significantly below both our internal and regulatory guidelines and limits.

Borrowed funds decreased primarily due to lower FHLB advances, partially offset by higher senior debt outstanding.

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, capital considerations, and funding needs, which are primarily driven by changes in loan, deposit and investment securities balances. While our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses, we also manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and Note 19 Regulatory Matters for additional information regarding our 2025 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 9 Borrowed Funds for additional information related to our borrowings. See the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income sections of this Item 7 for additional information on year-over-year volume and related funding cost changes.

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity of $60.6 billion at December 31, 2025 increased $6.2 billion compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the benefit of net income of $7.0 billion and an improvement in AOCI of $3.2 billion, partially offset by dividends paid of $3.0 billion and common share repurchases of $1.2 billion.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have three reportable business segments: Retail Banking, Corporate & Institutional Banking and the Asset Management Group. Our reportable business segments are defined by the nature of products and services, types of customers, methods used to distribute products or provide services and similar financial performance.

Total business segment financial results differ from our consolidated reporting due to the remaining corporate operations, or other activities, that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business. These other activities include residual activities such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, corporate overhead net of allocations, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses and the residual impact from FTP operations. See Table 119 in Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information.

Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 22, primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis.

See Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information on our business segments, including a description of each business.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  43

Retail Banking

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to build lifelong, primary relationships by creating a sense of financial well-being and ease for our clients. Over time, we seek to deepen those relationships by meeting the broad range of our clients’ financial needs across savings, liquidity, lending, payments, investment and retirement solutions. We work to deliver these solutions in the most seamless and efficient way possible, meeting our customers where they are—whether in a branch, through digital channels, at an ATM or through our phone-based customer contact centers—while continuously optimizing the cost to sell and service. We believe that, over time, we can grow our customer base, enhance the breadth and depth of our client relationships and improve our efficiency through differentiated products and leading digital channels.

Table 12: Retail Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20252024$%
Income Statement
Net interest income (a)(b)$11,815$10,965$8508%
Noninterest income3,0483,582(534)(15)%
Total revenue (a)(b)14,86314,5473162%
Provision for credit losses53236217047%
Noninterest expense (c)
Personnel2,1412,149(8)%
Segment allocations (d)3,9443,7741705%
Depreciation and amortization3653006522%
Other (e)1,2601,307(47)(4)%
Total noninterest expense7,7107,5301802%
Pre-tax earnings (a)(b)6,6216,655(34)(1)%
Income taxes (a)(b)1,5411,553(12)(1)%
Noncontrolling interests3539(4)(10)%
Earnings (a)(b)$5,045$5,063$(18)%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$804$746$588%
Loans (a)
Consumer
Residential real estate$34,299$36,099$(1,800)(5)%
Home equity24,55124,587(36)%
Automobile15,85814,9608986%
Credit card6,5926,838(246)(4)%
Education1,5681,787(219)(12)%
Other consumer1,7801,763171%
Total consumer84,64886,034(1,386)(2)%
Commercial12,62912,781(152)(1)%
Total loans$97,277$98,815$(1,538)(2)%
Total assets (a)$114,263$116,842$(2,579)(2)%
Deposits (a)
Noninterest-bearing$52,101$53,143$(1,042)(2)%
Interest-bearing (b)190,841186,7404,1012%
Total deposits$242,942$239,883$3,0591%
Performance Ratios (a)(b)
Return on average assets4.42%4.33%
Noninterest income to total revenue21%25%
Efficiency52%52%

(continued on following page)

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page)

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20252024$%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management and brokerage$611$552$5911%
Card and cash management$1,286$1,263$232%
Lending and deposit services$772$744$284%
Residential and commercial mortgage$293$342$(49)(14)%
Other income - Gain on Visa shares exchange program$$754$(754)*
Residential Mortgage Information
Residential mortgage servicing statistics (f)
Serviced portfolio balance (in billions) (g)$198$197$11%
MSR asset value (g)$2,638$2,626$12%
Servicing income:
Servicing fees, net (h)$254$287$(33)(11)%
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge$11$5$6120%
Residential mortgage loan statistics
Loan origination volume (in billions)$5.8$6.4$(0.6)(9)%
Loan sale margin percentage1.32%1.76%
Other Information
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (g)$840$848$(8)(1)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$506$570$(64)(11)%
Other statistics
Branches (g)(i)2,2242,234(10)%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (g)(j)$91$84$78%

*- Not Meaningful

(a)During the second quarter of 2025, certain loans and deposits, and the associated income statement impact, were transferred from the Asset Management Group to Retail Banking to better align products and services with the appropriate business segment. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

(b)During the second quarter of 2025, brokered time deposits, and the associated income statement impact, were reclassified from Retail Banking to other activities, reflecting their use for asset and liability management. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

(c)As a result of an organizational realignment, certain expenses were reclassified as corporate operations and were moved from Retail Banking to other activities during the second quarter of 2025. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

(d)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(e)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense. Amounts for 2024 also include asset impairments primarily related to technology investments.

(f)Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income.

(g)As of December 31.

(h)Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, which includes the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans paid off during the period.

(i)Reflects all branches excluding standalone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(j)Includes cash and money market balances.

Retail Banking earnings were stable in 2025 compared with 2024 as lower noninterest income, higher noninterest expense and higher provision for credit losses, was offset by an increase in net interest income.

Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by a gain of $754 million from the Visa exchange program that occurred in the second quarter of 2024 and lower residential mortgage fees, partially offset by lower negative Visa derivative adjustments and increased business activity.

Provision for credit losses primarily reflected portfolio activity.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison primarily due to technology investments and higher marketing spend.

Retail Banking average total loans decreased in 2025 compared to 2024. Average consumer loans decreased as growth in the automobile portfolio was more than offset by lower residential real estate, as a result of paydowns outpacing new volume, lower credit card loan balances, and continued declines in education loans. Average commercial loans, primarily consisting of business banking loans, were stable in the comparison.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  45

Our focus on growing primary customer relationships is at the core of our deposit strategy in Retail, which is based on attracting and retaining stable, low-cost deposits as a key funding source for PNC. We have taken a disciplined approach to pricing, focused on retaining relationship-based balances and executing on targeted deposit growth and retention strategies aimed at more rate-sensitive customers. Our goal with regard to deposits is to optimize balances, economics and long-term customer growth. In 2025, average total deposits increased compared to 2024, driven by higher consumer time deposits.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for consumers and small businesses. As part of our strategic focus on growing customers and meeting their financial needs, we operate and continue to optimize a coast-to-coast network of retail branches and ATMs, which are complemented by PNC’s suite of digital capabilities. In 2024, PNC announced it would be investing approximately $1.5 billion, over the next five years, to open more than 200 new branches in key locations, including Atlanta, Austin, Charlotte, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Miami, Orlando, Phoenix, Raleigh, San Antonio, and Tampa, while completing renovations of 1,400 existing locations across the country during the same time period. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2025, PNC announced that it was increasing the investment by $0.5 billion, to open an additional 100 branches in markets including Nashville, Chicago, Sarasota, and Winston-Salem and re-affirmed plans to complete the renovation of 100% of the branch network by 2029.

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value-added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive. We are a coast-to-coast franchise and our full suite of commercial products and services is offered nationally.

Table 13: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$6,983$6,412$5719%
Noninterest income4,3423,92741511%
Total revenue11,32510,33998610%
Provision for credit losses291453(162)(36)%
Noninterest expense
Personnel1,6211,5081137%
Segment allocations (a)1,5731,497765%
Depreciation and amortization201202(1)%
Other (b)594557377%
Total noninterest expense3,9893,7642256%
Pre-tax earnings7,0456,12292315%
Income taxes1,5791,37420515%
Noncontrolling interests201915%
Earnings$5,446$4,729$71715%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$590$384$20654%
Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$172,058$163,220$8,8385%
Commercial real estate30,62034,208(3,588)(10)%
Equipment lease financing6,8396,5562834%
Total commercial209,517203,9845,5333%
Consumer33%
Total loans$209,520$203,987$5,5333%
Total assets$235,289$228,349$6,9403%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$39,686$42,081$(2,395)(6)%
Interest-bearing113,720102,93110,78910%
Total deposits$153,406$145,012$8,3946%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets2.31%2.07%
Noninterest income to total revenue38%38%
Efficiency35%36%

(continued on following page)

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page)

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20252024$%
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (c)
Treasury Management (d)$4,443$3,922$52113%
Commercial mortgage banking activities:
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (e)$107$81$2632%
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (f)4463539326%
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge159147128%
Total$712$581$13123%
Commercial mortgage servicing statistics
Serviced portfolio balance (in billions) (g) (h)$294$290$41%
MSR asset value (g)$1,021$1,085$(64)(6)%
Average loans by C&IB business
Corporate Banking$124,484$116,494$7,9907%
Real Estate42,12146,061(3,940)(9)%
Business Credit31,64729,6901,9577%
Commercial Banking7,1967,450(254)(3)%
Other4,0724,292(220)(5)%
Total average loans$209,520$203,987$5,5333%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (g)$1,375$1,368$71%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$249$484$(235)(49)%

(a)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(b)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense.

(c)See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section.

(d)Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income.

(e)Represents commercial mortgage banking income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(f)Represents net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing, net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to time and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

(g)As of December 31.

(h)Represents balances related to capitalized servicing.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings increased $717 million in 2025 compared with 2024 driven by higher revenue and a lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher average deposit and loan balances, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans.

Noninterest income increased in the comparison and reflected growth across all categories.

Provision for credit losses was driven by a net increase in the ACL, primarily due to commercial and industrial portfolio activity and changes to macroeconomic scenarios, partially offset by commercial real estate portfolio activity.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison primarily due to continued investments to support business growth and higher variable compensation associated with increased business activity.

Average loans increased compared with 2024:

•Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets products and services to

mid-sized and large corporations, and government and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business increased reflecting new production, partially offset by lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Real Estate provides banking, financing, servicing and technology solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business declined largely due to paydowns outpacing new production and lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business increased reflecting a higher average utilization of loan commitments and new production.

•Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business declined driven by paydowns outpacing new production and lower average utilization of loan commitments.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  47

The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits increased in 2025 compared to 2024, due to growth in interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments to our deposit strategy in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers treasury management capabilities, capital markets and advisory products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income and noninterest income, as appropriate. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results, with the remainder reflected in the results of other businesses where the customer relationships exist. The Other Information section in Table 13 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for treasury management and commercial mortgage banking services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income includes funding credit from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2024, treasury management revenue increased due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, growth in average deposit balances and higher product revenue.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and

noninterest income), revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and hedges related to those activities. Total

revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities increased in the comparison primarily due to higher commercial mortgage loan servicing income and revenue from commercial mortgage loans held for sale.

Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. The increase in capital markets and advisory fees in the comparison was largely driven by higher merger and acquisition advisory fees, asset-backed financing fees and underwriting fees.

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Asset Management Group

The Asset Management Group strives to be a leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to affluent individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. The Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management.

Table 14: Asset Management Group Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20252024$%
Income Statement
Net interest income (a)$709$613$9616%
Noninterest income1,001949525%
Total revenue (a)1,7101,5621489%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(19)(3)(16)*
Noninterest expense
Personnel471472(1)%
Segment allocations (b)488454347%
Depreciation and amortization3830827%
Other (c)116117(1)(1)%
Total noninterest expense1,1131,073404%
Pre-tax earnings (a)61649212425%
Income taxes (a)1441162824%
Earnings (a)$472$376$9626%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$9,908$9,920$(12)%
Other consumer3,5663,520461%
Total consumer13,47413,44034%
Commercial653761(108)(14)%
Total loans$14,127$14,201$(74)(1)%
Total assets (a)$14,548$14,644$(96)(1)%
Deposits (a)
Noninterest-bearing$1,484$1,560$(76)(5)%
Interest-bearing25,60725,832(225)(1)%
Total deposits$27,091$27,392$(301)(1)%
Performance Ratios (a)
Return on average assets3.24%2.57%
Noninterest income to total revenue59%61%
Efficiency65%69%
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (d)$52$28$2486%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$1$2$(1)(50)%
Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (d)(e)
Discretionary client assets under management
PNC Private Bank$138$129$97%
Institutional Asset Management96821417%
Total discretionary client assets under management$234$211$2311%
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration2382102813%
Total$472$421$5112%

*- Not Meaningful

(a)During the second quarter of 2025, certain loans and deposits, and the associated income statement impact, were transferred from the Asset Management Group to Retail Banking to better align products and services with the appropriate business segment. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(c)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense.

(d)As of December 31.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  49

(e)Excludes brokerage account client assets.

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management.

The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves, seeking to deliver high quality banking, trust and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through a

broad array of products and services.

Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients, including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, municipalities and non-profits.

Asset Management Group earnings increased $96 million in 2025 compared with 2024 driven by increased revenue and a higher provision recapture, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Noninterest income increased in the comparison driven by higher average equity markets and positive net flows.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison due to continued investments to support business growth.

Average total loans and deposits were stable in the comparison.

Discretionary client assets under management increased in the comparison and included the impact from higher spot equity markets and positive net flows.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities.

Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital and liquidity planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight framework, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section.

We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory and financial services environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements and emerging risks into our ERM Framework.

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Culture

A strong risk culture helps us make well informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices.

Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees, individually and collectively, are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance.

Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk.

Enterprise Strategy

We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital and liquidity planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated risk appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted periodically based on changes in the external and internal risk environments.

Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan.

Capital and Liquidity Planning and Stress Testing: Capital and liquidity planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The planning processes and the resulting plans evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Additionally, both plans must align with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the capital planning and liquidity risk management processes. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on the firm’s capital and liquidity positions across various hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios.

Risk Governance and Oversight

We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return, and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  51

and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board’s enhanced prudential standards. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information.

To help ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. A summary of the Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities is provided below:

Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk.

First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business.

Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, perform independent assessment of risk, and report on issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended.

Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization.

Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include:

Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through standing or special committees. The following provides a summary of some of the key responsibilities of the Board’s standing committees:

•Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; oversees conduct risk management; evaluates a periodic, independent assessment of subsidiary banks’ overall risk governance and risk management practices; monitors compliance with certain legal and regulatory requirements; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors.

•Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting the best interests of our shareholders.

•Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to human resources matters affecting us, including succession planning; responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans.

•Risk Committee: oversees the establishment and implementation of our enterprise-wide risk governance framework, including related policies, procedures, activities and processes to identify, assess, monitor, manage and report the organization’s material risks; evaluates and approves our overall risk governance framework (including risk appetite), approves significant changes to the framework and monitors compliance with the framework; reviews capital stress testing and capital management activities and makes related recommendations to the Board as appropriate.

•Corporate Responsibility Committee: oversees management’s corporate responsibility efforts, internally and externally, to the extent such corporate responsibility efforts are not specifically within the purview of another Board committee (e.g., climate-related risks and climate-related financial disclosures), including oversight of management’s continued development and evaluation of the appropriate components of such efforts.

•Technology Committee: oversees technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages, and fulfills the oversight responsibilities delegated from the Risk Committee with respect to technology risk, information management and security risks (including data risk, cybersecurity, cyber fraud and physical security risks), and the adequacy of PNC’s business recovery, continuity and contingency plans and test results.

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Management Executive Committee – The Management Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across PNC. With this responsibility, the Management Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management.

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board-level Committee, the Management Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities.

Working Committees – Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of key risk activities.

Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization’s balance sheet.

Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management.

Risk Identification

Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special assessments.

Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.

Risk Assessments

Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and help us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Risk assessments also support the implementation of mitigation strategies, or under certain circumstances, the decision to accept the risk (if there are no feasible alternatives to the business need, or the exposure may be significantly reduced or eliminated within a reasonable time frame through the course of business-as-usual activities). As part of the risk assessment processes, effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks, including emerging risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict.

Risk Controls and Monitoring

Our ERM Framework consists of policies, procedures, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations.

We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to identify potential control improvements. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the business and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  53

Risk Aggregation and Reporting

Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) identify and communicate aggregate risks, including identified concentrations and themes; (ii) escalate instances where we are outside of our risk appetite; (iii) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite; and (iv) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities through the governance structure up to the Board of Directors and executive management.

Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio.

Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis

Table 15: Details of Loans

In billions

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments.

Commercial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and industrial loans comprised 59% and 56% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment should a borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets.

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to monitoring the level of credit risk, we monitor different sources of concentration risk, including industry concentrations that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified across industries as shown in the following table (based on the North American Industry Classification System).

Table 16: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Commercial and industrial
Financial services$36,99319%$27,73716%
Manufacturing29,7691527,70016
Service providers24,1591221,88112
Wholesale trade19,2631018,39910
Real estate related (a)14,919814,9108
Technology, media and telecommunications12,02969,7676
Retail trade12,020611,6117
Health care8,84559,6946
Transportation and warehousing8,61047,3204
Other industries29,1161526,77115
Total commercial and industrial loans$195,723100%$175,790100%

(a)Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $9.0 billion and $9.2 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These loans are categorized as commercial and industrial loans as the credit decisioning for servicing these loans is based on the financial conditions of the owner, not the ability of the collateral to generate income. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans are well-diversified across industries.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans of $29.6 billion as of December 31, 2025 comprised $17.4 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $8.2 billion of intermediate-term financing loans and $4.0 billion of real estate construction project loans. At December 31, 2024, comparable amounts were $33.6 billion, $19.3 billion, $8.6 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively. Commercial real estate primarily consists of an investment in land and/or buildings held to generate income which serves as the primary source for the repayment of the loan. However, the disposition of the assigned collateral serves as a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties.

We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with commercial real estate loans tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  55

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type:

Table 17: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$5,24818%$5,67517%
Florida3,668123,80711
Texas2,950103,76311
Virginia1,39351,4764
Ohio1,23341,1073
Nevada1,20341,0433
Illinois1,18641,0903
Arizona1,14241,4384
Pennsylvania1,09341,2134
North Carolina1,06341,1503
Other9,3863111,85737
Total commercial real estate loans$29,565100%$33,619100%
Property Type (a)
Multifamily$14,65550%$16,08948%
Office5,053176,70720
Industrial/warehouse4,059143,91112
Retail1,89162,0906
Hotel/motel1,40951,5675
Seniors housing1,34051,7315
Other1,15831,5244
Total commercial real estate loans$29,565100%$33,619100%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2025.

Commercial Real Estate: Office Portfolio

Given the fundamental change in office demand, real estate performance related to the office sector continues to be an area of focus. Our office portfolio remains geographically diversified. At December 31, 2025, our outstanding loan balances in the office portfolio totaled $5.1 billion, or 1.5% of total loans, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $0.1 billion. Within this population, criticized loans totaled 34.0% and nonperforming loans totaled 11.1%. We have established reserves of 11.0% against office loans, which we believe reflect the expected credit losses in this portfolio.

Continuing in response to structural shifts in office demand, the office portfolio remains a heightened focus with quarterly internal risk ratings, accelerated reappraisal requirements, and elevated credit approval standards. Additionally, active management efforts include ongoing performance assessments as well as the review of available market pricing information, including property valuations. Portfolio updates are distributed to senior management weekly. For information on commercial real estate appraisal procedures, refer to Note 1 Accounting Policies.

Given the ongoing uncertainty in this area, we expect continued stress in the office sector, and a portion of this stress will bear itself out as we work through maturities that will approximate 46.0% through the twelve months ended December 31, 2026. Upon maturity, and where the balance is not paid in full, an extension may be granted because contractual extension terms are met; alternatively, an extension may be granted based on negotiated terms, and a portion of these extensions may involve the curtailment or charge off of principal.

Consumer

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans primarily consist of residential mortgage loans.

We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming or conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations.

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio:

Table 18: Residential Real Estate Loan Statistics

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$18,72643%$19,86943%
Texas3,48683,7488
Washington3,18373,4817
Florida3,02573,1717
New Jersey1,77341,8474
New York1,41131,4933
Arizona1,24731,3403
Pennsylvania1,15931,1973
Colorado1,06921,1392
North Carolina93029632
Other7,751188,16718
Total residential real estate loans$43,760100%$46,415100%
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score773773
LTV of loan originations72%73%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2025.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $39.5 billion at December 31, 2025 with 46% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2024 were $41.7 billion and 46%, respectively.

Home Equity

Home equity loans of $25.9 billion as of December 31, 2025 were comprised of $22.1 billion of home equity lines of credit and $3.8 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans. At December 31, 2024, comparable amounts were $26.0 billion, $21.3 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively. Home equity lines of credit are a variable interest rate product with fixed rate conversion options available to certain borrowers.

Similar to residential real estate loans, we obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. Borrower performance of this portfolio is tracked on a monthly basis. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., first lien product and second lien product) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold such liens. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration.

The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  57

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio:

Table 19: Home Equity Loan Statistics

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
Pennsylvania$4,33017%$4,50417%
New Jersey3,136123,15312
Florida2,23992,2399
Ohio2,10682,1458
California1,79471,7437
Texas1,40751,2995
Maryland1,20251,2095
Michigan1,13241,1664
Illinois1,02541,0324
North Carolina1,00641,0014
Other6,564256,50025
Total home equity loans$25,941100%$25,991100%
Lien type
1st lien46%49%
2nd lien5451
Total100%100%
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score777773
LTV of loan originations61%62%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2025.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Automobile

As of December 31, 2025 total auto loans of $16.6 billion were comprised of $15.6 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.0 billion in the direct auto portfolio. At December 31, 2024, comparable amounts were $15.4 billion, $14.4 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business. For the total auto loan portfolio, the weighted-average loan origination FICO score, calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale, was 799 and the weighted-average term of loan originations was 71 months for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. Comparable amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 were 793 and 71 months, respectively.

We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. The portfolio balance was composed of 43% new vehicle loans and 57% used vehicle loans at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including both updated collateral values and FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term.

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO, foreclosed and other assets. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for details on our nonaccrual policies.

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category:

Table 20: Nonperforming Assets by Type

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024Change
Dollars in millions$%
Nonperforming loans
Commercial$1,358$1,462$(104)(7)%
Consumer (a)860864(4)—%
Total nonperforming loans2,2182,326(108)(5)%
OREO, foreclosed and other assets (b)14331112361%
Total nonperforming assets$2,361$2,357$4—%
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.67%0.73%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO, foreclosed and other assets (b)0.71%0.74%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.41%0.42%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans199%193%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (c)236%224%

(a)Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged-off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)Amounts at December 31, 2025 include $105 million of nonaccrual servicing advances primarily to single asset/single borrower trusts with commercial real estate as collateral.

(c)Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets.

The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Table 21: Change in Nonperforming Assets

In millions20252024
January 1$2,357$2,216
New nonperforming assets2,0662,245
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments(478)(685)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs(1,015)(1,112)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale(128)(53)
Returned to performing status(441)(254)
December 31$2,361$2,357

As of December 31, 2025, approximately 96% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels are a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale.

We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to address operating environment changes such as inflation levels, industry specific risks, interest rate levels, the level of consumer savings and deposit balances, and structural and secular changes such as those that arose from the pandemic. We offer loan modifications and collection programs to assist our customers and mitigate losses.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  59

The following table presents a summary of accruing loans past due by delinquency status:

Table 22: Accruing Loans Past Due (a)

Amount% of Total Loans Outstanding
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024ChangeDecember 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millions$%
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days$660$697$(37)(5)%0.20%0.22%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days40328811540%0.12%0.09%
Total early stage loan delinquencies1,063985788%0.32%0.31%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more380397(17)(4)%0.11%0.13%
Total accruing loans past due$1,443$1,382$614%0.44%0.44%

(a)Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.4 billion at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Loan Modifications

We may provide relief to our customers experiencing financial hardships through a variety of solutions. Commercial loan and lease modifications are based on each individual borrower’s situation, while consumer loan modifications are evaluated under our hardship relief programs. For additional information on our commercial real estate, office-related modification offerings, see the Commercial Real Estate portion of the Credit Risk Management section of this Financial Review.

See Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.

The following table provides details on the contractual maturity ranges and interest sensitivity of our loan classes at December 31, 2025.

Table 23: Selected Loan Maturities and Interest Sensitivity

Loans Due After 1 YearContractual Maturity Range
December 31, 2025In millionsPredetermined RateFloating or Adjustable Rate1 Year or LessAfter 1 Year Through 5 YearsAfter 5 Years Through 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsGross Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$17,639$122,059$56,025$126,227$12,450$1,021$195,723
Commercial real estate3,50813,04913,00815,1851,13323929,565
Equipment lease financing4,8592942,0224,8233307,175
Total commercial26,006135,40271,055146,23513,9131,260232,463
Consumer
Residential real estate25,82816,5921,3405,37414,70822,33843,760
Home equity13,24111,3271,3733,8527,41413,30225,941
Automobile12,6073,98411,4981,10916,591
Credit card7,0147,014
Education5487871335196601561,468
Other consumer1,1841892,8711,316574,244
Total consumer53,40828,89516,71522,55923,94835,79699,018
Total loans$79,414$164,297$87,770$168,794$37,861$37,056$331,481

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, current economic conditions, the reasonable and

supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors, including current borrower and/or transaction characteristics and assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term as of the balance sheet date. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments.

Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses, where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term.

We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Forward-looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment.

The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate.

The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from available historical credit information. We use long-run average expected losses for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our reasonable and supportable forecast period and the reversion period.

The following discussion provides additional information on our reserves for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for further discussion on our ACL, including details of our methodologies and discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Report for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL as of December 31, 2025.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on the estimated contractual term in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PD represents a quantification of risk of the likelihood that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimated magnitude of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for certain revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the expected time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and the long-run average period, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights.

For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial nonperforming loans that are below the defined threshold are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

While our reserve models and methodologies strive to reflect all relevant expected credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to:

•Industry concentrations and conditions,

•Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements,

•Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio,

•Recent credit quality trends,

•Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events,

•Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information,

•Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values,

•Model imprecision and limitations,

•Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and

•Timing of available information.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  61

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments

We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for pooled loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Income Statement.

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans:

Table 24: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a)

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total LoansAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total Loans
Allowance for loans and lease losses
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,947$195,7230.99%$1,605$175,7900.91%
Commercial real estate1,05729,5653.58%1,48333,6194.41%
Equipment lease financing857,1751.18%606,7550.89%
Total commercial3,089232,4631.33%3,148216,1641.46%
Consumer
Residential real estate4443,7600.10%3746,4150.08%
Home equity27125,9411.04%26625,9911.02%
Automobile15816,5910.95%16015,3551.04%
Credit card6327,0149.01%6646,8799.65%
Education421,4682.86%481,6362.93%
Other consumer1744,2444.10%1634,0274.05%
Total consumer1,32199,0181.33%1,338100,3031.33%
Total$4,410$331,4811.33%$4,486$316,4671.42%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments818719
Allowance for credit losses$5,228$5,205
Allowance for credit losses to total loans1.58%1.64%
Commercial1.62%1.72%
Consumer1.47%1.47%

(a)        Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $99 million and $114 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries:

Table 25: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries

Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsGross Charge-offsRecoveriesNet Charge-offs / (Recoveries)% of Average Loans
2025
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$362$143$2190.12%
Commercial real estate11622940.30%
Equipment lease financing322390.13%
Total commercial5101883220.14%
Consumer
Residential real estate811(3)(0.01)%
Home equity3535%
Automobile13094360.23%
Credit card320622583.91%
Education166100.64%
Other consumer157361212.90%
Total consumer6662444220.43%
Total$1,176$432$7440.23%
2024
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$328$119$2090.12%
Commercial real estate358133450.98%
Equipment lease financing3417170.26%
Total commercial7201495710.26%
Consumer
Residential real estate310(7)(0.01)%
Home equity3642(6)(0.02)%
Automobile13197340.23%
Credit card355553004.38%
Education196130.73%
Other consumer171351363.29%
Total consumer7152454700.47%
Total$1,435$394$1,0410.33%

Total net charge-offs decreased $297 million, or 29%, in 2025 compared to 2024. The decrease in the comparison was driven by lower net charge-offs in both our commercial and consumer portfolios, primarily attributable to decreases in commercial real estate and credit card loan classes.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Management

The two fundamental components of liquidity risk are a potential loss assuming we are unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost, and the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances. We also maintain a liquidity position and use liquidity risk management practices that we believe are appropriate considering PNC and PNC Bank’s capital adequacy, risk profile, complexity, activities, and size, as well as applicable regulatory liquidity requirements and associated regulatory practices.

We perform ongoing monitoring of liquidity through a series of early warning indicators tailored to PNC’s risk profile, complexity, activities, and size that may identify a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of internal liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. Liquidity-related risk limits and operating guidelines are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy covering regulatory metrics and various concentration limits. Management committees, including the ALCO, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits. PNC was in compliance with all relevant internal and regulatory liquidity limits and guidelines throughout the year for 2025 and 2024.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  63

One of the ways we monitor our liquidity is by reference to the LCR, a regulatory minimum liquidity requirement designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of liquidity to meet net liquidity needs over the course of a hypothetical 30-day stress scenario. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the LCR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The LCR for both PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2025 and 2024.

Fluctuations in our LCR result from changes to the components of the calculation, including high-quality liquid assets and net cash outflows, as a result of ongoing business activity.

The NSFR is designed to measure the stability of the maturity structure of assets and liabilities of banking organizations over a one-year time horizon. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the NSFR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The NSFR for PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2025 and 2024.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits increased to $440.9 billion at December 31, 2025 from $426.7 billion at December 31, 2024 as higher interest-bearing deposits were partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. The increase in interest-bearing deposits was due to higher commercial and consumer deposits, partially offset by lower brokered time deposits. The decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits reflected lower commercial balances, partially offset by higher consumer balances.

The aggregate amount of uninsured deposits, based on the regulatory instructions in the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income - FFIEC 031, was estimated to be $209.3 billion and $194.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit regime was $5.2 billion at December 31, 2025. The majority of our uninsured deposits are related to commercial operating and relationship accounts, which we define as commercial deposit customers who utilize two or more PNC products. See the Funding Sources in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review and the Business Segments Review of this Item 7 for additional information on our deposits and related strategies.

We may also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, such as senior notes, subordinated debt, FHLB advances, securities

sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. See the Funding Sources in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Item 7 and Note 9 Borrowed Funds included in this Report for additional information related to our borrowings.

Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, increased due to the following activity:

Table 26: Senior and Subordinated Debt

In billions2025
January 1$36.6
Issuances8.0
Calls and maturities(4.0)
Other1.1
December 31$41.7

Additionally, PNC maintains access to contingent funding sources that include unused borrowing capacity and certain liquid assets.

PNC has a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and

commitments, particularly in the event of liquidity stress. This plan is designed to examine and quantify the organization’s liquidity under various internal liquidity stress scenarios and is periodically tested to assess the plan’s reliability. Additionally, the plan provides the strategies for addressing liquidity needs and responsive actions we would consider during liquidity stress events, which could include the issuance of incremental debt, preferred stock, or additional deposit actions, including the issuance of brokered time deposits. The plan also addresses the governance, frequency of reporting and the responsibilities of key departments in the event of liquidity stress.

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

PNC defines our primary contingent liquidity sources as cash held at the FRB, investment securities and unused borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB. The following table summarizes our primary contingent liquidity sources at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

Table 27: Primary Contingent Liquidity Sources

In billionsDecember 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Cash balance with Federal Reserve Bank$32.0$39.0
Available investment securities (a)77.264.5
Unused borrowing capacity from FHLB (b)50.751.0
Unused borrowing capacity from Federal Reserve Bank (c)81.577.9
Total available contingent liquidity$241.4$232.4

(a)Represents the fair value of investment securities that can be used for pledging or to secure other sources of funding.

(b)At December 31, 2025, total FHLB borrowing capacity was $64.1 billion and total FHLB advances and letters of credit were $13.4 billion. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2024 were $73.3 billion and $22.3 billion, respectively.

(c)Total borrowing capacity with the FRB was $81.5 billion at December 31, 2025 and $77.9 billion at December 31, 2024. PNC had no outstanding borrowings with the FRB at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Bank Liquidity

In addition to our primary contingent liquidity sources, under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2025, PNC Bank’s remaining capacity to issue under the program was $32.0 billion.

The following table details PNC Bank note issuances during 2025:

Table 28: PNC Bank Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
May 13, 2025$1.25 billion$1.25 billion of 4.543% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of May 13, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.543% per annum, on May 13 and November 13 of each year, commencing on November 13, 2025. Beginning on May 13, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the pricing supplement), plus 0.630%, on August 13, 2026, November 13, 2026, February 13, 2027 and at the maturity date.
July 21, 2025$300 million$300 million of senior floating rate notes with a maturity date of July 21, 2028. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using SOFR Index as described in the pricing supplement), plus 0.730%, on January 21, April 21, July 21 and October 21 of each year, commencing on October 21, 2025 until the earlier of the optional redemption date or the maturity date.
July 21, 2025$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of 4.429% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of July 21, 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.429% per annum, on January 21 and July 21 of each year, commencing on January 21, 2026. Beginning on July 21, 2027, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the pricing supplement), plus 0.727%, on October 21, 2027, January 21, 2028, April 21, 2028 and at the maturity date.

See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on PNC Bank’s redemptions of all outstanding 4.775% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with an original maturity date of January 15, 2027, and all outstanding senior floating rate bank notes with an original maturity date of January 15, 2027.

Under PNC Bank’s 2013 commercial paper program, PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2025, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Additionally, PNC Bank may also access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank or issuing intercompany unsecured notes.

Parent Company Liquidity

In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we manage the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  65

As of December 31, 2025, available parent company liquidity totaled $29.7 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•Bank-level capital needs,

•Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities,

•Corporate policies,

•Contractual restrictions, and

•Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was $8.4 billion at December 31, 2025. See Note 19 Regulatory Matters for further discussion of these limitations.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. Under the parent company’s 2014 commercial paper program, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. At December 31, 2025, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

The following table details Parent Company note issuances during 2025:

Table 29: Parent Company Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
January 29, 2025$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 29, 2031. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.222% per annum, on January 29 and July 29 of each year, commencing on July 29, 2025. Beginning on January 29, 2030 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.072%, on April 29, 2030, July 29, 2030, October 29, 2030 and at the maturity date.
January 29, 2025$1.75 billion$1.75 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 29, 2036. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.575% per annum, on January 29 and July 29 of each year, commencing on July 29, 2025. Beginning on January 29, 2035 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.394%, on April 29, 2035, July 29, 2035, October 29, 2035 and at the maturity date.
May 13, 2025$1.25 billion$1.25 billion of 4.899% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of May 13, 2031. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.899% per annum, on May 13 and November 13 of each year, commencing on November 13, 2025. Beginning on May 13, 2030 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.333%, on August 13, 2030, November 13, 2030, February 13, 2031 and at the maturity date.
July 21, 2025$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of 5.373% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of July 21, 2036. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.373% per annum, on January 21 and July 21 of each year, commencing on January 21, 2026. Beginning on July 21, 2035 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.417%, on October 21, 2035, January 21, 2036, April 21, 2036 and at the maturity date.

See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s issuances of the following:

•$1.5 billion of 5.423% subordinated fixed-rate reset notes that mature on January 25, 2041;

•$1.2 billion of 4.075% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 26, 2029; and

•$300 million of senior floating rate notes that mature on January 26, 2029.

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

The following table details Parent Company note redemptions during 2025:

Table 30: Parent Company Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
June 12, 2025$1.0 billionAll outstanding 5.812% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with an original scheduled maturity date of June 12, 2026. The redemption price was equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date of June 12, 2025.

See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s redemption of all outstanding 4.758% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with an original maturity date of January 26, 2027.

Parent company senior and subordinated debt carrying value totaled $33.7 billion and $28.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We enter into various contractual arrangements in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could

impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include commitments to extend credit, outstanding letters of credit,

customer deposits, borrowed funds, operating lease payments and future pension and post-retirement benefits. For further discussion

related to these contractual obligations and other commitments, see Note 6 Leases, Note 8 Time Deposits, Note 9 Borrowed Funds,

Note 10 Commitments and Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans.

Credit Ratings

PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition. For additional information on the potential impacts from a downgrade to our credit ratings, see Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report.

The following table presents credit ratings and outlook for PNC as of December 31, 2025:

Table 31: Credit Ratings and Outlook

December 31, 2025
Moody’sS&P (a)FitchDBRS (b)
PNC
Senior debtA3A-AAA (low)
Subordinated debtA3BBB+A-A (high)
Preferred stockBaa2BBB-BBBA (low)
PNC Bank
Senior debtA2AA+AA
Subordinated debtA2A-AAA (low)
Long-term depositsAa3no ratingAA-AA
Short-term depositsP-1no ratingF1+no rating
Short-term notesP-1A-1F1R-1 (high)
PNC
Agency rating outlookStableStableStableStable

(a)S&P does not provide depositor ratings. PNC Bank’s long term issuer rating is A and short term issuer rating is A-1.

(b)DBRS does not provide a short-term depositor rating. PNC Bank’s short-term instrument rating is R-1 (high).

Capital Management

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  67

In 2025, we returned $3.9 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of more than $2.6 billion and repurchases of 6.8 million common shares for $1.2 billion. The SCB framework permits capital return in amounts in excess of SCB minimum levels. Consistent with this framework, PNC had approximately 35% of the 100 million common shares still available for repurchase at December 31, 2025 under the repurchase program previously approved by our Board of Directors. First quarter 2026 share repurchase activity is expected to approximate $600 million to $700 million. PNC may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2025 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%.

On January 5, 2026, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.70 per share paid on February 5, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business January 20, 2026.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and

DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans.

The following table summarizes our Basel III capital balances and ratios:

Table 32: Basel III Capital

December 31, 2025
Dollars in millionsBasel III
Common equity tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock$(5,031)
Retained earnings63,266
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(10,731)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(170)
Other adjustments (deductions)(75)
Common equity tier 1 capital (a)$47,259
Additional tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus5,757
Tier 1 capital$53,016
Additional tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt1,800
Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital5,216
Total Basel III capital$60,032
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (b)$444,438
Average quarterly adjusted total assets$566,826
Supplementary leverage exposure (c)$699,750
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (d)
Common equity tier 110.6%
Tier 111.9%
Total13.5%
Leverage (e)9.4%
Supplementary leverage ratio (c)7.6%

(a)As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available-for-sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital.

(b)Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(c)The supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on tier 1 capital divided by supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts.

(d)All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach.

(e)The leverage ratio is calculated based on tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly adjusted total assets.

PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, FDMs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

At December 31, 2025, PNC and PNC Bank were considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for common equity tier 1 risk-based capital, 8% for tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for total risk-based capital and a leverage ratio of at least 5%.

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and we believe that our December 31, 2025 capital levels were aligned with them.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts, including the proposed rules to adjust the Basel III framework, in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, and securities underwriting as a result of customer activities and our investment portfolio, and

•Other investments, including equity, and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to management committees and, where appropriate, the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets, the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our market risk-related risk management policies, which are approved by management’s ALCO and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

PNC utilizes sensitivities of NII and EVE to a set of interest rate scenarios to identify and measure its short-term and long-term structural interest rate risks.

The following table includes NII sensitivity results as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Table 33: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on NII in the first year from shocked interest rate:
200 basis point instantaneous increase2.0%(0.6)%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease(2.9)%(0.5)%

(a)The effect on NII in the first year from a 100 basis point instantaneous increase or decrease is approximately half of the disclosed results for the 200 basis point scenarios.

When forecasting NII, we make certain key assumptions that can materially impact the resulting sensitivities, including the following:

Future Balance Sheet Composition: Our balance sheet composition is dynamic and based on our forecasted expectations. The projected balance sheet composition by the end of year one is generally consistent with the spot composition at December 31, 2025.

Balance Sheet Forecast: Our balance sheet forecast is based on various assumptions that include key interest rate risk aspects such as loan and deposit growth, as well as mix, and is consistent with our guidance.

Deposit Betas: Deposit pricing changes are primarily driven by changes in the Federal Funds rate. PNC’s cumulative deposit beta was 41% through December 2025. We define the cumulative deposit beta as the change in deposit rate paid on total interest-bearing deposits divided by the change in the upper level of the average stated Federal Funds rate range since August 2024, the start of the current easing rate cycle. For rate sensitivity purposes, PNC assumes the cumulative deposit beta will increase modestly

from the current level. For interest rate risk modeling, PNC uses dynamic beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity

depending on market rate levels as well as other factors. The dynamic beta assumptions reflect historical experience as well as future

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  69

expectations, and are periodically updated to reflect the current view of future expectations. Actual deposit rates paid may differ from

modeled projections due to variables such as competition for deposits and customer behavior.

Asset Prepayments: PNC includes prepayment assumptions for both loan and investment portfolios. Mortgage and home equity portfolios utilize an industry standard model to drive estimated prepayments that increase in lower rate environments. Commercial and other consumer loan portfolios assume static constant prepayment rates that are consistent across rate scenarios, as those portfolios historically do not exhibit significantly different prepayment behaviors based upon the level of market rates.

Impact of Derivatives: As part of our risk management strategy, PNC uses interest rate derivatives, some of which are forward starting, to hedge floating rate commercial loans. PNC had $60.0 billion in active and forward starting receive fix / pay float swaps as of December 31, 2025, with a weighted average duration of 2.3 years and an average fixed rate of 3.66%. PNC utilizes receive fix / pay float swaps to hedge fixed rate debt, as well as pay fix / receive float swaps to hedge the investment securities portfolio. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information on how we use derivatives to hedge these financial instruments.

Compared to December 31, 2024, there have been no material changes to our NII sensitivity assumptions, including data sources

that drive assumptions setting.

The following table includes EVE sensitivity results as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Table 34: Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Analysis

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Simulation
200 basis point instantaneous increase(1.7)%(6.5)%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease(3.7)%0.1%

EVE measures the present value of all projected future cash flows associated with a point-in-time balance sheet and does not include projected new volume. EVE sensitivity to interest rate changes is a complementary metric to NII sensitivity analysis and represents an estimation of long-term interest rate risk. PNC calculates its EVE sensitivity by measuring the changes in the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments in response to an instantaneous +/-200 bps parallel shift in interest rates. Similar to the NII sensitivity analysis, we incorporate dynamic deposit repricing and loan prepayment assumptions. Directionally, higher deposit beta assumptions result in increasing liability sensitivity whereas lower deposit betas increase asset sensitivity. Conceptually similar, higher loan prepayment assumptions cause an increase in asset sensitivity and lower prepayments result in an increase in liability sensitivity. These behavioral modeling assumptions are largely consistent between the EVE and NII sensitivity analyses, and also share the same starting balance sheet position as of December 31, 2025. Deposit attrition is also a significant contributor to EVE

sensitivity. Deposit attrition is projected based on a dynamic model developed using long-term historical deposit behavior in addition to management assumptions. PNC performs various sensitivity analyses to understand the impact of faster and slower deposit attrition, loan prepayments and deposit betas on our risk metrics, with the results reported to ALCO.

In the first quarter of 2025, PNC introduced a new deposit runoff model for EVE. Relative to the legacy model, the new deposit model

uses an improved functional form for capturing rate sensitivity and also takes into account more recent deposit behavioral data.

As a result of the introduction of the new deposit model, PNC’s estimated balance sheet duration decreased, becoming more neutral.

The model change results in our estimated EVE having more symmetrical exposure to +200 bps and -200 bps shocks, as compared to

the prior model which resulted in our balance sheet facing greater exposure to a +200 bps rate shock and minimal exposure to a -200

bps rate shock.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit and funding valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2025 and 2024 were within our acceptable limits.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging, which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

2025 and 2024 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior-day VaR measure. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500-day look-back period.

Customer-related trading revenue was $236 million in 2025 compared to $122 million in 2024 and is recorded in Capital markets and advisory noninterest income and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The increase was primarily due to higher derivative customer-related trading revenue.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 35: Equity Investments Summary

Dollars in millionsDecember 31 2025December 31 2024Change
$%
Tax credit investments$5,578$5,066$51210%
Private equity and other5,2124,53467815%
Total$10,790$9,600$1,19012%

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $3.4 billion and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities has further information on tax credit investments.

Private Equity and Other

The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $2.8 billion and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, $2.5 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies, and $0.3 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Changes in fair value of private equity investments are recognized in Other noninterest income. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the Volcker Rule limitations on our interests in and relationships with private funds.

PNC owns Visa Class B-2 common shares which were previously converted from Visa Class B-1 common shares as a result of the

Visa exchange program in 2024. The Visa Class B-2 common shares, which are included in our other equity investments at cost,

remain subject to the same restrictions that were imposed on the Visa Class B-1 common shares. Participation in the exchange

required PNC to agree to a make-whole agreement that subjects PNC to the same indemnity obligations to Visa as prior to

participation in the exchange program.

The Visa Class B-2 common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until either the resolution of the pending interchange litigation or Visa launches another exchange program allowing PNC to convert a portion of its Visa Class B-2 common shares into freely transferable Visa Class C common shares. At December 31, 2025, the estimated value of our total investment in the Visa Class B-2 common shares was approximately $0.9 billion while our cost basis was insignificant. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa Class B-2 common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace. See Note 14 Fair Value and Note 20 Legal Proceedings for additional information regarding our Visa agreements.

On February 13, 2026, Visa announced that its Board of Directors authorized a successive exchange offer for its outstanding Class B common stock as promptly as practicable after certain conditions are met, subject to any unforeseen circumstances. The required conditions to conducting the exchange are (i) one year has passed since the initial exchange offer for Class B-1 common stock; and (ii) the estimated interchange reimbursement fees at issue in unresolved claims for damages in the U.S. covered litigation have been

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  71

reduced by 50% or more since October 1, 2023, as determined by Visa. More than one year has passed since the launch of the initial exchange offer and the second condition is expected to occur within the next several weeks. The timing of the exchange offer will be subject to occurrence of these conditions, review by the SEC of the registration statement, Visa’s outlook of market conditions and other relevant factors at the time.

We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $6 million in 2025 and $33 million in 2024.

Impact of Inflation

Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in

prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation,

there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of customer purchasing power, and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit losses resulting from possible increased default rates. While the inflation rate remains above the Federal Reserve’s 2% target in 2025, it has declined compared to 2024, resulting in continued easing of the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy. See Item 1A Risk Factors, our Executive Summary and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information in this Item 7 for further discussion of inflation and its overall impact to the economy, our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and certain costs and expenses to PNC.

Financial Derivatives

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 14 Fair Value and Note 15 Financial Derivatives.

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk to PNC’s current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization.

Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: (i) identified and assessed; (ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; (iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and (iv) reported to management and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses, and supporting robust stress testing and capital planning.

The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework assists management in making well-informed risk-based business decisions.

The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation.

The operational risk domains are:

•Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud.

•Compliance: Risk arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations including nonconformance with prescribed practices and industry standards driven by self-regulatory organizations.

•Data Management: Risk associated with data accuracy, integrity or quality.

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

•Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models.

•Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology.

•Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of, information assets.

•Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities.

•Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third-party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations.

We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. Program tools and methodology assist our business managers in identifying potential risks and control gaps.

Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary.

Compliance Risk

Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program, helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry.

Information Security Risk

The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cybersecurity. PNC’s cybersecurity program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security. For additional information, see Item 1C Cybersecurity of this Report.

Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk

PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct risk management is important in supporting PNC’s risk culture where risk management is every employee’s responsibility. That responsibility enables the organization to operate within our risk appetite and emphasizes complying with laws and regulations. Reputational risk is another element of the ERM Framework and is defined as risk to PNC’s franchise, brand, and/or value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. This risk can produce quantifiable impact materializing through means such as PNC’s brand value, corporate image, stock price, or other metric measuring the value of PNC or future earnings/ability to achieve business growth or meet strategic priorities. Another element of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns is strategic risk. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, or liquidity that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  73

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS

The following tables show PNC’s average consolidated balance sheet results and analysis of net interest income, as well as the year-to-year changes in net interest income.

Table 36: Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis (a) (b) (c)

202520242023
Taxable-equivalent basis Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ RatesAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ RatesAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ Rates
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Investment securities
Securities available-for-sale
Residential mortgage-backed$34,170$1,2873.77%$31,535$1,0403.30%$31,899$9122.86%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies26,1801,1764.49%16,0107404.62%8,2711832.21%
Other7,9573033.81%7,2912683.68%6,6532093.14%
Total securities available-for-sale68,3072,7664.05%54,8362,0483.73%46,8231,3042.78%
Securities held-to-maturity
Residential mortgage-backed41,5301,2422.99%41,8461,1732.80%44,5171,2172.73%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies26,1823961.51%34,3604631.35%36,7904901.33%
Other6,6782904.34%9,7004604.74%12,2215574.56%
Total securities held-to-maturity74,3901,9282.59%85,9062,0962.44%93,5282,2642.42%
Total investment securities142,6974,6943.29%140,7424,1442.94%140,3513,5682.54%
Loans
Commercial and industrial185,78610,7565.79%177,21011,0876.26%179,65010,4945.84%
Commercial real estate31,4731,9086.06%35,2412,3526.67%35,9232,3366.50%
Equipment lease financing6,8413485.09%6,5573565.43%6,4232974.62%
Consumer54,1033,8587.13%53,6783,9147.29%54,8353,6756.70%
Residential real estate45,1781,6993.76%47,1081,7473.71%46,6891,6213.47%
Total loans323,38118,5695.74%319,79419,4566.08%323,52018,4235.69%
Interest-earning deposits with banks33,3601,4394.31%43,1452,3035.34%36,6451,9025.19%
Other interest-earning assets13,2457225.45%9,1356126.70%8,8845626.33%
Total interest-earning assets/interest income512,68325,4244.96%512,81626,5155.17%509,40024,4554.80%
Noninterest-earning assets53,78552,06749,370
Total assets$566,468$564,883$558,770
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits
Money market$74,6702,2082.96%$70,3312,3923.40%$65,0371,8902.91%
Demand128,2302,4031.87%122,0952,7062.22%124,0842,4441.97%
Savings97,0611,5921.64%96,7081,7461.81%101,4701,3811.36%
Time deposits35,5681,2943.64%35,3011,5574.41%24,8028943.60%
Total interest-bearing deposits335,5297,4972.23%324,4358,4012.59%315,3936,6092.10%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances17,5638314.73%32,3451,8215.63%34,4401,8645.41%
Senior debt36,9412,1075.70%30,7512,0226.58%22,6961,3736.05%
Subordinated debt3,7272115.66%4,5743006.56%5,5803486.24%
Other5,8702514.28%6,3913415.34%4,5661984.34%
Total borrowed funds64,1013,4005.30%74,0614,4846.05%67,2823,7835.62%
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense399,63010,8972.73%398,49612,8853.23%382,67510,3922.72%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:
Noninterest-bearing deposits93,28396,772111,670
Accrued expenses and other liabilities16,45117,00415,759
Equity57,10452,61148,666
Total liabilities and equity$566,468$564,883$558,770
Interest rate spread2.23%1.94%2.08%
Benefit from use of noninterest bearing sources0.600.720.68
Net interest income/margin$14,5272.83%$13,6302.66%$14,0632.76%

(a)Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Fair value adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets).

(b)Loan fees for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $172 million, $189 million and $183 million, respectively.

(c)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section for more information.

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Table 37: Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income (a) (b)

2025/20242024/2023
Taxable-equivalent basisIncrease/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in:Increase/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in:
In millionsVolumeRateTotalVolumeRateTotal
Interest-Earning Assets
Investment securities
Securities available-for-sale
Residential mortgage-backed$91$156$247$(10)$138$128
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$457$(21)436$257$300557
Other$26$935$21$3859
Total securities available-for-sale$532$186718$248$496744
Securities held-to-maturity
Residential mortgage-backed$(9)$7869$(74)$30(44)
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$(119)$52(67)$(33)$6(27)
Other$(134)$(36)(170)$(118)$21(97)
Total securities held-to-maturity$(293)$125(168)$(186)$18(168)
Total investment securities$59$491550$10$566576
Loans
Commercial and industrial$521$(852)(331)$(145)$738593
Commercial real estate$(239)$(205)(444)$(45)$6116
Equipment lease financing$15$(23)(8)$6$5359
Consumer$31$(87)(56)$(79)$318239
Residential real estate$(73)$25(48)$15$111126
Total loans$216$(1,103)(887)$(214)$1,2471,033
Interest-earning deposits with banks$(468)$(396)(864)$346$55401
Other interest-earning assets$239$(129)110$16$3450
Total interest-earning assets$(7)$(1,084)$(1,091)$165$1,895$2,060
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits
Money market$142$(326)$(184)$162$340$502
Demand$131$(434)(303)$(40)$302262
Savings$6$(160)(154)$(68)$433365
Time deposits$12$(275)(263)$434$229663
Total interest-bearing deposits$279$(1,183)(904)$194$1,5981,792
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances$(733)$(257)(990)$(116)$73(43)
Senior debt$374$(289)85$522$127649
Subordinated debt$(51)$(38)(89)$(65)$17(48)
Other$(26)$(64)(90)$90$53143
Total borrowed funds$(564)$(520)(1,084)$397$304701
Total interest-bearing liabilities$37$(2,025)(1,988)$448$2,0452,493
Change in net interest income$(4)$901$897$91$(524)$(433)

(a)Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume components.

(b)Interest income is calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section for more information.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

PNC reports certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are provided as supplemental information to the financial measures in this Report that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. While we believe that these non-GAAP measures are useful tools for the purpose of evaluating certain financial results, they should not be considered superior to and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP financial measures presented in this Report.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  75

Table 38: Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) (a)

Year ended December 31 In millions
202520242023
Net interest income (GAAP)$14,410$13,499$13,916
Taxable-equivalent adjustments117131147
Net interest income (non-GAAP)$14,527$13,630$14,063

(a)The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP.

Table 39: Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (non-GAAP)

December 31 Dollars in millions, except per share data202520242023
Book value per common share$140.44$122.94$112.72
Tangible book value per common share
Common shareholders’ equity$54,828$48,676$44,864
Goodwill and other intangible assets(11,138)(11,171)(11,244)
Deferred tax liabilities on goodwill and other intangible assets237241244
Tangible common shareholders’ equity$43,927$37,746$33,864
Period-end common shares outstanding (in millions)390396398
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$112.51$95.33$85.08

(a)Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated based on tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by period-end common shares outstanding. We believe this non-GAAP measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as an additional, conservative measure of total company value.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods. The following details the critical estimates and judgments around the ACL:

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments and estimated recoveries. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate the ACL on an ongoing basis. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to:

•Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As          current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Changes to the probability weights assigned to these scenarios and the timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates.

•Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Portfolio composition: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves

would be recognized upon origination or acquisition and derecognized upon paydown, maturity or sale.

We also incorporate qualitative factors in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions, as discussed below and in the Allowance for Credit Losses section of Note 1 Accounting Policies.

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

(iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels appropriately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast

Pursuant to the CECL standard, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose, we have established a framework that includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them.

To forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period, we generate four economic forecast scenarios using a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking expert judgment. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans, securities and other financial assets. Each quarter, the scenarios and their respective weights are presented to RAC for approval.

The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2025 consider, among other factors, ongoing impacts of trade and fiscal policy, including tariffs, on the U.S. economic outlook. Given these factors, growth is expected to slow from current levels in the coming quarters. While recession risks remain elevated, our most likely expectation at December 31, 2025 is that the U.S. economy avoids a recession. We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes.

We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with two of the most significant drivers being real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Table 40: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios

Assumptions as of December 31, 2025
202620272028
U.S. real GDP (a)0.5%2.0%2.0%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (b)5.1%4.9%4.4%
Assumptions as of December 31, 2024
202520262027
U.S. real GDP (a)0.7%2.2%2.2%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)4.8%4.7%4.4%

(a)Represents year-over-year growth rates.

(b)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2026, 2027 and 2028, respectively.

(c)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2025, 2026 and 2027, respectively.

Real GDP growth is expected to slow by the end of 2026 to 0.5% on a weighted average basis, down from the 2.2% assumed at December 31, 2024. Growth then rebounds to 2.0% where real GDP remains stable through 2027 and 2028. The weighted-average unemployment rate is expected to end 2026 at 5.1%, continuing to decrease to 4.9% in 2027, landing at 4.4% by the fourth quarter of 2028.

To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we compared our modeled credit loss estimates under our most severe downside CECL scenario to our weighted average estimates. This severe downside scenario estimated that real GDP contracted in 2026 ending the year down 2.5% compared to 2025 levels, with growth picking up again by the end of 2027. The unemployment rate in this scenario increased to end 2026 at 6.6%, then peaks at 7.3% during 2027, before gradually improving to 6.1% by the end of 2028. This scenario does not reflect our current expectation at December 31, 2025, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. This alternative scenario would result in a hypothetical increase in our modeled credit loss estimates of $2.0 billion at December 31, 2025. This sensitivity analysis considers only changes in the modeled credit loss estimates and does not consider potential increases or decreases in our qualitative component. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates.

Qualitative Component

As discussed in the Allowance for Credit Losses section of Note 1 Accounting Policies, we incorporate qualitative reserves in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  77

assumptions. Qualitative factors may include, but are not limited to, inherent forecasting limitations, model imprecision, timing of available information, and/or emerging and ongoing credit risks. At December 31, 2025, the qualitative framework considers PNC’s view of the current state of the economy, which continues to reflect uncertainty due to the fundamental change in office demand, tariff and trade driven pressures, interest rate movements and housing affordability. Our most significant qualitative factor was related to the office portfolio of the commercial real estate loan class.

We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis we have addressed reserve requirements for the specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels appropriately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

See the following for additional details on the components of our ACL:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 2 Investment Securities, and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including, but not limited to, interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value inverse to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time, they are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs.

For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value.

Fair Value Measurements - Level 3

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s classification as Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances associated with each instrument, and management applies judgment regarding the significance of unobservable inputs to each asset or liability when determining its fair value level classification. In addition to MSRs, certain of our private equity investments and available-for-sale securities have a high level of estimation uncertainty and require significant management judgment to determine the fair value. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs as well as additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements in Note 14 Fair Value.

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards UpdateDescriptionFinancial Statement Impact
Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses - ASU 2024-03 Issued November 2024• Required with issuance of 2027 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted.• Requires public business entities to disclose, in the notes to financial statements and on an annual and interim basis, specified information about certain costs and expenses (including, if relevant: inventory purchases, employee compensation, depreciation, intangible asset amortization, and depreciation from oil and gas-producing activities).• Requires qualitative descriptions of amounts not separately disaggregated to be disclosed.• Requires disclosure of the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses.• Allows for either a prospective or retrospective transition approach.• We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU and do not plan to early adopt.• This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.• We expect to provide additional disaggregated income statement expense disclosures in accordance with this ASU.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Purchased Loans - ASU 2025-08 Issued November 2025• Required effective date of January 1, 2027; early adoption is permitted. • Expands the population of acquired financial assets subject to the gross-up approach, which requires recognition of an ACL for the estimate of credit losses at the acquisition date. • Clarifies that loans (excluding credit cards) acquired without credit deterioration and deemed “seasoned” are purchased seasoned loans and accounted for using the gross-up approach at acquisition. • Requires entities to evaluate whether loans acquired in an asset acquisition (or initially recognized through the consolidation of a VIE) are deemed “seasoned”. A loan is seasoned if it was purchased at least 90 days after origination and the acquirer was not involved in the origination of the loan. All loans that are acquired without credit deterioration through a business combination are deemed “seasoned”. • Requires a prospective transition approach; the ASU is applied to loans that are acquired on or after the initial application date.• We adopted this ASU on January 1, 2026. • Adoption of this ASU will result in more acquired loans using the gross-up approach, which will eliminate the Provision for credit losses recognized on these loans upon acquisition. Otherwise, this ASU will not materially impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software - ASU 2025-06 Issued September 2025• Required with issuance of 2028 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted. • Removes all references to project stages throughout Subtopic 350-40. • Requires entities to start capitalizing software costs when both of the following occur: (1) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project and (2) it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function(s) intended. • Clarifies that (1) the disclosures in Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment – Overall, are required for all capitalized internal-use software costs and (2) the intangibles disclosures in paragraphs 350-30-50-1 through 50-3 are not required for capitalized internal-use software costs. • Supersedes Subtopic 350-50, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Website Development Costs, and incorporates relevant and incremental guidance unique to website-specific development costs into Subtopic 350-40. • Allows for either a prospective, modified prospective, or retrospective transition approach.• We are currently evaluating the requirements within this ASU and do not plan to early adopt. • This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K  79

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations, including our sustainability strategy, that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

•Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including:

–Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets,

–Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets,

–Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply, market interest rates and inflation,

–Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives,

–Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness,

–Impacts of sanctions, tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

–Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

–Our ability to attract, recruit and retain skilled employees, and

–Commodity price volatility.

•Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be

substantially different than those we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our views that:

–PNC’s baseline forecast remains for continued expansion, but slower economic growth in 2026 than in 2024 and 2025. Tariffs remain a drag on consumer spending and business investment, while AI-related capex and wealth effects have been key supports to growth. Consumer spending growth is slowing to a pace more consistent with household income growth. The One Big Beautiful Bill will be a net positive for economic growth in 2026.

–The baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth slowing to around 2% in 2026, with continued modest job gains and the unemployment rate at around 4.5%. Tariffs remain a risk to the outlook, and a reversal in sentiment around AI or a large decline in equity prices would be drags. Weaker labor force growth could lead to weaker long-run growth.

–Our baseline forecast is for the Federal Reserve to keep the federal funds rate unchanged in the first half of this year, in a range between 3.50% and 3.75%. We expect modest additional easing in the second half of the year with 25 basis points cuts at the FOMC meetings in July and September 2026, resulting in a federal funds rate in the range of 3.00% to 3.25% by the fall. However, there are two-sided risks to this outlook: (1) if inflation re-accelerates or proves more persistent than expected, the Federal Reserve may cut less or (2) if growth falters or recession emerges, easing could be deeper and more prolonged.

•PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process.

•PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, its financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models and the reliability of and risks resulting from extensive use of such models.

•Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding and ability to attract and retain employees. These developments could include:

–Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, and changes in accounting and reporting standards.

–Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries resulting in monetary losses, costs, or alterations in our business practices, and potentially causing reputational harm to PNC.

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2025 Form 10-K

–Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

–Costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

•Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards.

•Our reputation and business and operating results may be affected by our ability to appropriately meet or address environmental, social or governance targets, goals, commitments or concerns that may arise.

•We grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing or any failure to execute strategic or operational plans.

•Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread manmade, natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities or events, terrorist activities, system failures or disruptions, security breaches, cyberattacks, international hostilities, or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties, customers or third-party vendors and service providers specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 20 Legal Proceedings. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000713676-25-000027.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-21. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of:

•Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms,

•Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and

•Leveraging technology to create efficiencies that help us better serve customers.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report.

Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control:

•Effectively managing capital and liquidity including:

•Continuing to maintain and, over time, grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source,

•Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and

•Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets,

•Execution of our strategic priorities,

•Management of credit risk in our portfolio,

•Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies,

•The appropriateness of critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and

•Our ability to manage operational risks related to new products and services, changes in processes and procedures or the implementation of new technology.

Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•Global and domestic economic conditions,

•The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

•The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets,

•The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

•Changes in the competitive landscape,

•Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

•The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations,

•The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms,

•The effect of climate change on our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers,

36    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

•Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and

•The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives.

For additional information on the risks we face, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7.

Signature Bank Portfolio Acquisition

On October 2, 2023, PNC acquired a portfolio of capital commitments facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. through an agreement with the FDIC as receiver of the former Signature Bank, New York. The acquired portfolio represented approximately $16.0 billion in total commitments, including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans, at the time of acquisition.

Workforce Reduction

During the fourth quarter of 2023, PNC implemented a workforce reduction that was expected to reduce 2024 personnel expense by approximately $325 million annually, on a pre-tax basis. PNC incurred expenses of $150 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 in connection with this workforce reduction.

FDIC Special Assessment

In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. As a result, PNC incurred a pre-tax expense of $515 million during the fourth quarter of 2023. In the first quarter of 2024, PNC incurred an additional pre-tax expense of $130 million related to the increase in the FDIC’s expected losses. The fourth quarter of 2024 included an $18 million pre-tax reduction of the FDIC special assessment.

Second Quarter 2024 Significant Items

In the second quarter of 2024, PNC participated in the Visa exchange program, allowing PNC to convert its Visa Class B-1 common

shares into approximately equal amounts of Visa Class B-2 common shares and Visa Class C common shares. This conversion event

resulted in a gain of $754 million related to the Visa Class C common shares received. PNC retained the Visa Class B-2 common

shares. The second quarter of 2024 also included Visa Class B-2 derivative fair value adjustments of negative $116 million and a $120

million expense related to a PNC Foundation contribution. During the second quarter, PNC also repositioned the investment securities

portfolio, selling low-yielding investment securities for net proceeds of $3.8 billion, resulting in a loss of $497 million. PNC

redeployed the full proceeds from the sale into higher-yielding investment securities. The combined impact of all of these significant items on pre-tax noninterest income and pre-tax noninterest expense in the second quarter of 2024 was $141 million and $120 million, respectively.

Hurricanes Helene and Milton

During September 2024, Hurricane Helene made landfall in Florida’s panhandle, impacting a large region of the

southeastern United States, including the southern Appalachians. In October 2024, Hurricane Milton made landfall

on the central west coast of Florida, causing widespread damage across the state. The storms resulted in property damage to our

customers, the closing or disruption of many businesses, including some of PNC’s branches and facilities and damage to the

community infrastructure. We evaluated the impact to our businesses, and, based on our assessments to date, these storms did not have a material impact on our operating results, including credit losses.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  37

Selected Financial Data

The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 8 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance.

Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except per share data202420232022
Summary of Operations
Net interest income$13,499$13,916$13,014
Noninterest income8,0567,5748,106
Total revenue21,55521,49021,120
Provision for credit losses789742477
Noninterest expense13,52414,01213,170
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests7,2426,7367,473
Income taxes1,2891,0891,360
Net income$5,953$5,647$6,113
Net income attributable to common shareholders$5,529$5,153$5,735
Per Common Share
Diluted earnings$13.74$12.79$13.85
Book value per common share$122.94$112.72$99.93
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$95.33$85.08$72.12
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b)2.66%2.76%2.65%
Noninterest income to total revenue37%35%38%
Efficiency63%65%62%
Return on:
Average common shareholders’ equity11.92%12.35%13.52%
Average assets1.05%1.01%1.11%

(a)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section of this Item 7.

(b)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Non-GAAP Financial Information sections of this Item 7.

Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios

December 31
Dollars in millions, except as noted20242023
Balance Sheet Highlights
Assets$560,038$561,580
Loans$316,467$321,508
Allowance for loan and lease losses$4,486$4,791
Interest-earning deposits with banks$39,347$43,804
Investment securities$139,732$132,569
Total deposits$426,738$421,418
Borrowed funds$61,673$72,737
Total shareholders’ equity$54,425$51,105
Common shareholders’ equity$48,676$44,864
Other Selected Ratios
Common equity Tier 110.5%9.9%
Dividend payout45.9%47.8%
Loans to deposits74%76%
Common shareholders’ equity to total assets8.7%8.0%
Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets8.2%7.5%

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Income Statement Highlights

Net income for 2024 was $6.0 billion or $13.74 per diluted common share, an increase of $0.4 billion, or 5%, compared to net income of $5.6 billion, or $12.79 per diluted common share, for 2023. The increase was primarily due to lower noninterest expense and higher noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income.

•Total revenue was stable at $21.6 billion.

•Net interest income decreased $0.4 billion, or 3%, to $13.5 billion as the benefit of higher interest-earning asset yields and balances was more than offset by increased funding costs.

•Net interest margin decreased to 2.66% for 2024 compared to 2.76% for 2023.

•Noninterest income increased $0.5 billion, or 6%, to $8.1 billion primarily driven by higher capital markets and advisory fees.

•Provision for credit losses was $789 million in 2024 reflecting the impact of net charge-offs, primarily in our commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and credit card loan classes, and a net decline in the ACL due to improved macroeconomic factors and portfolio activity. Provision for credit losses was $742 million in 2023.

•Noninterest expense decreased $488 million, or 3%, to $13.5 billion compared to 2023 reflecting lower costs related to the FDIC’s special assessment and lower personnel expense, partially offset by a PNC Foundation contribution expense of $120 million in the second quarter of 2024 and impairments of $97 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily related to technology investments. Costs related to the FDIC special assessment were $112 million in 2024 compared to $515 million in 2023. Noninterest expense in 2023 also included $150 million of workforce reduction charges.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7.

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was well positioned at December 31, 2024. In comparison to December 31, 2023:

•Total assets were stable and included higher securities balances, partially offset by lower loans outstanding and lower balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank.

•Total loans decreased $5.0 billion, or 2%, to $316.5 billion.

•Total commercial loans decreased $3.4 billion, or 2%, to $216.2 billion, due to lower utilization of loan commitments and commercial real estate paydowns.

•Total consumer loans decreased $1.6 billion, or 2%, to $100.3 billion, as growth in automobile loans was more than offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced originations.

•Investment securities increased $7.2 billion, or 5%, to $139.7 billion, due to increased purchase activity, primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, partially offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities.

•Interest earning deposits with banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, decreased $4.5 billion, or 10%, to $39.3 billion, primarily due to lower borrowed funds and higher securities balances, partially offset by higher deposits and lower loan balances.

•Total deposits increased $5.3 billion, or 1%, to $426.7 billion, reflecting higher interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. Interest-bearing deposits increased due to higher commercial balances, partially offset by lower consumer balances. Noninterest-bearing deposit balances decreased due to a decline in both commercial and consumer balances.

•Borrowed funds of $61.7 billion decreased $11.1 billion, or 15%, due to lower FHLB advances, partially offset by parent company senior debt issuances.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7.

Credit Quality Highlights

2024 reflected strong credit quality performance.

•At December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023:

•Overall loan delinquencies of $1.4 billion were stable.

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, totaled $5.2 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The reserve change was driven by improved macroeconomic factors as well as portfolio activity. ACL to total loans was 1.64% and 1.70% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

•Nonperforming assets of $2.4 billion increased $141 million, or 6%, primarily due to higher commercial real estate nonperforming loans.

•Net charge-offs of $1.0 billion or 0.33% of average loans in 2024 increased $331 million compared to net charge-offs of $710 million or 0.22% of average loans for 2023, reflecting higher commercial and consumer net loan charge-offs.

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  39

Capital and Liquidity Highlights

We maintained strong capital and liquidity positions during 2024.

•Common shareholders’ equity increased $3.8 billion to $48.7 billion at December 31, 2024, due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by common dividends paid and common share repurchases.

•In 2024, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 3.5 million common shares for $0.6 billion.

•PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2024 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more details on the SCB and our common shares still available for repurchase.

•On January 3, 2025, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.60 per share to be paid on February 5, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business January 15, 2025.

•The Basel III CET1 capital ratio increased to 10.5% at December 31, 2024 from 9.9% at December 31, 2023.

•PNC elected a five-year transition provision effective March 31, 2020 to delay until December 31, 2021 the full impact of the CECL standard on regulatory capital, followed by a three-year transition period. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC entered a three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard was phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. In the first quarter of 2025, CECL will be fully reflected in regulatory capital. The estimated CET1 fully implemented ratio was 10.5% at December 31, 2024 compared to 9.8% at December 31, 2023.

PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2024 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios.

Business Outlook

Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject, among other things, to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

•The labor market remains strong, and job and income gains will continue to support consumer spending growth in the near term. PNC’s baseline forecast is for continued expansion, but slower economic growth in 2025 than in 2024. High interest rates remain a drag on the economy, consumer spending growth will slow to a pace more consistent with household income growth, and government’s contribution to economic growth will be smaller.

•Real GDP growth in 2025 and 2026 will be approximately 2%, and the unemployment rate will remain somewhat above 4% throughout 2025 and into 2026. There will be little progress on inflation in 2025; wage pressures will abate, but higher tariffs will offset this, and inflation will remain above the Federal Reserve’s 2% objective throughout 2025.

•Little progress on inflation this year will limit monetary easing. PNC expects two additional federal funds rate cuts of 25 basis points each in 2025, one in May and one in July. The federal funds rate will be in a range between 3.75% and 4.00% in the second half of 2025, and remain in that range into 2026.

See Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

For the full year 2025, compared to full year 2024, we expect:

•Average loans to be stable,

•Spot loans to be up 2% to 3%,

•Net interest income to be up 6% to 7%,

•Noninterest income to be up approximately 5%,

•Revenue to be up approximately 6%,

•Noninterest expense to be up approximately 1%, and

•The effective tax rate to be approximately 19%.

For the first quarter of 2025, compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, we expect:

•Average loans to be down approximately 1%,

•Net interest income to be down 2% to 3%,

•Fee income to be stable,

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

•Other noninterest income to be between $150 million and $200 million,

•Revenue to be down 1% to 2%,

•Noninterest expense to be down 2% to 3%, and

•Net loan charge-offs to be approximately $300 million.

Noninterest income, other noninterest income and revenue guidance does not forecast net securities gains or losses or Visa activity.

We are unable to provide a meaningful or accurate reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP measures, without unreasonable effort, to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and amounts necessary for the reconciliation when such amounts are subject to events that cannot be reasonably predicted, as noted in our Cautionary Statement. Accordingly, we cannot address the probable significance of unavailable information.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2023 over 2022, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2023 Form 10-K.

Net income for 2024 was $6.0 billion, or $13.74 per diluted common share, an increase of $0.4 billion, or 5%, compared to net income of $5.6 billion, or $12.79 per diluted common share, for 2023. The increase was primarily due to lower noninterest expense and higher noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income.

Net Interest Income

Table 3: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a)

20242023
Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ Expense
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities$140,7422.94%$4,144$140,3512.54%$3,568
Loans319,7946.08%19,456323,5205.69%18,423
Interest-earning deposits with banks43,1455.34%2,30336,6455.19%1,902
Other9,1356.70%6128,8846.33%562
Total interest-earning assets/interest income$512,8165.17%26,515$509,4004.80%24,455
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits$324,4352.59%8,401$315,3932.10%6,609
Borrowed funds74,0616.05%4,48467,2825.62%3,783
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense$398,4963.23%12,885$382,6752.72%10,392
Net interest margin/income (non-GAAP)2.66%13,6302.76%14,063
Taxable-equivalent adjustments(131)(147)
Net interest income (GAAP)$13,499$13,916

(a)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see the Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) of this Item 7.

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis section of this Item 7 for additional information.

Net interest income decreased $0.4 billion, or 3%, and net interest margin decreased 10 basis points in 2024 compared with 2023 as the benefit of higher interest-earning asset yields and balances were more than offset by increased funding costs.

Average investment securities were stable as net purchase activity of available-for-sale securities was offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities of held-to-maturity securities. Average investment securities represented 27% of average interest-earning assets in 2024 compared to 28% in 2023.

Average loans decreased $3.7 billion, or 1%, primarily due to lower average utilization of commercial loan commitments. Average loans represented 62% of average interest-earning assets in 2024 compared to 64% in 2023.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  41

Average interest-earning deposits with banks increased $6.5 billion, or 18%, primarily due to higher borrowed funds and lower loan balances, partially offset by lower deposits.

Average interest-bearing deposits increased $9.0 billion, or 3%, reflecting growth in commercial deposits, partially offset by a decline in consumer balances. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 81% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2024 compared to 82% in 2023.

Average borrowed funds increased $6.8 billion, or 10%, primarily due to parent company senior debt issuances, partially offset by lower FHLB advances.

Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Noninterest Income

Table 4: Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Noninterest income
Asset management and brokerage$1,485$1,412$735%
Capital markets and advisory1,25095229831%
Card and cash management2,7702,733371%
Lending and deposit services1,2591,233262%
Residential and commercial mortgage581625(44)(7)%
Other income
Gain on Visa shares exchange program754754*
Securities gains (losses)(500)(2)(498)*
Other457621(164)(26)%
Total other income7116199215%
Total noninterest income$8,056$7,574$4826%

*- Not Meaningful

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 37% for 2024 and 35% for 2023.

Asset management and brokerage fees increased reflecting the impact of higher average equity markets as well as higher annuity sales. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management increased to $211 billion at December 31, 2024 compared to $189 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily due to higher spot equity markets. Capital markets and advisory fees increased primarily due to higher merger and acquisition advisory activity and increased underwriting fees. Card and cash management revenue growth was driven by higher treasury management product revenue. Lending and deposit services grew as a result of increased customer activity. Residential and commercial mortgage decreased due to lower residential mortgage banking activities. Other noninterest income increased compared to 2023 driven by the benefit of significant items in the second quarter of 2024, partially offset by lower private equity revenue.

Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section.

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Noninterest Expense

Table 5: Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Noninterest expense
Personnel$7,302$7,428$(126)(2)%
Occupancy954982(28)(3)%
Equipment1,5271,4111168%
Marketing362350123%
Other3,3793,841(462)(12)%
Total noninterest expense$13,524$14,012$(488)(3)%

Noninterest expense decreased compared to 2023 reflecting lower costs related to the FDIC’s special assessment and lower personnel expense, partially offset by a PNC Foundation contribution expense of $120 million in the second quarter of 2024 and impairments of $97 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily related to technology investments. Costs related to the FDIC special assessment were $112 million in 2024 compared to $515 million in 2023. Noninterest expense in 2023 also included $150 million of workforce reduction charges.

We exceeded our 2024 continuous improvement program savings goal of $450 million. In 2025, our continuous improvement program goal will be $350 million.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate was 17.8% for 2024 compared with 16.2% for 2023.

The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low- income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 18 Income Taxes.

Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Table 6: Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions20242023
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses
Loans and leases$741$792
Unfunded lending related commitments56(31)
Investment securities(10)(18)
Other financial assets2(1)
Total provision for (recapture of) credit losses$789$742

Provision for credit losses is driven by net charge-offs and changes to the ACL. The provision for credit losses was $789 million in 2024 reflecting the impact of net charge-offs, primarily in our commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and credit card loan classes, and a net decline in the ACL due to improved macroeconomic factors and portfolio activity.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  43

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The summarized balance sheet data in Table 7 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2023 over 2022, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2023 Form 10-K.

Table 7: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$39,347$43,804$(4,457)(10)%
Loans held for sale85073411616%
Investment securities139,732132,5697,1635%
Loans316,467321,508(5,041)(2)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses(4,486)(4,791)3056%
Mortgage servicing rights3,7113,686251%
Goodwill10,93210,932
Other53,48553,1383471%
Total assets$560,038$561,580$(1,542)
Liabilities
Deposits$426,738$421,418$5,3201%
Borrowed funds61,67372,737(11,064)(15)%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments719663568%
Other16,43915,6218185%
Total liabilities505,569510,439(4,870)(1)%
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity54,42551,1053,3206%
Noncontrolling interests4436822%
Total equity54,46951,1413,3287%
Total liabilities and equity$560,038$561,580$(1,542)

Our balance sheet was well positioned at December 31, 2024. In comparison to December 31, 2023:

•Total assets were stable reflecting higher securities balances, partially offset by lower loans outstanding and lower balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank.

•Total liabilities were stable and included lower borrowed funds, partially offset by higher deposits.

•Total equity increased due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by dividends paid, common shares repurchased and a preferred stock redemption.

The ACL related to loans totaled $5.2 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The reserve change was driven by improved macroeconomic factors as well as portfolio activity. See the following for additional information regarding our ACL related to loans:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7,

•Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Loans

Table 8: Loans

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$175,790$177,580$(1,790)(1)%
Commercial real estate33,61935,436(1,817)(5)%
Equipment lease financing6,7556,5422133%
Total commercial216,164219,558(3,394)(2)%
Consumer
Residential real estate46,41547,544(1,129)(2)%
Home equity25,99126,150(159)(1)%
Automobile15,35514,8604953%
Credit card6,8797,180(301)(4)%
Education1,6361,945(309)(16)%
Other consumer4,0274,271(244)(6)%
Total consumer100,303101,950(1,647)(2)%
Total loans$316,467$321,508$(5,041)(2)%

Commercial loans decreased due to lower utilization of loan commitments and commercial real estate paydowns.

Consumer loans decreased as growth in automobile loans was more than offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced originations.

For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Investment Securities

Investment securities of $139.7 billion at December 31, 2024 increased $7.2 billion, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2023 due to increased purchase activity, primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, partially offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities.

In the second quarter of 2024, we repositioned the investment securities portfolio and sold available-for-sale securities with a weighted average yield of approximately 1.5% for net proceeds of $3.8 billion. The sale of these securities resulted in a loss of $497 million. We deployed the sale proceeds into available-for-sale securities with a weighted average yield of approximately 5.5%.

The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

Table 9: Investment Securities (a)

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAmortized Cost (b)Fair Value
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$53,382$52,075$44,125$42,348
Agency residential mortgage-backed73,76067,11773,32967,925
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed744822844938
Agency commercial mortgage-backed3,0322,8752,6192,471
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c)1,5421,5232,2862,217
Asset-backed (d)5,7335,7936,9826,984
Other debt (e)4,9984,8925,9525,850
Total investment securities (f)$143,191$135,097$136,137$128,733

(a)Of our total securities portfolio, 97% were rated AAA/AA at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(b)Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $91 million at December 31, 2024 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2023 was $92 million.

(c)Collateralized primarily by multifamily housing, office buildings, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties.

(d)Collateralized primarily by consumer credit products, corporate debt and government guaranteed education loans.

(e)Includes state and municipal securities and corporate bonds.

(f)Includes available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  45

Table 9 presents our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value. The relationship of fair value to amortized cost at December 31, 2024 primarily reflected the impact of higher interest rates on the valuation of fixed-rate securities. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional details regarding the allowance for investment securities.

The duration of investment securities was 3.5 years and 4.2 years at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. We estimate that at December 31, 2024 the effective duration of investment securities was 3.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 3.5 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2023 for the effective duration of investment securities were 4.1 years and 4.2 years, respectively.

Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 5.3 years at December 31, 2024 compared to 5.5 years at December 31, 2023.

Table 10: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities

December 31, 2024Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed6.9
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed10.3
Agency commercial mortgage-backed4.1
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed0.6
Asset-backed2.2

Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 2 Investment Securities and Note 14 Fair Value.

Funding Sources

Table 11: Details of Funding Sources

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$92,641$101,285$(8,644)(9)%
Interest-bearing
Money market73,80165,5948,20713%
Demand128,810124,8483,9623%
Savings97,14798,122(975)(1)%
Time deposits34,33931,5692,7709%
Total interest-bearing deposits334,097320,13313,9644%
Total deposits426,738421,4185,3201%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances22,00038,000(16,000)(42)%
Senior debt32,49726,8365,66121%
Subordinated debt4,1044,875(771)(16)%
Other3,0723,026462%
Total borrowed funds61,67372,737(11,064)(15)%
Total funding sources$488,411$494,155$(5,744)(1)%

Deposits are considered an attractive source of funding due to their stability and relatively low cost to fund. Compared to December 31, 2023, our funding source composition included lower borrowed funds and higher deposit balances.

Total deposits increased reflecting higher interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. Interest-bearing deposits increased due to higher commercial balances partially offset by lower consumer balances. Noninterest-bearing deposit balances decreased due to a decline in both commercial and consumer balances. This shift in deposit composition contributed to an increase in funding costs for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023. Our total brokered deposit balances of $7.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and $11.0 billion at December 31, 2023, were significantly below both our internal and regulatory guidelines and limits.

Borrowed funds decreased due to lower FHLB advances, partially offset by parent company senior debt issuances.

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, capital considerations, and funding needs, which are primarily driven by changes in loan, deposit and investment securities balances. While our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses, we also manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for additional information regarding our 2024 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 9 Borrowed Funds for additional information related to our borrowings. See Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income sections of this Item 7 for additional information on year-over-year volume and related funding cost changes.

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity was $54.4 billion at December 31, 2024, an increase of $3.3 billion compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to increases related to net income of $6.0 billion and an improvement in AOCI of $1.1 billion, partially offset by dividends paid of $2.9 billion, common share repurchases of $0.6 billion and a preferred stock redemption of $0.5 billion.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

During the fourth quarter of 2024, we adopted ASU 2023-07 Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. In connection with this adoption, the presentation of our business segment results has been updated to reflect significant segment-level expense information. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information related to our adoption of this ASU.

We have three reportable business segments: Retail Banking, Corporate & Institutional Banking and Asset Management Group. Our reportable business segments are defined by the nature of products and services, types of customers, methods used to distribute products or provide services and similar financial performance.

Total business segment financial results differ from our consolidated reporting due to the remaining corporate operations, or other activities, that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business. These other activities include residual activities such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, corporate overhead net of allocations, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses and the residual impact from FTP operations. See Table 121 in Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information.

Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 22, primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis.

See Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information on our business segments, including a description of each business.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  47

Retail Banking

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to build lifelong, primary relationships by creating a sense of financial well-being and ease for our clients. Over time, we seek to deepen those relationships by meeting the broad range of our clients’ financial needs across savings, liquidity, lending, payments, investment and retirement solutions. We work to deliver these solutions in the most seamless and efficient way possible, meeting our customers where they are - whether in a branch, through digital channels, at an ATM or through our phone-based customer contact centers - while continuously optimizing the cost to sell and service. We believe that, over time, we can grow our customer base, enhance the breadth and depth of our client relationships and improve our efficiency through differentiated products and leading digital channels.

Table 12: Retail Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20242023$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$10,933$9,974$95910%
Noninterest income3,5822,95163121%
Total revenue14,51512,9251,59012%
Provision for credit losses362396(34)(9)%
Noninterest expense
Personnel2,1892,266(77)(3)%
Segment allocations (a)3,6533,571822%
Depreciation and amortization312330(18)(5)%
Other (b)1,3771,388(11)(1)%
Total noninterest expense7,5317,555(24)
Pretax earnings6,6224,9741,64833%
Income taxes1,5451,16338233%
Noncontrolling interests3943(4)(9)%
Earnings$5,038$3,768$1,27034%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$746$569$17731%
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$34,068$35,156$(1,088)(3)%
Home equity24,39024,598(208)(1)%
Automobile14,96014,94317
Credit card6,8387,020(182)(3)%
Education1,7872,090(303)(14)%
Other consumer1,7631,910(147)(8)%
Total consumer83,80685,717(1,911)(2)%
Commercial12,78111,7441,0379%
Total loans$96,587$97,461$(874)(1)%
Total assets$114,631$114,914$(283)
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$53,064$58,566$(5,502)(9)%
Interest-bearing195,626197,589(1,963)(1)%
Total deposits$248,690$256,155$(7,465)(3)%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets4.39%3.28%
Noninterest income to total revenue25%23%
Efficiency52%58%

(continued on following page)

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page)

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20242023$%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management and brokerage$552$523$296%
Card and cash management$1,263$1,323$(60)(5)%
Lending and deposit services$744$736$81%
Residential and commercial mortgage$342$424$(82)(19)%
Other income - Gain on Visa shares exchange program$754$$754*
Residential Mortgage Information
Residential mortgage servicing statistics (in billions, except as noted) (c)
Serviced portfolio balance (d)$197$209$(12)(6)%
MSR asset value (d)$2.6$2.7$(0.1)(4)%
Servicing income: (in millions)
Servicing fees, net (e)$287$301$(14)(5)%
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge$5$53$(48)(91)%
Residential mortgage loan statistics
Loan origination volume (in billions)$6.4$7.4$(1.0)(14)%
Loan sale margin percentage1.76%2.34%
Other Information
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (d)$848$834$142%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$570$463$10723%
Other statistics
Branches (d) (f)2,2342,299(65)(3)%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (d) (g)$84$78$68%

*- Not Meaningful

(a)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(b)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense. Amounts for 2024 also include asset impairments primarily related to technology investments.

(c)Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income.

(d)As of December 31.

(e)Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, which includes the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans paid off during the period.

(f)Reflects all branches excluding standalone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(g)Includes cash and money market balances.

Retail Banking earnings increased $1.3 billion in 2024 compared with 2023 primarily due to higher revenue.

Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by declines in average deposit balances.

Noninterest income increased in the comparison reflecting a gain resulting from PNC’s participation in the Visa exchange program and higher asset management and brokerage fees, partially offset by lower residential and commercial mortgage fees as well as a decline in card and cash management fees.

Provision for credit losses reflected the impact of net charge-offs and a net decline in the ACL due to improved macroeconomic factors and portfolio activity.

Noninterest expense was stable as lower personnel expense offset the impact of asset impairments and increased technology investments.

Retail Banking average total loans were stable in 2024 compared to 2023. Average consumer loans decreased driven by lower residential real estate, as a result of paydowns outpacing new volume, as well as continued declines in education loans from runoff in the government guaranteed portfolio. Average commercial loans increased due to growth in loan commitments utilization, primarily within the automobile dealer segment.

Our focus on growing primary customer relationships is at the core of our deposit strategy in Retail, which is based on attracting and retaining stable, low-cost deposits as a key funding source for PNC. We have taken a disciplined approach to pricing, focused on

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  49

retaining relationship-based balances and executing on targeted deposit growth and retention strategies aimed at more rate-sensitive customers. Our goal with regard to deposits is to optimize balances, economics and long-term customer growth. In 2024, average total deposits decreased compared to 2023, and included the impact of quantitative tightening by the Federal Reserve and increased customer spending.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for

consumers and small businesses, including our new PNC Cash Unlimited® credit card.

As part of our strategic focus on growing customers and meeting their financial needs, we operate and continue to optimize a coast-to-coast network of retail branches, solution centers and ATMs, which are complemented by PNC’s suite of digital capabilities. In 2024, PNC announced it would be investing approximately $1.5 billion, over the next five years, to open more than 200 new branches in key locations, including Atlanta, Austin, Charlotte, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Miami, Orlando, Phoenix, Raleigh, San Antonio, and Tampa, while completing renovations of 1,400 existing locations across the country during the same time period to enhance the customer experience.

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value-added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive. We are a coast-to-coast franchise and our full suite of commercial products and services is offered nationally.

Table 13: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$6,412$5,856$5569%
Noninterest income3,9273,53739011%
Total revenue10,3399,39394610%
Provision for credit losses4533985514%
Noninterest expense
Personnel1,5081,426826%
Segment allocations (a)1,4971,507(10)(1)%
Depreciation and amortization202211(9)(4)%
Other (b)557586(29)(5)%
Total noninterest expense3,7643,730341%
Pretax earnings6,1225,26585716%
Income taxes1,3741,19717715%
Noncontrolling interests1919
Earnings$4,729$4,049$68017%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$384$407$(23)(6)%
Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$163,220$166,289$(3,069)(2)%
Commercial real estate34,20834,522(314)(1)%
Equipment lease financing6,5566,4221342%
Total commercial203,984207,233(3,249)(2)%
Consumer36(3)(50)%
Total loans$203,987$207,239$(3,252)(2)%
Total assets$228,349$233,337$(4,988)(2)%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$42,081$51,329$(9,248)(18)%
Interest-bearing102,93191,81511,11612%
Total deposits$145,012$143,144$1,8681%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets2.07%1.74%
Noninterest income to total revenue38%38%
Efficiency36%40%

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  51

(Continued from previous page)

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20242023$%
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (c)
Treasury Management (d)$3,922$3,456$46613%
Commercial mortgage banking activities:
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (e)$81$74$79%
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (f)35318516891%
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge1471182925%
Total$581$377$20454%
Commercial mortgage servicing statistics
Serviced portfolio balance (in billions) (g) (h)$290$288$21%
MSR asset value (g)$1,085$1,032$535%
Average Loans by C&IB business
Corporate Banking$116,494$117,568$(1,074)(1)%
Real Estate46,06147,312(1,251)(3)%
Business Credit29,69029,984(294)(1)%
Commercial Banking7,4508,024(574)(7)%
Other4,2924,351(59)(1)%
Total average loans$203,987$207,239$(3,252)(2)%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (g)$1,368$1,217$15112%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$484$266$21882%

(a)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(b)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense.

(c)See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section.

(d)Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income.

(e)Represents commercial mortgage banking income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(f)Represents net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing, net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to time and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

(g)As of December 31.

(h)Represents balances related to capitalized servicing.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings increased $680 million in 2024 compared with 2023 driven by higher revenue, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses and increased noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans and lower average loan balances.

Noninterest income increased in the comparison primarily due to higher capital markets and advisory fees and growth in treasury management product revenue.

Provision for credit losses reflected the impact of net charge-offs and a net decline in the ACL due to improved macroeconomic factors and portfolio activity.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison primarily due to increased business activity, partially offset by a continued focus on expense management.

Average loans decreased compared with 2023:

•Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, and government and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business were stable as lower average utilization of loan commitments was largely offset by the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank in the fourth quarter of 2023.

•Real Estate provides banking, financing, servicing and technology solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business declined largely due to paydowns outpacing new production, partially offset by a higher average utilization of loan commitments.

•Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business were stable, primarily driven by new production, partially offset by a lower average utilization of loan commitments.

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

•Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets related products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business declined driven by paydowns outpacing new production and lower average utilization of loan commitments.

The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits were stable in 2024 compared to 2023, as growth in interest-bearing deposits was mostly offset a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments to our deposit strategy in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets and advisory products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income and noninterest income, as appropriate. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results, and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses where the customer relationships exist. The Other Information section in Table 13 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for treasury management and commercial mortgage banking services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income includes funding credit from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2023, treasury management revenue increased due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher product revenue.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and

noninterest income), revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and hedges related to those activities. Total

revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities increased in the comparison primarily due to higher commercial mortgage loan servicing income.

Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. The increase in capital markets and advisory fees in the comparison was mostly driven by higher merger and acquisition advisory fees, higher underwriting fees and an increase in loan syndication fees, partially offset by lower customer-related interest rate derivative trading revenue.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  53

Asset Management Group

The Asset Management Group strives to be a leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to affluent individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. The Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management.

Table 14: Asset Management Group Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20242023$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$652$547$10519%
Noninterest income949905445%
Total revenue1,6011,45214910%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(3)(3)
Noninterest expense
Personnel472494(22)(4)%
Segment allocations (a)454464(10)(2)%
Depreciation and amortization3030
Other (b)117127(10)(8)%
Total noninterest expense1,0731,115(42)(4)%
Pretax earnings53134019156%
Income taxes124804455%
Earnings$407$260$14757%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$11,952$10,280$1,67216%
Other consumer3,7164,003(287)(7)%
Total consumer15,66814,2831,38510%
Commercial7611,107(346)(31)%
Total loans$16,429$15,390$1,0397%
Total assets$16,872$15,812$1,0607%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$1,639$1,782$(143)(8)%
Interest-bearing26,23225,9283041%
Total deposits$27,871$27,710$1611%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets2.41%1.64%
Noninterest income to total revenue59%62%
Efficiency67%77%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management fees$933$882$516%
Brokerage fees17(6)(86)%
Total$934$889$455%
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (c)$28$39$(11)(28)%
Net charge-offs (recoveries) - loans and leases$2$(3)$5167%
Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (c) (d)
Discretionary client assets under management
PNC Private Bank$129$117$1210%
Institutional Asset Management82721014%
Total discretionary client assets under management$211$189$2212%
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration2101793117%
Total$421$368$5314%

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

(a)Represents expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by each business segment; primarily comprised of technology, human resources and occupancy-related allocations.

(b)Other is primarily comprised of other direct expenses including outside services and equipment expense.

(c)As of December 31.

(d)Excludes brokerage account client assets.

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management.

The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves. This business seeks to deliver high quality banking, trust, and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through a broad array of products and services.

Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients, including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, municipalities and non-profits.

Asset Management Group earnings increased $147 million in 2024 compared with 2023 driven by higher revenue and lower noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher average loan balances, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans.

Noninterest income increased in the comparison primarily driven by higher average equity markets, partially offset by the impact of client activity.

Noninterest expense decreased in the comparison reflecting a continued focus on expense management.

Average loans increased compared with 2023 driven by growth in residential mortgage loans.

Average total deposits were stable in the comparison as growth in time deposits and deposit sweep balances was partially offset by declines in savings and money market deposits.

Discretionary client assets under management increased in comparison to the prior year, primarily due to higher spot equity markets as of December 31, 2024.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities.

Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital and liquidity planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section.

We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory and financial services environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements and emerging risks into our ERM Framework.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  55

Risk Culture

A strong risk culture helps us make well informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices.

Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees, individually and collectively, are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance.

Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk.

Enterprise Strategy

We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital and liquidity planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated risk appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted periodically based on changes in the external and internal risk environments.

Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan.

Capital and Liquidity Planning and Stress Testing: Capital and liquidity planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The planning processes and the resulting plans evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Additionally, both plans must align with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the capital planning and liquidity risk management processes. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on the firm’s capital and liquidity positions across various hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios.

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Risk Governance and Oversight

We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return, and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board’s enhanced prudential standards. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information.

To help ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. A summary of the Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities is provided below:

Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk.

First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business.

Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, perform independent assessment of risk, and report on issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended.

Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization.

Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include:

Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through standing or special committees. The following provides a summary of some of the key responsibilities of the Board’s standing committees:

•Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors.

•Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting our best interests and those of our shareholders.

•Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to talent and human capital matters affecting us, including succession planning. The committee is also responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans.

•Risk Committee: oversees our enterprise-wide risk structure and the processes established to identify, measure, monitor and manage the organization’s risks and evaluates and approves our risk governance framework.

•Corporate Responsibility Committee: oversees management’s corporate responsibility efforts, internally and externally, to the extent such corporate responsibility efforts are not specifically within the purview of another Board committee (e.g., climate-related risks overseen by the Risk Committee and climate-related financial disclosures overseen by the Audit Committee), and implementation of PNC’s publicly-announced Community Benefits Plan to provide loans, investments and other financial support to bolster economic opportunity for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and other underserved individuals and communities, and to help remove historic barriers in the banking system.

•Technology Committee: oversees technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages, and fulfills the oversight responsibilities delegated from the Risk Committee with respect to technology risk, technology risk management, data risk, cybersecurity, information security, business continuity and significant technology initiatives and programs.

Management Executive Committee – The Management Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across PNC. With this responsibility, the Management Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  57

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board-level Committee, the Management Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities.

Working Committees – Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of key risk activities.

Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization’s balance sheet.

Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management.

Risk Identification

Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special assessments.

Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.

Risk Assessments

Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and help us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Risk assessments also support the implementation of mitigation strategies, or under certain circumstances, the decision to accept the risk (if there are no feasible alternatives to the business need, or the exposure may be significantly reduced or eliminated within a reasonable time frame through the course of business-as-usual activities). As part of the risk assessment processes, effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks, including emerging risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict.

Risk Controls and Monitoring

Our ERM Framework consists of policies, procedures, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations.

We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to identify potential control improvements. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the business and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable.

Risk Aggregation and Reporting

Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) identify and communicate aggregate risks, including identified concentrations and themes; (ii) escalate instances where we are outside of our risk appetite; (iii) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite; and (iv) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities through the governance structure up to the Board of Directors and executive management.

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio.

Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis

Table 15: Details of Loans

In billions

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments.

Commercial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and industrial loans comprised 56% and 55% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment should a borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets.

We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  59

monitoring the level of credit risk, we also monitor concentrations of credit risk pertaining to both specific industries and geographies that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified across industries as shown in the following table (based on the North American Industry Classification System).

Table 16: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Commercial and industrial
Retail/wholesale trade$30,01017%$28,19816%
Financial services27,7371628,42216
Manufacturing27,7001628,98916
Service providers21,8811221,35412
Real estate related (a)14,910816,2359
Technology, media and telecommunications9,767610,2496
Health care9,69469,8086
Transportation and warehousing7,32047,7334
Other industries26,7711526,59215
Total commercial and industrial loans$175,790100%$177,580100%

(a)Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $9.2 billion and $9.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These loans are included in commercial and industrial loans as the credit decisioning for servicing these loans is based on the financial conditions of the owner, not the ability of the collateral to generate income. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans are well-diversified across industries.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans of $33.6 billion as of December 31, 2024 comprised $19.3 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $8.6 billion of intermediate-term financing loans and $5.7 billion of real estate construction project loans. At December 31, 2023, comparable amounts were $35.4 billion, $21.0 billion, $8.0 billion and $6.4 billion, respectively. Commercial real estate primarily consists of an investment in land and/or buildings held to generate income which serves as the primary source for the repayment of the loan. However, for all commercial real estate assets, the disposition of the assigned collateral serves as a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties.

We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with commercial real estate loans tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S.

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type:

Table 17: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$5,67517%$6,13317%
Florida3,807113,73811
Texas3,763113,73311
Virginia1,47641,5904
Arizona1,43841,2163
Pennsylvania1,21341,5154
Maryland1,16931,3444
North Carolina1,15031,1423
Ohio1,10731,1573
Illinois1,09031,2013
Other11,7313712,66737
Total commercial real estate loans$33,619100%$35,436100%
Property Type (a)
Multifamily$16,08948%$15,59044%
Office6,707208,01923
Industrial/warehouse3,911124,08912
Retail2,09062,4907
Seniors housing1,73151,7725
Hotel/motel1,56751,7605
Mixed use33613881
Other1,18831,3283
Total commercial real estate loans$33,619100%$35,436100%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2024.

Commercial Real Estate: Office Portfolio

Given the fundamental change in office demand driven by the acceptance of remote work, real estate performance related to the office sector continues to be an area of uncertainty. At December 31, 2024, our outstanding loan balances in the office portfolio totaled $6.7 billion, or 2.1% of total loans, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $0.2 billion. The portfolio is well diversified geographically across our coast-to-coast franchise. Within the office portfolio at December 31, 2024, criticized loans totaled 30.5% and nonperforming loans totaled 12.6%, while delinquencies were 0.6%. As measured at origination, the weighted average LTV for the office portfolio was 58.8%; however, for those loans that received appraisals in 2024, the weighted average LTV for those loans has increased to 81.8% as of December 31, 2024. During 2024, PNC received updated appraisals for 44.8% of the outstanding balance in the office portfolio. While LTV is one consideration, our risk assessment considers a number of factors in assessing the changing conditions affecting the portfolio. As of December 31, 2024, we have established reserves of 13.3% against office loans.

The greatest stress in our office portfolio is observed in multi-tenant office loans, which represents 54.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2024. Within the multi-tenant classification, criticized levels were 53.0% while nonperforming loans totaled 22.7%, accounting for almost all of the nonperforming office population. For multi-tenant office loans that received appraisals in 2024, the weighted average LTV for those loans was 86.3% at December 31, 2024. During 2024, PNC received updated appraisals for 66.4% of the outstanding balance in the multi-tenant office portfolio. Additionally, commercial real estate charge-offs since the beginning of 2024 have primarily been multi-tenant office loans. Given the higher level of expected stress, this segment has a proportionally higher reserve rate of 19.9% as of December 31, 2024. The remaining 46.0% of the office portfolio is primarily comprised of single-tenant, medical and government tenant properties. These three tenant classifications are performing considerably better, with approximately 3.8% of the book in the criticized loan category and 0.6% in the nonperforming loan category. As of December 31, 2024, the weighted average LTV inclusive of both updated property values and origination-derived values of this book is 59.9%.

The office portfolio remains an elevated area of focus for portfolio management, with internal risk ratings completed quarterly for each asset with the exception of medical office loans, accelerated reappraisal requirements and elevated approval levels for any credit action. Additionally, active management efforts include ongoing performance assessments as well as the review of property, lending and capital markets. Portfolio updates are distributed to senior management weekly. Collateral in the office portfolio is appraised by qualified, independent third-party state certified real estate appraisers. New loans or loans being evaluated for extension or material modification are required to be appraised. The frequency of reappraisals outside of a credit action is based on regulatory and internal requirements. Generally, for loans with heightened risk, a cadence has been established to obtain updated appraisals at least annually

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  61

to aid in determining the timing and amount of a charge-off, if deemed necessary. Loans that do not demonstrate a heightened risk are monitored through our ongoing management of the portfolio, including any need for a new appraisal. All appraisals are reviewed by independent qualified real estate valuation personnel. For existing office building loans, PNC employs the as-is market value from third-party appraisals to calculate LTV.

Given the ongoing uncertainty in this area, we expect additional stress in the office sector, and a portion of this stress will bear itself out as we work through maturities that will approximate 40% through December 31, 2025. Upon maturity, and where the balance is not paid in full, an extension may be granted because contractual extension terms are met; alternatively, an extension may be granted based on negotiated terms, and a portion of these extensions may involve the curtailment or charge-off of principal. We continue to actively manage the portfolio, and we believe reserve levels reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio.

Commercial Real Estate: Multifamily Portfolio

As of December 31, 2024, our outstanding loan balances in the multifamily portfolio totaled $16.1 billion, or 5.1% of total loans, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $2.3 billion. Although inflationary pressures, higher interest rates and elevated supply in certain markets have impacted internal risk assessments and regulatory classification in this portfolio, we have not seen a notable change in loan performance at this time with regards to nonperformance, delinquency or charge-offs. Additionally, the portfolio is well diversified geographically across our coast-to-coast franchise. We continue to closely monitor our exposure in this sector.

Consumer

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans primarily consisted of residential mortgage loans at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.

We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming or conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio:

Table 18: Residential Real Estate Loan Statistics

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$19,86943%$19,91142%
Texas3,74884,0098
Washington3,48173,4677
Florida3,17173,3567
New Jersey1,84741,9094
New York1,49331,5513
Arizona1,34031,4313
Pennsylvania1,19731,2293
Colorado1,13921,1872
North Carolina96329892
Other8,167188,50519
Total residential real estate loans$46,415100%$47,544100%
December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score773772
LTV of loan originations73%73%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2024.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $41.7 billion at

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

December 31, 2024 with 46% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2023 were $42.4 billion and 45%, respectively.

Home Equity

Home equity loans of $26.0 billion as of December 31, 2024 were comprised of $21.3 billion of home equity lines of credit and $4.7 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans. At December 31, 2023, comparable amounts were $26.2 billion, $20.6 billion and $5.6 billion, respectively. Home equity lines of credit are a variable interest rate product with fixed rate conversion options available to certain borrowers.

Similar to residential real estate loans, we obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. Borrower performance of this portfolio is tracked on a monthly basis. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, legacy brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit or legacy brokered home equity lines of credit) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold such liens. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration.

The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio:

Table 19: Home Equity Loan Statistics

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
Pennsylvania$4,50417%$4,74518%
New Jersey3,153123,18412
Florida2,23992,2309
Ohio2,14582,2429
California1,74371,5806
Texas1,29951,2305
Maryland1,20951,2375
Michigan1,16641,2145
Illinois1,03241,0694
North Carolina1,00141,0014
Other6,500256,41823
Total home equity loans$25,991100%$26,150100%
Lien type
1st lien49%52%
2nd lien5148
Total100%100%
December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score773772
LTV of loan originations62%64%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2024.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Automobile

Auto loans of $15.4 billion as of December 31, 2024 comprised $14.4 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.0 billion in the direct auto portfolio. At December 31, 2023, comparable amounts were $14.9 billion, $13.8 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers, including dealers located in our newer markets. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  63

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our indirect and direct auto portfolios:

Table 20: Auto Loan Statistics

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Weighted-average loan origination FICO score (a) (b)
Indirect auto793788
Direct auto786787
Weighted-average term of loan originations - in months (a)
Indirect auto7273
Direct auto6465

(a)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale.

We continue to focus on borrowers with strong credit profiles as evidenced by the weighted-average loan origination FICO scores noted in Table 20. We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. At December 31, 2024, the portfolio balance was composed of 43% new vehicle loans and 57% used vehicle loans. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2023 were 45% and 55%, respectively.

The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including both updated collateral values and FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term.

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO and foreclosed assets. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for details on our nonaccrual policies.

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category:

Table 21: Nonperforming Assets by Type

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023Change
Dollars in millions$%
Nonperforming loans
Commercial$1,462$1,307$15512%
Consumer (a)864873(9)(1)%
Total nonperforming loans2,3262,1801467%
OREO and foreclosed assets3136(5)(14)%
Total nonperforming assets$2,357$2,216$1416%
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.73%0.68%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets0.74%0.69%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.42%0.39%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans193%220%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (b)224%250%

(a)Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged-off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets.

Increases in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2023 were primarily driven by higher commercial real estate nonperforming loans.

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

Table 22: Change in Nonperforming Assets

In millions20242023
January 1$2,216$2,019
New nonperforming assets2,2451,999
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments(685)(452)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs(1,112)(831)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale(53)(71)
Returned to performing status(254)(448)
December 31$2,357$2,216

As of December 31, 2024, approximately 96% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels are a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale.

We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to address operating environment changes such as inflation levels, industry specific risks, interest rate levels, the level of consumer savings and deposit balances, and structural and secular changes such as those arising from the pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we offer loan modifications and collection programs to assist our customers.

The following table presents a summary of accruing loans past due by delinquency status:

Table 23: Accruing Loans Past Due (a)

Amount% of Total Loans Outstanding
December 31, 2024December 31, 2023ChangeDecember 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millions$%
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days$697$685$122%0.22%0.21%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days288270187%0.09%0.08%
Total early stage loan delinquencies985955303%0.31%0.30%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more397429(32)(7)%0.13%0.13%
Total accruing loans past due$1,382$1,384$(2)0.44%0.43%

(a)Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.4 billion at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Loan Modifications

We may provide relief to our customers experiencing financial hardships through a variety of solutions. Commercial loan and lease modifications are based on each individual borrower’s situation, while consumer loan modifications are evaluated under our hardship relief programs. For additional information on our commercial real estate, office-related modification offerings, see the Commercial Real Estate portion of the Credit Risk Management section of this Financial Review.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  65

The following table provides details on the contractual maturity ranges and interest sensitivity of our loan classes at December 31, 2024.

Table 24: Selected Loan Maturities and Interest Sensitivity

Loans Due After 1 YearContractual Maturity Range
December 31, 2024In millionsPredetermined RateFloating or Adjustable Rate1 Year or LessAfter 1 Year Through 5 YearsAfter 5 Years Through 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsGross Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$17,760$106,109$51,921$109,877$11,421$2,571$175,790
Commercial real estate4,89615,04913,67418,0741,50436733,619
Equipment lease financing4,6013191,8354,5413796,755
Total commercial27,257121,47767,430132,49213,3042,938216,164
Consumer
Residential real estate27,79717,2251,3935,51615,10024,40646,415
Home equity14,45910,2151,3174,2817,87812,51525,991
Automobile11,4543,90110,49296215,355
Credit card6,8796,879
Education5809151415687781491,636
Other consumer1,0831562,7881,171684,027
Total consumer55,37328,51116,41922,02824,78637,070100,303
Total loans$82,630$149,988$83,849$154,520$38,090$40,008$316,467

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, current economic conditions, the reasonable and

supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors, including current borrower and/or transaction characteristics and assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term as of the balance sheet date. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments.

Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses, where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term.

We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Forward-looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment.

The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate.

The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from available historical credit information. We use long-run average expected losses for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our reasonable and supportable forecast period and the reversion period.

The following discussion provides additional information on our reserves for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for further discussion on our ACL, including details of our methodologies and discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Report for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL as of December 31, 2024.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on the estimated contractual term in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PD represents a quantification of risk of the likelihood that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimated magnitude of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for certain revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the expected time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and the long-run average period, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights.

For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial nonperforming loans that are below the defined threshold are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

While our reserve models and methodologies strive to reflect all relevant expected credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to:

•Industry concentrations and conditions,

•Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements,

•Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio,

•Recent credit quality trends,

•Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events,

•Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information,

•Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values,

•Model imprecision and limitations,

•Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and

•Timing of available information.

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments

We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for pooled loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Income Statement.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  67

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans:

Table 25: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a)

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total LoansAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total Loans
Allowance for loans and lease losses
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,605$175,7900.91%$1,806$177,5801.02%
Commercial real estate1,48333,6194.41%1,37135,4363.87%
Equipment lease financing606,7550.89%826,5421.25%
Total commercial3,148216,1641.46%3,259219,5581.48%
Consumer
Residential real estate3746,4150.08%6147,5440.13%
Home equity26625,9911.02%27626,1501.06%
Automobile16015,3551.04%17314,8601.16%
Credit card6646,8799.65%7667,18010.67%
Education481,6362.93%561,9452.88%
Other consumer1634,0274.05%2004,2714.68%
Total consumer1,338100,3031.33%1,532101,9501.50%
Total$4,486$316,4671.42%$4,791$321,5081.49%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments719663
Allowance for credit losses$5,205$5,454
Allowance for credit losses to total loans1.64%1.70%
Commercial1.72%1.73%
Consumer1.47%1.62%

(a)        Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $114 million and $120 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries:

Table 26: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries

Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsGross Charge-offsRecoveriesNet Charge-offs / (Recoveries)% of Average Loans
2024
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$328$119$2090.12%
Commercial real estate358133450.98%
Equipment lease financing3417170.26%
Total commercial7201495710.26%
Consumer
Residential real estate310(7)(0.01)%
Home equity3642(6)(0.02)%
Automobile13197340.23%
Credit card355553004.38%
Education196130.73%
Other consumer171351363.29%
Total consumer7152454700.47%
Total$1,435$394$1,0410.33%
2023
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$244$122$1220.07%
Commercial real estate18061740.48%
Equipment lease financing18990.14%
Total commercial4421373050.14%
Consumer
Residential real estate813(5)(0.01)%
Home equity2146(25)(0.10)%
Automobile121100210.14%
Credit card319432763.93%
Education177100.48%
Other consumer164361282.77%
Total consumer6502454050.40%
Total$1,092$382$7100.22%

Total net charge-offs increased $331 million, or 47%, in 2024 compared to 2023. The increase in the comparison was driven by higher net charge-offs in both our commercial and consumer portfolios, primarily attributable to increases in commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and credit card loan classes.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information.

Climate Change and Other Risks

PNC’s credit risk framework allows for the consideration of the credit risk that may arise, or be accelerated, by climate change, including impacts from physical risk events and risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. These risk events may impact a borrower’s income, cash flow or collateral due to the frequency or severity of weather events, changing market conditions, consumer preferences and demand for products, or changes to the legislative and regulatory landscape. As disruptive events occur, PNC follows a process to determine if enhanced portfolio monitoring, reporting and executive communication is warranted to ensure appropriate oversight and action. Credit Risk Management also participates as members of the Climate Risk Committee which provides a forum for the discussion, assessment, and monitoring of enterprise-wide activities to identify, monitor, manage and report on climate-related risks and issues which may include updates to PNC’s Credit Portfolio Strategy Committee. Credit Risk Management also takes into account potential environmental, human rights and other reputational risks as part of its holistic review of industries and sectors and to the extent those risks may impact credit risk would participate in portfolio decisions regarding those impacts. Outcomes from those climate and other risk reviews may be incorporated into credit policies and risk procedures that govern our risk appetite, credit decisioning, portfolio management and reserve processes. Additionally, PNC has procedures designed to ensure that flood insurance is present for properties as required by applicable regulations, while also monitoring other water-related risks (such as the increased shoreline and coastal erosion) and weather-related events (such as hurricanes and wildfires).

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  69

Liquidity and Capital Management

The two fundamental components of liquidity risk are a potential loss assuming we are unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost, and the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances. We also maintain a liquidity position and use liquidity risk management practices that we believe are appropriate considering PNC and PNC Bank’s capital adequacy, risk profile, complexity, activities, and size, as well as applicable regulatory liquidity requirements and associated regulatory practices.

We perform ongoing monitoring of liquidity through a series of early warning indicators tailored to PNC’s risk profile, complexity, activities, and size that may identify a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of internal liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. Liquidity-related risk limits and operating guidelines are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy covering regulatory metrics and various concentration limits. Management committees, including the ALCO, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits. PNC was in compliance with all relevant internal and regulatory liquidity limits and guidelines throughout the year for 2024 and 2023.

One of the ways we monitor our liquidity is by reference to the LCR, a regulatory minimum liquidity requirement designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of liquidity to meet net liquidity needs over the course of a hypothetical 30-day stress scenario. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the LCR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The LCR for both PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2024 and 2023. Fluctuations in our LCR result from changes to the components of the calculation, including high-quality liquid assets and net cash outflows, as a result of ongoing business activity.

The NSFR is designed to measure the stability of the maturity structure of assets and liabilities of banking organizations over a one-year time horizon. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the NSFR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The NSFR for PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2024 and 2023.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits increased to $426.7 billion at December 31, 2024 from $421.4 billion at December 31, 2023 reflecting higher interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower noninterest-bearing deposits. Interest-bearing deposits increased due to higher commercial balances, partially offset by lower consumer balances. Noninterest-bearing deposit balances decreased due to a decline in both commercial and consumer balances.

The aggregate amount of uninsured deposits, based on the regulatory instructions in the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income - FFIEC 031, were estimated to be $194.9 billion and $190.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit regime was $5.1 billion at December 31, 2024. The majority of our uninsured deposits are related to commercial operating and relationship accounts, which we define as commercial deposit customers who utilize two or more PNC products. See the Funding Sources in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review and the Business Segments Review of this Item 7 for additional information on our deposits and related strategies.

We may also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, such as senior notes, subordinated debt, FHLB advances, securities

sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. See the Funding Sources in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Item 7 and Note 9 Borrowed Funds included in this Report for additional information related to our borrowings.

Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, increased due to the following activity:

Table 27: Senior and Subordinated Debt

In billions2024
January 1$31.7
Issuances10.0
Calls and maturities(4.8)
Other(0.3)
December 31$36.6

Additionally, PNC maintains access to contingent funding sources that include unused borrowing capacity and certain liquid assets.

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

PNC has a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and

commitments, particularly in the event of liquidity stress. This plan is designed to examine and quantify the organization’s liquidity under various internal liquidity stress scenarios and is periodically tested to assess the plan’s reliability. Additionally, the plan provides the strategies for addressing liquidity needs and responsive actions we would consider during liquidity stress events, which could include the issuance of incremental debt, preferred stock, or additional deposit actions, including the issuance of brokered CDs. The plan also addresses the governance, frequency of reporting and the responsibilities of key departments in the event of liquidity stress.

PNC defines our primary contingent liquidity sources as cash held at the Federal Reserve Bank, investment securities and unused borrowing capacity at the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. The following table summarizes our primary contingent liquidity sources at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

Table 28: Primary Contingent Liquidity Sources

In billionsDecember 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Cash balance with Federal Reserve Bank$39.0$43.3
Investment securities (a)64.598.5
Unused borrowing capacity from FHLB (b)51.035.4
Unused borrowing capacity from Federal Reserve Bank (c)77.947.2
Total available contingent liquidity$232.4$224.4

(a)Represents the fair value of investment securities that can be used for pledging or to secure other sources of funding.

(b)At December 31, 2024, total FHLB borrowing capacity was $73.3 billion and total FHLB advances and letters of credit were $22.3 billion. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2023 were $73.4 billion and $38.0 billion, respectively.

(c)Total borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank was $77.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and $47.2 billion at December 31, 2023. PNC had no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

As part of PNC’s contingency planning, during 2024 we increased the amount of investment securities prepositioned at the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window, supporting our resilience and operational readiness.

Bank Liquidity

In addition to our primary contingent liquidity sources, under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2024, PNC Bank’s remaining capacity to issue under the program was $32.3 billion.

Under PNC Bank’s 2013 commercial paper program, PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2024, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Additionally, PNC Bank may also access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank or issuing intercompany unsecured notes.

The following table details PNC Bank note issuances during 2024:

Table 29: PNC Bank Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
December 2, 2024$500 million$500 million in aggregate principal amount of its senior floating rate notes due January 15, 2027. Interest ispayable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the pricing supplement), plus 0.500%, beginning on January 15, 2025 until the maturity date of January 15, 2027.
December 2, 2024$1.25 billion$1.25 billion in aggregate principal amount of its senior fixed-to-floating rate notes due January 15, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.775% per annum, on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2025. Beginning on January 15, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the pricing supplement), plus 0.504%, on April 15, 2026, July 15, 2026, October 15, 2026 and at the maturity date.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  71

The following table details PNC Bank note redemptions during 2024:

Table 30: PNC Bank Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
November 4, 2024$200 millionAll outstanding senior floating rate bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of December 2, 2024. The redemption price was equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date of November 4, 2024.

Parent Company Liquidity

In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2024, available parent company liquidity totaled $24.8 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•Bank-level capital needs,

•Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities,

•Corporate policies,

•Contractual restrictions, and

•Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024. See Note 19 Regulatory Matters for further discussion of these limitations.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. Under the parent company’s 2014 commercial paper program, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. At December 31, 2024, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The following table details Parent Company note issuances during 2024:

Table 31: Parent Company Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
January 22, 2024$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 21, 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.300% per annum, on January 21 and July 21 of each year, beginning on July 21, 2024. Beginning on January 21, 2027, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.342%, on April 21, 2027, July 21, 2027, October 21, 2027 and at the maturity date.
January 22, 2024$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 22, 2035. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.676% per annum, on January 22 and July 22 of each year, beginning on July 22, 2024. Beginning on January 22, 2034, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.902%, on April 22, 2034, July 22, 2034, October 22, 2034 and at the maturity date.
May 14, 2024$1.75 billion$1.75 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of May 14, 2030. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.492% per annum, on May 14 and November 14 of each year, beginning on November 14, 2024. Beginning on May 14, 2029, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.198%, on August 14, 2029, November 14, 2029, February 14, 2030 and at the maturity date.
July 23, 2024$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of July 23, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.102% per annum, on January 23 and July 23 of each year, beginning on January 23, 2025. Beginning on July 23, 2026 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 0.796%, on October 23, 2026, January 23, 2027, April 23, 2027 and at the maturity date.
July 23, 2024$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of July 23, 2035. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.401% per annum, on January 23 and July 23 of each year, beginning on January 23, 2025. Beginning on July 23, 2034 interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.599%, on October 23, 2034, January 23, 2035, April 23, 2035 and at the maturity date.
October 21, 2024$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of October 21, 2032. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.812% per annum, on April 21 and October 21 of each year, beginning on April 21, 2025. Beginning on October 21, 2031, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.259%, on January 21, 2032, April 21, 2032, July 21, 2032 and at the maturity date.

See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s issuances of $1.0 billion of its 5.222% senior fixed-to-floating rate

notes that mature on January 29, 2031, and $1.75 billion of its 5.575% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 29, 2036.

Parent company senior and subordinated debt carrying value totaled $28.4 billion and $24.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table details Parent Company note redemptions during 2024:

Table 32: Parent Company Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
October 28, 2024$1.0 billionAll outstanding senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with an original scheduled maturity date of October 28, 2025. The redemption price was equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date of October 28, 2024.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We enter into various contractual arrangements in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could

impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include commitments to extend credit, outstanding letters of credit,

customer deposits, borrowed funds, operating lease payments and future pension and post-retirement benefits. For further discussion

related to these contractual obligations and other commitments, see Note 6 Leases, Note 8 Time Deposits, Note 9 Borrowed Funds,

Note 10 Commitments and Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  73

Credit Ratings

PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition. For additional information on the potential impacts from a downgrade to our credit ratings, see Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report.

The following table presents credit ratings and outlook for PNC as of December 31, 2024:

Table 33: Credit Ratings and Outlook

December 31, 2024
Moody’sStandard & Poor’s (a)Fitch
PNC
Senior debtA3A-A
Subordinated debtA3BBB+A-
Preferred stockBaa2BBB-BBB
PNC Bank
Senior debtA2AA+
Subordinated debtA3A-A
Long-term depositsAa3no ratingAA-
Short-term depositsP-1no ratingF1+
Short-term notesP-1A-1F1
PNC
Agency rating outlookNegativeStableStable

(a) S&P does not provide depositor ratings. PNC Bank’s long term issuer rating is A and short term issuer rating is A-1.

Capital Management

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

On December 2, 2024, PNC redeemed $500 million of depositary shares representing interests in PNC’s fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series R. Each depositary share represents 1/100th interest in a share of the Series R preferred stock.

In 2024, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 3.5 million common shares for $0.6 billion. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 42% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2024. First quarter 2025 share repurchase activity is expected to approximate recent quarterly average share repurchase levels. PNC may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2024 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%.

On January 3, 2025, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.60 per share paid on February 5, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business January 15, 2025.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and

DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans.

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our Basel III capital balances and ratios:

Table 34: Basel III Capital

December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsBasel III (a)(Fully Implemented) (estimated) (b)
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock$(4,041)$(4,041)
Retained earnings59,52459,282
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(10,699)(10,699)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(231)(231)
Other adjustments/(deductions)(86)(86)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (c)$44,467$44,225
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus5,7495,749
Tier 1 capital$50,216$49,974
Additional Tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt2,2112,211
Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital4,9035,142
Total Basel III capital$57,330$57,327
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (d)$422,399$422,494
Average quarterly adjusted total assets$556,962$556,720
Supplementary leverage exposure (e)$672,278$672,277
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (f)
Common equity Tier 110.5%10.5%
Tier 111.9%11.8%
Total13.6%13.6%
Leverage (g)9.0%9.0%
Supplementary leverage ratio (e)7.5%7.4%

(a)The ratios are calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provisions. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC entered a three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard was phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. In the first quarter of 2025, CECL will be fully reflected in regulatory capital.

(b)The ratios are calculated to reflect the full impact of CECL and exclude the benefits of the optional five-year transition.

(c)As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available-for-sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital.

(d)Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(e)The Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts.

(f)All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach.

(g)Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets.

PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, FDMs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

The regulatory agencies have adopted a rule permitting certain banks, including PNC, to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from implementing CECL. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital, as defined by the rule, is the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC entered a three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard was phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. In the first quarter of 2025, CECL will be fully reflected in regulatory capital. See additional discussion of this rule in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors.

At December 31, 2024, PNC and PNC Bank were considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%.

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  75

to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and we believe that our December 31, 2024 capital levels were aligned with them.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts, including the proposed rules to adjust the Basel III framework, in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, and securities underwriting as a result of customer activities and our investment portfolio, and

•Other investments, including equity, and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to management committees and, where appropriate, the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets, the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our market risk-related risk management policies, which are approved by management’s ALCO and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

PNC utilizes sensitivities of NII and EVE to a set of interest rate scenarios to identify and measure its short-term and long-term structural interest rate risks.

NII sensitivity results for the fourth quarters of 2024 and 2023 follow:

Table 35: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2024Fourth Quarter 2023
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on NII in the first year from shocked interest rate:
200 basis point instantaneous increase(0.6)%(0.2)%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease(0.5)%(0.3)%

(a)The effect on NII in the first year from a 100 basis point instantaneous increase or decrease is not materially different from the 200 basis point scenarios as disclosed above.

When forecasting NII, we make certain key assumptions that can materially impact the resulting sensitivities, including the following:

Future Balance Sheet Composition: Our balance sheet composition is dynamic and based on our forecasted expectations. As of the fourth quarter 2024, the projected balance sheet composition by the end of year one is generally consistent with the spot composition at December 31, 2024.

Balance Sheet Forecast: Our balance sheet forecast is based on various assumptions that include key interest rate risk aspects such as loan and deposit growth, as well as mix, and is consistent with our guidance.

Deposit Betas: Deposit pricing changes are primarily driven by changes in the Federal Funds rate. PNC’s deposit beta was 47% for

December 2024. We define deposit beta as the change in deposit rate paid on total interest-bearing deposits divided by the change in

the upper level of the average stated Federal Funds rate range since August 2024, the start of the current easing rate cycle. For rate

sensitivity purposes, PNC assumes the cumulative deposit beta will decrease from the current level. Prior to the beginning of the easing cycle, PNC’s beta calculation represented the change in deposit rate paid on interest-bearing non-maturity deposits divided by the change in the upper level of the stated Federal Funds rate since the first quarter of 2022, the start of the rising rate cycle. For interest rate risk modeling, PNC uses dynamic beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels as

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

well as other factors. The dynamic beta assumptions reflect historical experience as well as future expectations, and are periodically updated to reflect the current view of future expectations. Actual deposit rates paid may differ from modeled projections due to variables such as competition for deposits and customer behavior.

Asset Prepayments: PNC includes prepayment assumptions for both loan and investment portfolios. Mortgage and Home Equity portfolios utilize an industry standard model to drive estimated prepayments that increase in lower rate environments. Commercial and other consumer loan portfolios assume static constant prepayment rates that are consistent across rate scenarios, as those portfolios historically do not exhibit significantly different prepayment behaviors based upon the level of market rates.

Impact of Derivatives: As part of our risk management strategy, PNC uses interest rate derivatives, some of which are forward starting, to hedge floating rate commercial loans. PNC had $50.5 billion in active and forward starting receive fix / pay float swaps as of December 31, 2024, with a weighted average duration of 2.4 years and an average fixed rate of 3.45%. As of December 31, 2024 PNC also had collars in place, reflecting $12.5 billion of caps and $12.5 billion of floors, that are used to hedge these commercial loans. Additionally, PNC utilizes receive fix / pay float swaps as a means of hedging fixed rate debt, as well as pay fix / receive float swaps as a means of hedging the investment securities portfolio. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information on how we use derivatives to hedge these financial instruments.

EVE sensitivity results for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2023 follow:

Table 36: Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2024Fourth Quarter 2023
Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Simulation
200 basis point instantaneous increase(6.5)%(4.3)%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease0.1%(3.9)%

EVE measures the present value of all projected future cash flows associated with a point-in-time balance sheet and does not include projected new volume. EVE sensitivity to interest rate changes is a complementary metric to NII sensitivity analysis and represents an estimation of long-term interest rate risk. PNC calculates its EVE sensitivity by measuring the changes in the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments in response to an instantaneous +/-200 bps parallel shift in interest rates. Similar to the NII sensitivity analysis, we incorporate dynamic deposit repricing and loan prepayment assumptions. Directionally, higher deposit beta assumptions result in increasing liability sensitivity whereas lower deposit betas increase asset sensitivity. Conceptually similar, higher loan prepayment assumptions cause an increase in asset sensitivity and lower prepayments result in an increase in liability sensitivity. These behavioral modeling assumptions are largely consistent between the EVE and NII sensitivity analyses, and also share the same starting balance sheet position as of December 31, 2024. Deposit attrition is also a significant contributor to EVE sensitivity. Deposit attrition is projected based on a dynamic model developed using long-term historical deposit behavior in addition to management assumptions including accelerated attrition for pandemic related excess deposits. PNC performs various sensitivity analyses to understand the impact of faster and slower deposit attrition, loan prepayments, and deposit betas on our risk metrics, with the results reported to ALCO.

PNC’s EVE exposure was balanced between rising and falling rates at the end of 2023, with modest decreases in EVE resulting under either scenario. By the end of 2024, PNC had moderately higher exposure to rate increases and largely neutral impacts to falling rates, primarily as a result of rate increases in the middle and long portions of the yield curve during 2024.

Compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, there have been no material changes to our NII sensitivity and EVE sensitivity assumptions, including data sources that drive assumptions setting.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit and funding valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2024 and 2023 were within our acceptable limits.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging, which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  77

2024 and 2023 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior-day VaR measure. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500-day look-back period.

Customer-related trading revenue was $122 million in 2024 compared to $137 million in 2023 and is recorded in Capital markets and advisory noninterest income and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The decrease was primarily due to lower derivative client sales revenue, partially offset by higher securities client sales revenue.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 37: Equity Investments Summary

Dollars in millionsDecember 31 2024December 31 2023Change
$%
Tax credit investments$5,066$4,331$73517%
Private equity and other4,5343,98355114%
Total$9,600$8,314$1,28615%

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $2.9 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities has further information on tax credit investments.

Private Equity and Other

The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $2.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, $2.1 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies, and $0.2 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the Volcker Rule limitations on our interests in and relationships with private funds.

During the second quarter of 2024, PNC participated in the Visa exchange program, allowing PNC to convert its Visa Class B-1

common shares into approximately equal amounts of Visa Class B-2 common shares and Visa Class C common shares. This

conversion event resulted in a gain of $754 million related to the Visa Class C common shares received. PNC retained the Visa Class

B-2 common shares. The Visa Class B-2 common shares, which are included in our other equity investments at cost, remain subject to

the same restrictions that were imposed on the Visa Class B-1 common shares. Participation in the exchange required PNC to agree to

a make-whole agreement that subjects PNC to the same indemnity obligations to Visa as prior to participation in the exchange

program.

The Visa Class B-2 common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until either the resolution of the pending interchange litigation or Visa launches another exchange program allowing PNC to convert a portion of its Visa Class B-2 common shares into freely transferable Visa Class C common shares. At December 31, 2024, the estimated value of our total investment in the Visa Class B-2 common shares was approximately $0.9 billion while our cost basis was insignificant. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa Class B-2 common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace. See Note 14 Fair Value and Note 20 Legal Proceedings for additional information regarding our Visa agreements.

We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $33 million in 2024 and $18 million in 2023.

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Impact of Inflation

Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in

prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation,

there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power,

and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could

potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit

losses resulting from possible increased default rates. While interest rates remained high in 2024, inflation has started to slow, leading to an easing of the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy. See Item 1A Risk Factors, our Executive Summary and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information in this Item 7 for further discussion of inflation and its overall impact to the economy, our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and certain costs and expenses to PNC.

Financial Derivatives

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 14 Fair Value and Note 15 Financial Derivatives.

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk to PNC’s current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization.

Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: (i) identified and assessed; (ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; (iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and (iv) reported to management and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses, and supporting robust stress testing and capital planning.

The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework assists management in making well-informed risk-based business decisions.

The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation.

The operational risk domains are:

•Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud.

•Compliance: Risk arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations including nonconformance with prescribed practices and industry standards driven by self-regulatory organizations.

•Data Management: Risk associated with data accuracy, integrity or quality.

•Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models.

•Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology.

•Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of, information assets.

•Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities.

•Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third-party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  79

We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. Program tools and methodology assist our business managers in identifying potential risks and control gaps.

Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary.

Compliance Risk

Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program, helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry.

Information Security Risk

The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cybersecurity. PNC’s cybersecurity program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security. For additional information, see Item 1C Cybersecurity of this Report.

Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk

PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct risk management is important in supporting PNC’s reputation, and PNC maintains a corporate culture that emphasizes complying with laws, regulations, and managing reputational risks. Reputational risk is the risk to the franchise and/or shareholder value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. As part of assessing those risks, transactions and potential customers may be subjected to an industry-agnostic reputation risk assessment designed to help us better identify and mitigate environmental, human rights and other reputational risks early in the on-boarding process. Transactions and potential customers identified as having these risks are evaluated to determine whether additional due diligence is warranted. Strategic risk is another component of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, or liquidity that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out.

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS

The following tables show PNC’s average consolidated balance sheet results and analysis of net interest income, as well as the year-to-year changes in net interest income.

Table 38: Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis (a) (b) (c)

202420232022
Taxable-equivalent basis Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ RatesAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ RatesAverage BalancesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage Yields/ Rates
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Investment securities
Securities available-for-sale
Residential mortgage-backed$31,535$1,0403.30%$31,899$9122.86%$42,993$9532.22%
Commercial mortgage-backed2,706833.07%2,913862.95%4,1071042.53%
Asset-backed1,9821165.85%719466.40%2,184371.69%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies16,0107404.62%8,2711832.21%21,6423141.45%
Other2,603692.65%3,021772.55%3,9821022.56%
Total securities available-for-sale54,8362,0483.73%46,8231,3042.78%74,9081,5102.02%
Securities held-to-maturity
Residential mortgage-backed41,8461,1732.80%44,5171,2172.73%29,3256772.31%
Commercial mortgage-backed2,0901115.31%2,3781275.34%1,400513.64%
Asset-backed4,6972134.53%6,5572784.24%4,4461222.74%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies34,3604631.35%36,7904901.33%25,0743001.20%
Other2,9131364.67%3,2861524.63%1,996874.31%
Total securities held-to-maturity85,9062,0962.44%93,5282,2642.42%62,2411,2371.99%
Total investment securities140,7424,1442.94%140,3513,5682.54%137,1492,7472.00%
Loans
Commercial and industrial177,21011,0876.26%179,65010,4945.84%168,6636,0793.60%
Commercial real estate35,2412,3526.67%35,9232,3366.50%34,9541,3893.97%
Equipment lease financing6,5573565.43%6,4232974.62%6,1962383.84%
Consumer53,6783,9147.29%54,8353,6756.70%54,7212,8145.14%
Residential real estate47,1081,7473.71%46,6891,6213.47%43,1651,3663.16%
Total loans319,79419,4566.08%323,52018,4235.69%307,69911,8863.86%
Interest-earning deposits with banks43,1452,3035.34%36,6451,9025.19%41,0505781.41%
Other interest-earning assets9,1356126.70%8,8845626.33%9,6513373.50%
Total interest-earning assets/interest income512,81626,5155.17%509,40024,4554.80%495,54915,5483.14%
Noninterest-earning assets52,06749,37055,103
Total assets$564,883$558,770$550,652
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits
Money market$70,3312,3923.40%$65,0371,8902.91%$61,3764440.72%
Demand122,0952,7062.22%124,0842,4441.97%118,7495830.49%
Savings96,7081,7461.81%101,4701,3811.36%106,5771760.17%
Time deposits35,3011,5574.41%24,8028943.60%12,340640.52%
Total interest-bearing deposits324,4358,4012.59%315,3936,6092.10%299,0421,2670.42%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances32,3451,8215.63%34,4401,8645.41%13,6744403.22%
Senior debt30,7512,0226.58%22,6961,3736.05%16,2654012.47%
Subordinated debt4,5743006.56%5,5803486.24%7,0812062.91%
Other6,3913415.34%4,5661984.34%5,4301081.99%
Total borrowed funds74,0614,4846.05%67,2823,7835.62%42,4501,1552.72%
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense398,49612,8853.23%382,67510,3922.72%341,4922,4220.71%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:
Noninterest-bearing deposits96,772111,670144,382
Accrued expenses and other liabilities17,00415,75916,414
Equity52,61148,66648,364
Total liabilities and equity$564,883$558,770$550,652
Interest rate spread1.94%2.08%2.43%
Benefit from use of noninterest bearing sources0.720.680.22
Net interest income/margin$13,6302.66%$14,0632.76%$13,1262.65%

(a)Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in Noninterest income.

(b)Loan fees for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $189 million, $183 million and $188 million, respectively.

(c)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section for more information.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  81

Table 39: Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income (a) (b)

2024/20232023/2022
Taxable-equivalent basisIncrease/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in:Increase/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in:
In millionsVolumeRateTotalVolumeRateTotal
Interest-Earning Assets
Investment securities
Securities available-for-sale
Residential mortgage-backed$(10)$138$128$(279)$238$(41)
Commercial mortgage-backed$(6)$3(3)$(33)$15(18)
Asset-backed$74$(4)70$(38)$479
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$257$300557$(249)$118(131)
Other$(11)$3(8)$(24)$(1)(25)
Total securities available-for-sale$248$496744$(673)$467(206)
Securities held-to-maturity
Residential mortgage-backed$(74)$30(44)$398$142540
Commercial mortgage-backed$(15)$(1)(16)$46$3076
Asset-backed$(83)$18(65)$73$83156
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$(33)$6(27)$153$37190
Other$(17)$1(16)$59$665
Total securities held-to-maturity$(186)$18(168)$716$3111,027
Total investment securities$10$566576$65$756821
Loans
Commercial and industrial$(145)$738593$419$3,9964,415
Commercial real estate$(45)$6116$40$907947
Equipment lease financing$6$5359$9$5059
Consumer$(79)$318239$6$855861
Residential real estate$15$111126$117$138255
Total loans$(214)$1,2471,033$639$5,8986,537
Interest-earning deposits with banks$346$55401$(68)$1,3921,324
Other interest-earning assets$16$3450$(29)$254225
Total interest-earning assets$165$1,895$2,060$447$8,460$8,907
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits
Money market$162$340$502$28$1,418$1,446
Demand$(40)$302262$27$1,8341,861
Savings$(68)$433365$(8)$1,2131,205
Time deposits$434$229663$121$709830
Total interest-bearing deposits$194$1,5981,792$73$5,2695,342
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank advances$(116)$73(43)$983$4411,424
Senior debt$522$127649$208$764972
Subordinated debt$(65)$17(48)$(52)$194142
Other$90$53143$(19)$10990
Total borrowed funds$397$304701$931$1,6972,628
Total interest-bearing liabilities$448$2,0452,493$325$7,6457,970
Change in net interest income$91$(524)$(433)$377$560$937

(a)Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume components.

(b)Interest income is calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in the Non-GAAP Financial Information section for more information.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

PNC reports certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are provided as supplemental information to the financial measures in this Report that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. While we believe that these non-GAAP measures are useful tools for the purpose of evaluating certain financial results, they should not be considered superior to and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP financial measures presented in this Report.

82    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

Table 40: Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) (a)

Year ended December 31 In millions
202420232022
Net interest income (GAAP)$13,499$13,916$13,014
Taxable-equivalent adjustments131147112
Net interest income (non-GAAP)$13,630$14,063$13,126

(a)The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP.

Table 41: Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (non-GAAP)

December 31 Dollars in millions, except per share data202420232022
Book value per common share$122.94$112.72$99.93
Tangible book value per common share
Common shareholders’ equity$48,676$44,864$40,028
Goodwill and other intangible assets(11,171)(11,244)(11,400)
Deferred tax liabilities on goodwill and other intangible assets241244261
Tangible common shareholders’ equity$37,746$33,864$28,889
Period-end common shares outstanding (in millions)396398401
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$95.33$85.08$72.12

(a)Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated based on tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by period-end common shares outstanding. We believe this non-GAAP measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as an additional, conservative measure of total company value.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments and estimated recoveries. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate the ACL on an ongoing basis. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to:

•Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Changes to the probability weights assigned to these scenarios and the timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates.

•Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Portfolio composition: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves

would be recognized upon origination or acquisition and derecognized upon paydown, maturity or sale.

We also incorporate qualitative factors in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions, as discussed below and in the Allowance for Credit Losses section of Note 1 Accounting Policies.

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  83

(iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Our methodologies and key assumptions for each of these components are discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies.

Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast

Pursuant to the CECL standard, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose, we have established a framework that includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them.

To forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period, we generate four economic forecast scenarios using a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking expert judgment. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans, securities and other financial assets. Each quarter, the scenarios and their respective weights are presented to RAC for approval.

The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2024 consider, among other factors, the ongoing inflationary pressures and the corresponding tightness of monetary policy and credit availability. Given these factors, growth is expected to slow from current levels in the coming quarters. While recession risks remain elevated, our most likely expectation at December 31, 2024 is that the U.S. economy avoids a recession.

We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with two of the most significant drivers being real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Table 42: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios

Assumptions as of December 31, 2024
202520262027
U.S. real GDP (a)0.7%2.2%2.2%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (b)4.8%4.7%4.4%
Assumptions as of December 31, 2023
202420252026
U.S. real GDP (a)0.1%1.5%2.0%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)4.5%4.6%4.2%

(a)Represents year-over-year growth rates.

(b)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2025, 2026 and 2027, respectively.

(c)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively.

Real GDP growth is expected to slow by the end of 2025 to 0.7% on a weighted average basis, down from the 1.5% assumed at December 31, 2023. Growth then rebounds to 2.2% where real GDP remains stable through 2026 and 2027. The weighted-average unemployment rate is expected to end 2025 at 4.8%, peaking at 4.9% in 2026 before decreasing to 4.4% by the fourth quarter of 2027.

To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we considered what our ACL would be when applying a 100% probability weighting to the most severe downside CECL scenario. This severe downside scenario estimated that real GDP contracted in 2025 ending the year down 2.5% compared to 2024 levels, with growth picking up again by the end of 2026. The unemployment rate in this scenario increased to end 2025 at 6.6%, then peaks at 7.1% in 2026, before gradually improving to 6.1% by the end of 2027. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this sensitivity analysis would result in a hypothetical increase in our ACL of $2.3 billion at December 31, 2024. This scenario does not reflect our current expectation at December 31, 2024, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates.

Qualitative Component

As discussed in the Allowance for Credit Losses section of Note 1 Accounting Policies, we incorporate qualitative reserves in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions. Qualitative factors may include, but are not limited to, inherent forecasting limitations, model imprecision, timing of available information, and/or emerging and ongoing credit risks. At December 31, 2024, the qualitative framework considers PNC’s

84    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

view of the current state of the economy, which continues to reflect uncertainty due to the fundamental change in office demand from the acceptance of remote work, inflationary pressures, interest rate movements and housing affordability. Our most significant qualitative factor was related to the office portfolio of the commercial real estate loan class.

We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis we have addressed reserve requirements for the specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels appropriately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

See the following for additional details on the components of our ACL:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 2 Investment Securities, and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value inverse to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time, they are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs.

For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value.

Fair Value Measurements - Level 3

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s classification as Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances associated with each instrument, and management applies judgment regarding the significance of unobservable inputs to each asset or liability when determining its fair value level classification. In addition to MSRs, certain of our private equity investments and available-for-sale securities have a high level of estimation uncertainty and require significant management judgment to determine the fair value. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs as well as additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements in Note 14 Fair Value.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  85

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards UpdateDescriptionFinancial Statement Impact
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures - ASU 2023-09 Issued December 2023• Required with issuance of 2025 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted.• Requires public business entities to, on an annual basis, (1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and (2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold.• Requires that all entities disclose, on an annual basis, (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes, and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid (net of refunds received) is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received).• Allows for either a prospective or retrospective transition approach.• We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements of this ASU and do not plan to early adopt.• This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.• We expect to provide additional disaggregated income tax disclosures in accordance with this ASU.
Accounting Standards UpdateDescriptionFinancial Statement Impact
Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses - ASU 2024-03 Issued November 2024• Required with issuance of 2027 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted.• Requires public business entities to disclose, in the notes to financial statements and on an annual and interim basis, specified information about certain costs and expenses (including, if relevant: inventory purchases, employee compensation, depreciation, intangible asset amortization, and depreciation from oil and gas-producing activities).• Requires qualitative descriptions of amounts not separately disaggregated to be disclosed.• Requires disclosure of the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses.• Allows for either a prospective or retrospective transition approach.• We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU and do not plan to early adopt.• This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.• We expect to provide additional disaggregated income statement expense disclosures in accordance with this ASU.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted.

86    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations, including our sustainability strategy, that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

•Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including:

–Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets,

–Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets,

–Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply, market interest rates and inflation,

–Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives,

–Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness,

–Impacts of sanctions, tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

–Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

–Our ability to attract, recruit and retain skilled employees, and

–Commodity price volatility.

•Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be

substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory

contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

–The labor market remains strong, and job and income gains will continue to support consumer spending growth in the near term. PNC’s baseline forecast is for continued expansion, but slower economic growth in 2025 than in 2024. High interest rates remain a drag on the economy, consumer spending growth will slow to a pace more consistent with household income growth, and government’s contribution to economic growth will be smaller.

–Real GDP growth in 2025 and 2026 will be approximately 2%, and the unemployment rate will remain somewhat above 4% throughout 2025 and into 2026. There will be little progress on inflation in 2025; wage pressures will abate, but higher tariffs will offset this, and inflation will remain above the Federal Reserve’s 2% objective throughout 2025.

–Little progress on inflation this year will limit monetary easing. PNC expects two additional federal funds rate cuts of 25 basis points each in 2025, one in May and one in July. The federal funds rate will be in a range between 3.75% and 4.00% in the second half of 2025, and remain in that range into 2026.

•PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process.

•PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, its financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models and the reliability of and risks resulting from extensive use of such models.

•Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding and ability to attract and retain employees. These developments could include:

–Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, and changes in accounting and reporting standards.

–Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries resulting in monetary losses, costs, or alterations in our business practices, and potentially causing reputational harm to PNC.

–Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2024 Form 10-K  87

–Costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

•Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards.

•Our reputation and business and operating results may be affected by our ability to appropriately meet or address environmental, social or governance targets, goals, commitments or concerns that may arise.

•We grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing or any failure to execute strategic or operational plans.

•Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread manmade, natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities or events, terrorist activities, system failures or disruptions, security breaches, cyberattacks, international hostilities, or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties, customers or third-party vendors and service providers specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 20 Legal Proceedings. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000713676-24-000028.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-21. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of:

•Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms,

•Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and

•Leveraging technology to create efficiencies that help us better serve customers.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report.

Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control:

•Effectively managing capital and liquidity including:

•Continuing to maintain and, over time, grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source,

•Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and

•Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets,

•Execution of our strategic priorities,

•Management of credit risk in our portfolio,

•Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies,

•The appropriateness of critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  37

•Our ability to manage operational risks related to new products and services, changes in processes and procedures or the implementation of new technology.

Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•Global and domestic economic conditions,

•The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

•The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets, including capital markets,

•The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

•Changes in the competitive landscape,

•Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

•The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations,

•The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms, and the resulting impact on our asset quality,

•The effect of climate change on our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers,

•Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and

•The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives.

For additional information on the risks we face, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7.

Acquisition of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.

On June 1, 2021, PNC acquired BBVA, a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition.

On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results of operations and balance sheets for all periods presented in this Report reflect the benefit of BBVA’s acquired businesses for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021.

Presentation of Noninterest Income

Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes.

Signature Bank Portfolio Acquisition

On October 2, 2023, PNC acquired a portfolio of capital commitments facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. through an agreement with the FDIC as receiver of the former Signature Bank, New York. The acquired portfolio represented approximately $16.0 billion in total commitments, including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans, at the time of acquisition.

Workforce Reduction

During the fourth quarter of 2023, PNC implemented a workforce reduction that is expected to reduce 2024 personnel expense by approximately $325 million annually, on a pre-tax basis. PNC incurred expenses of $150 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 in connection with this workforce reduction.

FDIC Special Assessment

In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. PNC

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

incurred an expense on a pre-tax basis of $515 million during the fourth quarter of 2023 representing the total estimated cost of the assessment.

Selected Financial Data

The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 8 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance.

Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except per share data202320222021
Summary of Operations
Net interest income$13,916$13,014$10,647
Noninterest income7,5748,1068,564
Total revenue21,49021,12019,211
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses742477(779)
Noninterest expense14,01213,17013,002
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests6,7367,4736,988
Income taxes1,0891,3601,263
Net income$5,647$6,113$5,725
Net income attributable to common shareholders$5,153$5,735$5,436
Per Common Share
Diluted earnings$12.79$13.85$12.70
Book value per common share$112.72$99.93$120.61
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$85.08$72.12$94.11
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b)2.76%2.65%2.29%
Noninterest income to total revenue35%38%45%
Efficiency65%62%68%
Return on:
Average common shareholders’ equity12.35%13.52%10.78%
Average assets1.01%1.11%1.09%

(a)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

(b)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except as noted20232022
Balance Sheet Highlights
Assets$561,580$557,263
Loans$321,508$326,025
Allowance for loan and lease losses$4,791$4,741
Interest-earning deposits with banks$43,804$27,320
Investment securities$132,569$139,334
Total deposits$421,418$436,282
Borrowed funds$72,737$58,713
Total shareholders’ equity$51,105$45,774
Common shareholders’ equity$44,864$40,028
Other Selected Ratios
Common equity Tier 19.9%9.1%
Dividend payout47.8%41.7%
Loans to deposits76%75%
Common shareholders’ equity to total assets8.0%7.2%
Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets7.5%7.7%

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  39

Income Statement Highlights

Net income for 2023 was $5.6 billion or $12.79 per diluted common share, a decrease of $0.5 billion, or 8%, compared to net income of $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, for 2022. The decrease was driven by higher expenses, which included the impact of the FDIC special assessment and workforce reduction charges, as well as lower noninterest income and a higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income.

•Total revenue increased $0.4 billion, or 2%, to $21.5 billion.

•Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7%, to $13.9 billion, primarily due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs.

•Net interest margin increased to 2.76% for 2023 compared to 2.65% for 2022, reflecting higher yields on interest-earning assets, partially offset by increased funding costs.

•Noninterest income decreased $0.5 billion, or 7%, to $7.6 billion, primarily due to lower capital markets and advisory income and a decline in private equity revenue. The decrease also included negative Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments of $279 million for 2023 compared to $40 million of negative adjustments for 2022.

•Provision for credit losses was $742 million in 2023, primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio. Provision for credit losses was $477 million in 2022.

•Noninterest expense increased $842 million, or 6%, to $14.0 billion, and included $515 million pertaining to the FDIC special assessment for the recovery of losses related to the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank as well as $150 million of workforce reduction charges.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7.

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was strong and well positioned at December 31, 2023. In comparison to December 31, 2022:

•Total assets increased modestly due to higher balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by lower securities and loan balances.

•Total loans decreased $4.5 billion, to $321.5 billion.

•Total commercial loans decreased $5.5 billion, or 2%, to $219.6 billion, driven by lower utilization of loan commitments and paydowns outpacing new production, partially offset by the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023.

•Total consumer loans increased $1.0 billion, to $102.0 billion, due to growth in residential mortgages, home equity, credit card and automobile loans, partially offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations and draws on existing accounts.

•Investment securities decreased $6.8 billion, or 5%, to $132.6 billion, as limited purchase activity was more than offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities.

•Interest earning deposits with banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, increased $16.5 billion, or 60%, to $43.8 billion, primarily due to higher borrowed funds and lower securities and loan balances, partially offset by lower deposits.

•Total deposits decreased $14.9 billion, or 3%, to $421.4 billion, as a result of lower consumer and commercial deposits, reflecting the impact of competitive pricing dynamics and inflationary pressures.

•Borrowed funds of $72.7 billion increased $14.0 billion, or 24%, due to parent company senior debt issuances and higher FHLB borrowings.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7.

Credit Quality Highlights

2023 reflected strong credit quality performance.

•At December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022:

•Overall loan delinquencies of $1.4 billion decreased $106 million, or 7%, driven by lower commercial and consumer delinquencies.

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, totaled $5.5 billion, or 1.70% of total loans at December 31, 2023, and was relatively stable in comparison to reserves at December 31, 2022. The slight increase in reserves was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by an updated economic outlook.

•Nonperforming assets of $2.2 billion increased $197 million, or 10%, due to higher commercial nonperforming loans, partially offset by lower consumer nonperforming loans.

•Net charge-offs of $710 million or 0.22% of average loans in 2023 increased $147 million compared to net charge-offs of $563 million or 0.18% of average loans for 2022, reflecting higher commercial and consumer net loan charge-offs.

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7.

Capital and Liquidity Highlights

We maintained strong capital and liquidity positions during 2023.

•Common shareholders’ equity increased $4.9 billion to $44.9 billion at December 31, 2023, due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by common dividends paid and common share repurchases.

•In 2023, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 4.0 million common shares for $0.6 billion.

•Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%.

•On January 4, 2024, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.55 per share paid on February 5, 2024.

•The Basel III CET1 capital ratio increased to 9.9% at December 31, 2023 from 9.1% at December 31, 2022.

•PNC elected a five-year transition provision effective March 31, 2020 to delay until December 31, 2021 the full impact of the CECL standard on regulatory capital, followed by a three-year transition period. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. The estimated fully implemented ratios reflect the full impact of CECL and exclude the benefits of this transition provision. The estimated CET1 fully implemented ratio was 9.8% at December 31, 2023 compared to 8.9% at December 31, 2022.

PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2023 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios.

Business Outlook

Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject, among other things, to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

•PNC’s baseline forecast is for slower economic growth in 2024 as consumer spending growth slows and higher interest rates remain a drag on the economy. The ongoing strength of the labor market will continue to support consumer spending. Slowing inflation will allow for federal funds rate cuts starting in the late spring or early summer; this will support economic growth in the second half of 2024.

•GDP growth this year will be below trend at slightly above 1%, and the unemployment rate will increase modestly to somewhat above 4% by the end of 2024. Inflation will continue to slow as wage pressures abate, moving back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by the end of the year.

•PNC expects the federal funds rate to remain unchanged in the first part of 2024, between 5.25% and 5.50%, with federal funds rate cuts starting in May 2024 as inflation slows further. PNC expects the federal funds rate to end 2024 between 4.25% and 4.50%.

See Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

For the full year 2024, compared to full year 2023, we expect:

•Spot loans to be up 3% to 4%,

•Average loans to be up approximately 1%,

•Net interest income to be down 4% to 5%,

•Noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and Visa activity, to be up 4% to 6%,

•Revenue to be stable to down 2%,

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  41

•Core noninterest expense to be stable, and

•The effective tax rate to be approximately 18.5%.

For the first quarter of 2024, compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, we expect:

•Average loans to be down approximately 1%,

•Net interest income to be down 3% to 5%,

•Fee income to be down 6% to 8%,

•Other noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and Visa activity, to be between $150 million and $200 million,

•Total revenue to be down 3% to 4%,

•Core noninterest expense to be down 3% to 4%, and

•Net loan charge-offs to be between $200 million and $250 million.

Core noninterest expense guidance excludes the $515 million pre-tax impact of the FDIC’s special assessment related to the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank as well as $150 million of pre-tax workforce reduction charges incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Reconciliation of Core Noninterest Expense Guidance (non-GAAP) section of this Report.

We are unable to provide a meaningful or accurate reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP measures, without unreasonable effort, to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures except for the impact of charges related to the FDIC special assessment and the workforce reduction to noninterest expense. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and amounts necessary for the reconciliation when such amounts are subject to events that cannot be reasonably predicted, as noted in our Cautionary Statement. Accordingly, we cannot address the probable significance of unavailable information.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2022 over 2021, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2022 Form 10-K.

Net income for 2023 was $5.6 billion, or $12.79 per diluted common share, a decrease of $0.5 billion, or 8%, compared to net income of $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, for 2022. The decrease was driven by higher expenses, which included the impact of the FDIC special assessment and workforce reduction charges, as well as lower noninterest income and a higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income.

Net Interest Income

Table 3: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a)

20232022
Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ Expense
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities$140,3512.54%$3,568$137,1492.00%$2,747
Loans323,5205.69%18,423307,6993.86%11,886
Interest-earning deposits with banks36,6455.19%1,90241,0501.41%578
Other8,8846.33%5629,6513.50%337
Total interest-earning assets/interest income$509,4004.80%24,455$495,5493.14%15,548
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits$315,3932.10%6,609$299,0420.42%1,267
Borrowed funds67,2825.62%3,78342,4502.72%1,155
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense$382,6752.72%10,392$341,4920.71%2,422
Net interest margin/income (non-GAAP)2.76%14,0632.65%13,126
Taxable-equivalent adjustments(147)(112)
Net interest income (GAAP)$13,916$13,014

(a)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) in the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis Of Year-To-Year Changes In Net Interest Income in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7% in 2023 compared with 2022. The increase was due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs. Net interest margin increased 11 basis points, reflecting higher yields on interest-earning assets, partially offset by increased funding costs.

Average investment securities increased $3.2 billion, or 2%, primarily reflecting an increase in agency residential mortgage-backed securities. Average investment securities represented 28% of average interest-earning assets in both 2023 and 2022.

Average loans increased $15.8 billion, or 5%, reflecting growth in both commercial and consumer loans. Average loans represented 64% of average interest-earning assets in 2023 compared to 62% in 2022.

Average interest-earning deposits with banks decreased $4.4 billion, or 11%, primarily due to lower deposits and higher loan balances, partially offset by higher borrowed funds.

Average interest-bearing deposits increased $16.4 billion, or 5%, reflecting a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposits as deposit rates have risen. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 82% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2023 compared to 88% in 2022.

Average borrowed funds increased $24.8 billion, or 58%, primarily due to higher FHLB borrowings and parent company senior debt issuances.

Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Noninterest Income

Table 4: Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Noninterest income
Asset management and brokerage$1,412$1,444$(32)(2)%
Capital markets and advisory9521,296(344)(27)%
Card and cash management2,7332,6331004%
Lending and deposit services1,2331,134999%
Residential and commercial mortgage625647(22)(3)%
Other619952(333)(35)%
Total noninterest income$7,574$8,106$(532)(7)%

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 35% for 2023 and 38% for 2022.

Asset management and brokerage fees decreased reflecting lower client activity. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management increased to $189 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $173 billion at December 31, 2022, driven by higher spot equity markets, partially offset by client activity.

Capital markets and advisory fees decreased primarily due to lower merger and acquisition advisory fees and trading revenue.

Card and cash management revenue growth was primarily due to higher treasury management product revenue.

Lending and deposit services grew reflecting increased customer activity and growth in loan commitment fees.

Residential and commercial mortgage decreased primarily due to lower commercial mortgage banking activities, partially offset by an increase in residential mortgage servicing fees.

Other noninterest income decreased compared to 2022, primarily due to lower private equity revenue and the impact of Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments of negative $279 million primarily related to the extension of anticipated litigation resolution timing. Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments were negative $40 million in 2022.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  43

Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section.

Noninterest Expense

Table 5: Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Noninterest expense
Personnel$7,428$7,244$1843%
Occupancy982992(10)(1)%
Equipment1,4111,395161%
Marketing350355(5)(1)%
Other3,8413,18465721%
Total noninterest expense$14,012$13,170$8426%

Noninterest expense increased compared to 2022 primarily due to higher other noninterest expense, which included $515 million pertaining to the FDIC special assessment as well as higher personnel costs, which included expenses of $150 million of workforce reduction charges.

We exceeded our 2023 continuous improvement program savings goal of $450 million, which included a $50 million mid-year increase. In 2024, our continuous improvement program goal will be $425 million.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate was 16.2% for 2023 compared with 18.2% for 2022. The decrease was due to the favorable impact of certain tax matters in 2023.

The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low- income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 18 Income Taxes.

Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Table 6: Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions20232022
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses
Loans and leases$792$439
Unfunded lending related commitments(31)32
Investment securities(18)17
Other financial assets(1)(11)
Total provision for (recapture of) credit losses$742$477

Provision for credit losses was $742 million in 2023, primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio.

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The summarized balance sheet data in Table 7 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2022 over 2021, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2022 Form 10-K.

Table 7: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$43,804$27,320$16,48460%
Loans held for sale7341,010(276)(27)%
Investment securities132,569139,334(6,765)(5)%
Loans321,508326,025(4,517)(1)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses(4,791)(4,741)(50)(1)%
Mortgage servicing rights3,6863,4232638%
Goodwill10,93210,987(55)(1)%
Other53,13853,905(767)(1)%
Total assets$561,580$557,263$4,3171%
Liabilities
Deposits$421,418$436,282$(14,864)(3)%
Borrowed funds72,73758,71314,02424%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments663694(31)(4)%
Other15,62115,762(141)(1)%
Total liabilities510,439511,451(1,012)
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity51,10545,7745,33112%
Noncontrolling interests3638(2)(5)%
Total equity51,14145,8125,32912%
Total liabilities and equity$561,580$557,263$4,3171%

Our balance sheet was strong and well-positioned at December 31, 2023. In comparison to December 31, 2022:

•Total assets increased modestly due to higher balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by lower securities and loan balances.

•Total liabilities were largely stable and included lower deposits, mostly offset by higher borrowed funds.

•Total equity increased due to the benefit of net income, an improvement in AOCI and net preferred stock issuances, partially offset by dividends paid and common share repurchases.

The ACL related to loans totaled $5.5 billion at December 31, 2023, and was relatively stable in comparison to reserves at December 31, 2022. The slight increase in reserves was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by an updated economic outlook. See the following for additional information regarding our ACL related to loans:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7,

•Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  45

Loans

Table 8: Loans

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$177,580$182,219$(4,639)(3)%
Commercial real estate35,43636,316(880)(2)%
Equipment lease financing6,5426,51428
Total commercial219,558225,049(5,491)(2)%
Consumer
Residential real estate47,54445,8891,6554%
Home equity26,15025,9831671%
Automobile14,86014,83624
Credit card7,1807,0691112%
Education1,9452,173(228)(10)%
Other consumer4,2715,026(755)(15)%
Total consumer101,950100,9769741%
Total loans$321,508$326,025$(4,517)(1)%

Commercial loans decreased driven by lower utilization of loan commitments and paydowns outpacing new production, partially offset by the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023.

Consumer loans increased due to growth in residential mortgages, home equity, credit card and automobile loans, partially offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations and draws on existing accounts.

For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Investment Securities

Investment securities of $132.6 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $6.8 billion, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2022, as limited purchase activity was more than offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities.

The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth, and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

Table 9: Investment Securities (a)

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAmortized Cost (b)Fair Value
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$44,125$42,348$45,767$43,330
Agency residential mortgage-backed73,32967,92577,38571,073
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed8449389731,074
Agency commercial mortgage-backed2,6192,4712,6932,501
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c)2,2862,2172,9922,883
Asset-backed (d)6,9826,9847,2917,183
Other debt (e)5,9525,8506,6426,394
Total investment securities (f)$136,137$128,733$143,743$134,438

(a)Of our total securities portfolio, 97% were rated AAA/AA at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

(b)Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $92 million at December 31, 2023 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2022 was $149 million.

(c)Collateralized primarily by multifamily housing, office buildings, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties.

(d)Collateralized primarily by consumer credit products, corporate debt and government guaranteed education loans.

(e)Includes state and municipal securities and corporate bonds.

(f)Includes available for sale and held to maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively.

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 9 presents our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value. The relationship of fair value to amortized cost at December 31, 2023 was comparable to December 31, 2022 and primarily reflected the impact of higher interest rates on the valuation of fixed-rate securities. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional details regarding the allowance for investment securities.

The duration of investment securities was 4.2 years at December 31, 2023. We estimate that at December 31, 2023 the effective

duration of investment securities was 4.1 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 4.2 years for an

immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 for the effective duration of

investment securities were 4.4 years and 4.5 years, respectively.

Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 5.5 years at December 31, 2023 compared to 6.0 years at December 31, 2022.

Table 10: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities

December 31, 2023Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed7.4
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed9.9
Agency commercial mortgage-backed5.0
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed1.0
Asset-backed2.2

Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 2 Investment Securities and Note 14 Fair Value.

Funding Sources

Table 11: Details of Funding Sources

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$101,285$124,486$(23,201)(19)%
Interest-bearing
Money market65,59464,1501,4442%
Demand124,848126,143(1,295)(1)%
Savings98,122103,033(4,911)(5)%
Time deposits31,56918,47013,09971%
Total interest-bearing deposits320,133311,7968,3373%
Total deposits421,418436,282(14,864)(3)%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings38,00032,0755,92518%
Senior debt26,83616,65710,17961%
Subordinated debt4,8756,307(1,432)(23)%
Other3,0263,674(648)(18)%
Total borrowed funds72,73758,71314,02424%
Total funding sources$494,155$494,995$(840)

Deposits are considered an attractive source of funding due to their stability and relatively low cost to fund. Compared to December 31, 2022, our funding source composition has shifted and now includes lower deposit balances and higher borrowed funds, contributing to higher funding costs.

Total deposits decreased as a result of lower consumer and commercial deposits, reflecting the impact of competitive pricing dynamics and inflationary pressures. In addition, noninterest-bearing balances decreased due to the continued shift into interest-bearing deposits as a result of the elevated interest rate environment. A portion of that shift included an increase in total brokered deposits compared with 2022. Our total brokered deposit balances of $11.0 billion in 2023 and $9.5 billion in 2022, were significantly below both our internal and regulatory guidelines and limits.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  47

Borrowed funds increased due to parent company senior debt issuances and higher FHLB borrowings.

The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, capital considerations, and funding needs, which are primarily driven by changes in loan, deposit and investment securities balances. While our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses, we also manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for additional information regarding our 2023 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 9 Borrowed Funds for additional information related to our borrowings. See Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income in the Statistical Information section of this Report for additional information on year-over-year volume and related funding cost changes.

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity was $51.1 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $5.3 billion compared to December 31, 2022, as increases related to net income of $5.6 billion, an improvement in AOCI of $2.5 billion and net preferred stock issuances of $0.5 billion were partially offset by dividends paid of $2.8 billion and common share repurchases of $0.6 billion.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have three reportable business segments:

•Retail Banking

•Corporate & Institutional Banking

•Asset Management Group

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in Other, as shown in Table 112 in Note 22 Segment Reporting. Other includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, corporate overhead net of allocations, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses and the residual impact from funds transfer pricing operations.

Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 22, primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis.

See Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information on our business segments, including a description of each business.

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Retail Banking

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to build lifelong, primary relationships by creating a sense of financial well-being and ease for our clients. Over time, we seek to deepen those relationships by meeting the broad range of our clients’ financial needs across savings, liquidity, lending, payments, investment and retirement solutions. We work to deliver these solutions in the most seamless and efficient way possible, meeting our customers where they want to be met - whether in a branch, through digital channels, an ATM or through our phone-based customer contact centers - while continuously optimizing the cost to sell and service. We believe that, over time, we can grow our customer base, enhance the breadth and depth of our client relationships and improve our efficiency through differentiated products and leading digital channels.

Table 12: Retail Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20232022$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$9,974$7,540$2,43432%
Noninterest income2,9512,967(16)(1)%
Total revenue12,92510,5072,41823%
Provision for credit losses39625913753%
Noninterest expense7,5557,598(43)(1)%
Pretax earnings4,9742,6502,32488%
Income taxes1,16362154287%
Noncontrolling interests4355(12)(22)%
Earnings$3,768$1,974$1,79491%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$569$927$(358)(39)%
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$35,156$33,643$1,5134%
Home equity24,59823,2211,3776%
Automobile14,94315,425(482)(3)%
Credit card7,0206,6204006%
Education2,0902,381(291)(12)%
Other consumer1,9102,164(254)(12)%
Total consumer85,71783,4542,2633%
Commercial11,74411,1775675%
Total loans$97,461$94,631$2,8303%
Total assets$114,914$113,829$1,0851%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$58,566$64,775$(6,209)(10)%
Interest-bearing197,589199,614(2,025)(1)%
Total deposits$256,155$264,389$(8,234)(3)%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets3.28%1.73%
Noninterest income to total revenue23%28%
Efficiency58%72%

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  49

(Continued from previous page)

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20232022$%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management and brokerage$523$528$(5)(1)%
Card and cash management$1,323$1,338$(15)(1)%
Lending and deposit services$736$670$6610%
Residential and commercial mortgage$424$319$10533%
Residential Mortgage Information
Residential mortgage servicing statistics (in billions, except as noted) (a)
Serviced portfolio balance (b)$209$190$1910%
Serviced portfolio acquisitions$35$74$(39)(53)%
MSR asset value (b)$2.7$2.3$0.417%
MSR capitalization value (in basis points) (b)12712254%
Servicing income: (in millions)
Servicing fees, net (c)$301$192$10957%
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge$53$9$44*
Residential mortgage loan statistics
Loan origination volume (in billions)$7.4$15.1$(7.7)(51)%
Loan sale margin percentage2.34%2.14%
Percentage of originations represented by:
Purchase volume (d)87%67%
Refinance volume13%33%
Other Information (b)
Customer-related statistics (average)
Non-teller deposit transactions (e)66%64%
Digital consumer customers (f)77%78%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets$834$1,003$(169)(17)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$463$435$286%
Other statistics
ATMs8,4478,933(486)(5)%
Branches (g)2,2992,518(219)(9)%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (h)$78$70$811%

*- Not Meaningful

(a)Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income.

(b)Presented as of period end, except for average customer-related statistics and net charge-offs, which are both shown for the year ended, respectively.

(c)Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans paid off during the period.

(d)Mortgages with borrowers as part of residential real estate purchase transactions.

(e)Percentage of total consumer and business banking deposit transactions processed at an ATM or through our mobile banking application.

(f)Represents consumer checking relationships that process the majority of their transactions through non-teller channels.

(g)Reflects all branches and solution centers excluding standalone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(h)Includes cash and money market balances.

Retail Banking earnings increased $1.8 billion in 2023 compared with 2022, primarily due to increased net interest income, partially offset by an increased provision for credit losses.

Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans.

Noninterest income decreased primarily due to the impact of negative Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments compared to 2022, partially offset by growth in residential mortgage banking and lending and deposit customer-related activities.

Provision for credit losses was primarily driven by portfolio activity.

Noninterest expense decreased in the comparison primarily due to lower personnel expense, partially offset by increased technology costs.

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Retail Banking average total loans increased in 2023 compared to 2022. Average consumer loans increased driven by higher residential real estate and home equity loans as a result of new volume and draws on existing accounts outpacing liquidations, as well as growth in credit card loans due to new account production and purchase volume increases. The increase was partially offset by declines across the remaining portfolio as paydowns outpaced new originations. Average commercial loans increased due to growth in automobile dealer segment balances, partially offset by forgiveness of PPP loans.

Our focus on growing primary customer relationships is at the core of our deposit strategy in Retail, which is based on attracting and retaining stable, low-cost deposits as a key funding source for PNC. We have taken a disciplined approach to pricing, focused on retaining relationship-based balances and executing on targeted deposit growth and retention strategies aimed at more rate-sensitive customers. Our goal with regard to deposits is to optimize balances, economics and long-term customer growth. In 2023, average total deposits decreased compared to 2022, reflecting the impact of increased consumer spending and quantitative tightening by the Federal Reserve.

As part of our strategic focus on growing customers and meeting their financial needs, we operate and continue to optimize a coast-to-coast network of retail branches, solution centers and ATMs, which are complemented by PNC’s suite of digital capabilities. In February 2024, PNC announced it would be investing close to $1.0 billion, through 2028, to open more than 100 new branches in key locations, including Austin, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Miami, and San Antonio, and to renovate more than 1,200 existing locations across the country to enhance the customer experience.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for consumers and small businesses.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  51

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value-added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive. We are a coast-to-coast franchise and our full suite of commercial products and services are offered nationally.

Table 13: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20232022$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$5,856$5,270$58611%
Noninterest income3,5373,621(84)(2)%
Total revenue9,3938,8915026%
Provision for credit losses398198200101%
Noninterest expense3,7303,651792%
Pretax earnings5,2655,0422234%
Income taxes1,1971,155424%
Noncontrolling interests1917212%
Earnings$4,049$3,870$1795%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$407$475$(68)(14)%
Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$166,289$155,551$10,7387%
Commercial real estate34,52233,3731,1493%
Equipment lease financing6,4226,1952274%
Total commercial207,233195,11912,1146%
Consumer69(3)(33)%
Total loans$207,239$195,128$12,1116%
Total assets$233,337$219,941$13,3966%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$51,329$76,956$(25,627)(33)%
Interest-bearing91,81571,38820,42729%
Total deposits$143,144$148,344$(5,200)(4)%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets1.74%1.76%
Noninterest income to total revenue38%41%
Efficiency40%41%
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (a)
Treasury Management (b)$3,456$2,801$65523%
Commercial mortgage banking activities:
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)$74$77$(3)(4)%
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (d)185256(71)(28)%
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge118138(20)(14)%
Total$377$471$(94)(20)%
Commercial mortgage servicing statistics
Serviced portfolio balance (in billions) (e)(f)$288$281$72%
MSR asset value (e)$1,032$1,113$(81)(7)%
Average Loans by C&IB business (g)
Corporate Banking$117,568$106,098$11,47011%
Real Estate47,31245,3351,9774%
Business Credit29,98428,4611,5235%
Commercial Banking8,0249,294(1,270)(14)%
Other4,3515,940(1,589)(27)%
Total average loans$207,239$195,128$12,1116%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (e)$1,217$761$45660%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$266$143$12386%

(a)See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section.

(b)Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income.

(c)Represents commercial mortgage banking income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(d)Represents net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing, net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to time and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

(e)As of December 31.

(f)Represents balances related to capitalized servicing.

(g)As the result of a business realignment within C&IB during the second quarter of 2023, certain loans were reclassified from Other to Corporate Banking in the prior periods to conform to the current period presentation.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings increased $179 million in 2023 compared with 2022, driven by higher net interest income, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses, lower noninterest income and increased noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher average loan balances, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans and lower average deposit balances.

Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by lower commercial mortgage banking activities and a decline in capital markets and advisory fees, partially offset by growth in treasury management product revenue.

Provision for credit losses was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison and included continued investments to support business growth.

Average loans increased compared with 2022 due to increases in Corporate Banking, Real Estate and Business Credit, partially offset by a decrease in Commercial Banking:

•Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, and government and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business increased driven by strong new production throughout 2022 and the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023.

•Real Estate provides banking, financing and servicing solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business increased largely due to new production throughout 2022, partially offset by a lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business increased, primarily driven by new production, partially offset by a lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets related products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business declined primarily driven by lower average utilization of loan commitments, paydowns outpacing new production and PPP loan forgiveness.

The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits decreased in 2023 compared to 2022, reflecting the impact of quantitative tightening by the Federal Reserve and included a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposits as deposit rates have risen. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments to our deposit strategy in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets and advisory products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income and noninterest income, as appropriate. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results, and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses where the customer relationships exist. The Other Information section in Table 13 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for treasury management and commercial mortgage banking services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income includes funding credit from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2022, treasury management revenue increased due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher product revenue.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and

noninterest income), revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and hedges related to those activities. Total

revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities decreased in the comparison primarily due to lower commercial mortgage servicing income.

Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. The decrease in capital markets and advisory fees in the comparison was mostly driven by lower merger and acquisition advisory fees and a decline in syndication fees, partially offset by higher customer-related trading revenue for derivatives, foreign exchange and fixed income.

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Asset Management Group

The Asset Management Group strives to be a leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to affluent individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. The Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management.

Table 14: Asset Management Group Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20232022$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$547$608$(61)(10)%
Noninterest income905936(31)(3)%
Total revenue1,4521,544(92)(6)%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(3)28(31)*
Noninterest expense1,1151,086293%
Pretax earnings340430(90)(21)%
Income taxes80100(20)(20)%
Earnings$260$330$(70)(21)%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$10,280$8,029$2,25128%
Other consumer4,0034,550(547)(12)%
Total consumer14,28312,5791,70414%
Commercial1,1071,505(398)(26)%
Total loans$15,390$14,084$1,3069%
Total assets$15,812$14,505$1,3079%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$1,782$2,664$(882)(33)%
Interest-bearing25,92827,830(1,902)(7)%
Total deposits$27,710$30,494$(2,784)(9)%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets1.64%2.28%
Noninterest income to total revenue62%61%
Efficiency77%70%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management fees$882$908$(26)(3)%
Brokerage fees78(1)(13)%
Total$889$916$(27)(3)%
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (a)$39$56$(17)(30)%
Net charge-offs (recoveries) - loans and leases$(3)$17$(20)(118)%
Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (b)
Discretionary client assets under management
PNC Private Bank$117$105$1211%
Institutional Asset Management726846%
Total discretionary client assets under management$189$173$169%
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration1791522718%
Total$368$325$4313%

* -Not Meaningful

(a)As of December 31.

(b)Excludes brokerage account client assets.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  53

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management.

The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves. This business seeks to deliver high quality banking, trust, and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through a broad array of products and services.

Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients, including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, municipalities and non-profits.

Asset Management Group earnings decreased $70 million in 2023 compared with 2022, driven by lower net interest income and noninterest income and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by provision recapture.

Net interest income decreased in the comparison due to decline in average deposits as well as narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans, partially offset by higher average loans and wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by lower asset management fees due to the impact of client activity.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison, reflecting continued investments to support business growth.

Average loans increased compared with 2022, driven by growth in residential real estate lending, partially offset by a decrease in security based lending lines of credit.

Average deposits decreased in the comparison due to competitive pricing pressures as clients continue to seek higher yielding returns, including deploying funds into discretionary client assets under management.

Discretionary client assets under management increased in comparison to the prior year, primarily due to higher spot equity markets as of December 31, 2023, partially offset by client activity.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities.

Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section.

We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory and financial services environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements and emerging risks into our ERM Framework.

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Risk Culture

A strong risk culture helps us make well informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices.

Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees, individually and collectively, are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance.

Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk.

Enterprise Strategy

We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated Risk Appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted to changes in the external and internal risk environments.

Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing: Capital planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The capital planning process and the resulting capital plan evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Capital planning aligns with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the macroeconomic capital planning process. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on capital of various hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios.

Risk Governance and Oversight

We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return, and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  55

and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board’s enhanced prudential standards. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information.

To help ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. A summary of the Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities is provided below:

Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk.

First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business.

Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, perform independent assessment of risk, and report on issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended.

Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization.

Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include:

Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through standing or special committees. The following provides a summary of some of the key responsibilities of the Board’s standing committees:

•Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors.

•Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting our best interests and those of our shareholders.

•Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to talent and human capital matters affecting us. The committee is also responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans.

•Risk Committee: oversees our enterprise-wide risk structure and the processes established to identify, measure, monitor and manage the organization’s risks and evaluates and approves our risk governance framework. The Risk Committee has formed a Compliance Subcommittee to facilitate Board-level oversight of risk management in the compliance area.

•Corporate Responsibility Committee: oversees management’s corporate responsibility efforts, internally and externally, to the extent such corporate responsibility efforts are not specifically within the purview of another Board committee (e.g., climate-related risks overseen by the Risk Committee and climate-related financial disclosures overseen by the Audit Committee), and implementation of PNC's publicly-announced Community Benefits Plan to provide loans, investments and other financial support to bolster economic opportunity for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and other underserved individuals and communities, and to help remove historic barriers in the banking system.

•Technology Committee: oversees technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages, and fulfills the oversight responsibilities delegated from the Risk Committee with respect to technology risk, technology risk management, data risk, cybersecurity, information security, business continuity and significant technology initiatives and programs.

Management Level Executive Committee – The Management Level Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across PNC. With this responsibility, the Management Level Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management. This Committee also helps ensure PNC is staffed with sufficient resources and talent to operate within its risk appetite.

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board-level Committee, the Management Level Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities.

Working Committees – Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of key risk activities.

Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization’s balance sheet.

Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management.

Risk Identification

Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity and capital, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special assessments.

Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.

Risk Assessment

Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and help us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict.

Risk Controls and Monitoring

Our ERM Framework consists of policies, procedures, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations.

We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to result in the identification of control improvement recommendations. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the business and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable.

Risk Aggregation and Reporting

Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) communicate aggregate risks, including identified concentrations; (ii) escalate instances where we are outside of our risk appetite; (iii) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite; and (iv) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities to the Board of Directors and executive management.

Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  57

aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio.

Credit Risk Management is working to understand and incorporate into our credit risk management framework the impacts to credit risk that may accelerate or be introduced as a result of climate change, including impacts from physical risk events and risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. These risk events may impact a borrower’s income, cash flow or collateral due to the frequency or severity of weather events, changing market conditions, consumer preferences and demand for products, or changes to the legislative and regulatory landscape. As disruptive events occur, PNC follows a process to determine if enhanced portfolio monitoring, reporting and executive communication is warranted to ensure appropriate oversight and action.

To address issues that are important to the various stakeholders we serve, Corporate & Institutional Banking transactions may be subjected to an industry-agnostic Environmental and Social Risk Management assessment designed to help us better identify and mitigate environmental, human rights and other reputational risks early in the credit application process. Transactions identified as having a potential environmental, human rights or other reputational risk are evaluated to determine whether additional due diligence is warranted. Credit Risk Management employs a governance, policy and monitoring framework for environmental and social risk topics that may include updates to PNC’s Credit Portfolio Strategy Committee. Outcomes from those updates may be incorporated into credit policies and risk procedures that govern our risk appetite, credit decisioning, portfolio management and reserve processes. Additionally, PNC has procedures designed to ensure that flood insurance is present for properties as required by applicable regulations, while also monitoring other water-related risks (such as the increased shoreline and coastal erosion) and weather-related events (such as hurricanes and wildfires).

Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis

Table 15: Details of Loans

In billions

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments.

Commercial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and industrial loans comprised 55% and 56% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment should a borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets.

We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to monitoring the level of credit risk, we also monitor concentrations of credit risk pertaining to both specific industries and geographies that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified across industries as shown in the following table (based on the North American Industry Classification System).

Table 16: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Commercial and industrial
Manufacturing$28,98916%$30,84517%
Financial services28,4221621,32012
Retail/wholesale trade28,1981629,17616
Service providers21,3541223,54813
Real estate related (a)16,235917,78010
Technology, media & telecommunications10,249611,8457
Health care9,808610,6496
Transportation and warehousing7,73347,8584
Other industries26,5921529,19815
Total commercial and industrial loans$177,580100%$182,219100%

(a)Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $9.6 billion at December 31, 2023 and are included in commercial and industrial loans as the credit decisioning for servicing these loans is based on the financial conditions of the owner, not the ability of the collateral to generate income. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans are well-diversified across industries.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans comprised $21.0 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $8.0 billion of intermediate-term financing loans, and $6.4 billion of real estate construction project loans as of December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2022 were $22.3 billion, $7.6 billion, and $6.4 billion, respectively. Commercial real estate primarily consists of an investment in land and/or buildings held to generate income, that income serves as the primary source for the repayment of the loan. However, for all commercial real estate assets, the disposition of the assigned collateral serves as a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties.

We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with commercial real estate loans tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  59

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type:

Table 17: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$6,13317%$6,22417%
Florida3,738113,2759
Texas3,733113,87111
Virginia1,59041,6385
Pennsylvania1,51541,6385
Maryland1,34441,4964
Arizona1,21631,0403
Illinois1,20131,3214
Colorado1,18231,3364
Ohio1,15731,2363
Other12,6273713,24135
Total commercial real estate loans$35,436100%$36,316100%
Property Type (a)
Multifamily$15,59044%$13,73838%
Office8,019239,12325
Industrial/warehouse4,089124,03511
Retail2,49072,8558
Seniors housing1,77252,2286
Hotel/motel1,76051,8965
Mixed use38817012
Other1,32831,7405
Total commercial real estate loans$35,436100%$36,316100%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023.

Given the foundational change in office demand driven by the acceptance of remote work, real estate performance related to the office sector continues to be an area of uncertainty. At December 31, 2023, our outstanding loan balances in the office portfolio totaled $8.0 billion, or 2.5% of total loans, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $0.4 billion. Also, the portfolio is well diversified geographically across our coast-to-coast franchise. Within the office portfolio at December 31, 2023, criticized loans totaled 24.8% and nonperforming loans totaled 8.4%, while delinquencies were zero. As measured at origination, the weighted average LTV for the office portfolio was 58%; however, updated appraisals have increased the weighted average LTV to 65% as of December 31, 2023. While LTV is one consideration, our risk assessment considers a number of factors in assessing the changing conditions affecting the portfolio. As of December 31, 2023, we have established reserves of 8.7% against office loans.

The greatest stress in our office portfolio is observed in multi-tenant office loans, which represents 56% of the portfolio at December 31, 2023. Within the multi-tenant classification, criticized levels were 43.4% while nonperforming loans totaled 14.5%, accounting for almost all of the nonperforming office population. The weighted average LTV for multi-tenant is 69% at December 31, 2023. Additionally, all of the commercial real estate charge-offs over the last year have been multi-tenant office loans. Given the higher level of stress, this segment has a proportionally higher reserve rate of 12.9%. The remaining 44% of the office portfolio is primarily comprised of single-tenant, medical and government tenant properties. This subset of the portfolio is performing considerably better, with less than 1% of the book in the criticized, delinquent and nonperforming loan categories. As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average LTV of this book is 60%.

Portfolio management efforts have escalated for the office portfolio, with internal risk ratings completed for each asset quarterly, accelerated reappraisal requirements and elevated approval levels for any credit action. Refreshed appraisals have updated valuations on more than 90% of the criticized office exposure over the past year. Additionally, active management efforts include ongoing performance assessments as well as the review of property, lending and capital markets. Portfolio updates are distributed to senior management weekly.

Given the ongoing change in this area, we expect additional stress in the office sector. However, we continue to actively manage the portfolio, and we believe reserve levels adequately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio.

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Consumer

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans primarily consisted of residential mortgage loans at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming or conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio:

Table 18: Residential Real Estate Loan Statistics

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$19,91142%$18,60941%
Texas4,00984,1949
Washington3,46773,0097
Florida3,35673,3607
New Jersey1,90941,9254
New York1,55131,5583
Arizona1,43131,4363
Pennsylvania1,22931,1883
Colorado1,18721,1923
North Carolina98929652
Other8,505198,45318
Total residential real estate loans$47,544100%$45,889100%
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score772770
LTV of loan originations73%71%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $42.4 billion at December 31, 2023 with 45% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $40.6 billion and 44%, respectively.

Home Equity

Home equity loans comprised $20.6 billion of home equity lines of credit and $5.6 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans at December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts were $19.5 billion and $6.5 billion as of December 31, 2022, respectively. Home equity lines of credit are a variable interest rate product with fixed rate conversion options available to certain borrowers.

Similar to residential real estate loans, we track borrower performance of this portfolio on a monthly basis. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, legacy brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit or legacy brokered home equity lines of credit) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold such liens. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration.

The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position, but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  61

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio:

Table 19: Home Equity Loan Statistics

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
Pennsylvania$4,74518%$5,05119%
New Jersey3,184123,26613
Ohio2,24292,3529
Florida2,23092,0828
California1,58061,2475
Maryland1,23751,2545
Texas1,23051,1444
Michigan1,21451,2635
Illinois1,06941,1264
North Carolina1,00149954
Other6,418236,20324
Total home equity loans$26,150100%$25,983100%
Lien type
1st lien52%58%
2nd lien4842
Total100%100%
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score772774
LTV of loan originations64%67%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Automobile

Auto loans comprised $13.8 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.1 billion in the direct auto portfolio as of December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2022 were $13.7 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers, including dealers located in our new expansion markets. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our indirect and direct auto portfolios:

Table 20: Auto Loan Statistics

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted-average loan origination FICO score (a) (b)
Indirect auto788784
Direct auto787776
Weighted-average term of loan originations - in months (a)
Indirect auto7373
Direct auto6563

(a)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale.

We continue to focus on borrowers with strong credit profiles as evidenced by the weighted-average loan origination FICO scores noted in Table 20. We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. At December 31, 2023, the portfolio balance was composed of 45% new vehicle loans and 55% used vehicle loans. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were 50% and 50%, respectively.

The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including updated collateral values that are obtained monthly and updated FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term.

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming loans whose terms were modified as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulty and PCD loans, OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for details on our nonaccrual policies.

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category:

Table 21: Nonperforming Assets by Type

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Change
Dollars in millions$%
Nonperforming loans (a)
Commercial$1,307$858$44952%
Consumer (b)8731,127(254)(23)%
Total nonperforming loans2,1801,98519510%
OREO and foreclosed assets363426%
Total nonperforming assets$2,216$2,019$19710%
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.68%0.61%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets0.69%0.62%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.39%0.36%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans220%239%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (c)250%274%

(a)In connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-02 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2023 include certain loans where terms were modified as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulty. Prior period amounts included nonperforming TDRs, for which accounting guidance was eliminated effective January 1, 2023. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty section of Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for more information on our adoption of this ASU.

(b)Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(c)Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets.

The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Table 22: Change in Nonperforming Assets

In millions20232022
January 1$2,019$2,506
New nonperforming assets1,9991,523
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments(452)(370)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs(831)(868)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale(71)(52)
Returned to performing status(448)(720)
December 31$2,216$2,019

As of December 31, 2023, approximately 97% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels are a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale.

We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to meet the changing environment, such as inflation levels, industry specific risks, interest rate levels, the level of consumer savings and deposit balances, and structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we offer loan modifications and collection programs to assist our customers. The CARES Act credit reporting rules expired in the third quarter of 2023 and, as such, delinquency status at December 31, 2023 is being reported for all loans based on the contractual terms of the loan. Amounts as of December 31, 2022 continue to be presented in accordance with the credit reporting rules under the CARES Act, which required certain loans

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  63

modified due to pandemic-related hardships to not be reported as past due based on the contractual terms of the loan, even when borrowers may not have made payments on their loans during the modification period.

The following table presents a summary of accruing loans past due by delinquency status:

Table 23: Accruing Loans Past Due (a)

Amount% of Total Loans Outstanding
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022ChangeDecember 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millions$%
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days$685$747$(62)(8)%0.21%0.23%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days27026193%0.08%0.08%
Total early stage loan delinquencies9551,008(53)(5)%0.30%0.31%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more429482(53)(11)%0.13%0.15%
Total accruing loans past due$1,384$1,490$(106)(7)%0.43%0.46%

(a)Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.4 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Loan Modifications

We provide relief to our customers experiencing financial hardships through a variety of solutions. Commercial loan and lease modifications are based on each individual borrower’s situation, while consumer loan modifications are evaluated under our hardship relief programs.

On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, which eliminates the accounting guidance for TDRs and enhances the disclosure requirements for certain loan modifications when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. Refer to Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on our adoption of this ASU.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, current economic conditions, the reasonable and

supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors, including current borrower and/or transaction characteristics and assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term as of the balance sheet date. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments.

Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses, where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term.

We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Forward-looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment.

The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate.

The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from available historical credit information. We use long-run average expected losses for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our reasonable and supportable forecast period and the reversion period.

The following discussion provides additional information on our reserves for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for further discussion on our ACL, including details of our methodologies and

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Report for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL as of December 31, 2023.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on the estimated contractual term in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PDs represent a quantification of risk of the likelihood that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimated magnitude of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for certain revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the expected time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and the long-run average period, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights.

Prior to January 1, 2023, we used a discounted cash flow methodology for our consumer real estate related loan classes and certain TDRs. Effective January 1, 2023, we discontinued our use of the discounted cash flow methodology, and we now use a pooled expected credit loss methodology as described above.

For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial nonperforming loans that are below the defined threshold are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

While our reserve models and methodologies strive to reflect all relevant expected credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to:

•Industry concentrations and conditions,

•Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements,

•Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio,

•Recent credit quality trends,

•Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events,

•Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information,

•Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values,

•Model imprecision and limitations,

•Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and

•Timing of available information.

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments

We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for pooled loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Income Statement.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  65

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans:

Table 24: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a)

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total LoansAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total Loans
Allowance for loans and lease losses
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,806$177,5801.02%$1,957$182,2191.07%
Commercial real estate1,37135,4363.87%1,04736,3162.88%
Equipment lease financing826,5421.25%1106,5141.69%
Total commercial3,259219,5581.48%3,114225,0491.38%
Consumer
Residential real estate6147,5440.13%9245,8890.20%
Home equity27626,1501.06%27425,9831.05%
Automobile17314,8601.16%22614,8361.52%
Credit card7667,18010.67%7487,06910.58%
Education561,9452.88%632,1732.90%
Other consumer2004,2714.68%2245,0264.46%
Total consumer1,532101,9501.50%1,627100,9761.61%
Total$4,791$321,5081.49%$4,741$326,0251.45%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments663694
Allowance for credit losses$5,454$5,435
Allowance for credit losses to total loans1.70%1.67%
Commercial1.73%1.66%
Consumer1.62%1.69%

(a)        Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $120 million and $176 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries:

Table 25: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries

Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsGross Charge-offsRecoveriesNet Charge-offs / (Recoveries)% of Average Loans
2023
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$244$122$1220.07%
Commercial real estate18061740.48%
Equipment lease financing18990.14%
Total commercial4421373050.14%
Consumer
Residential real estate813(5)(0.01)%
Home equity2146(25)(0.10)%
Automobile121100210.14%
Credit card319432763.93%
Education177100.48%
Other consumer164361282.77%
Total consumer6502454050.40%
Total$1,092$382$7100.22%
2022
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$257$101$1560.09%
Commercial real estate445390.11%
Equipment lease financing68(2)(0.03)%
Total commercial3071141930.09%
Consumer
Residential real estate1117(6)(0.01)%
Home equity1571(56)(0.23)%
Automobile152124280.18%
Credit card256512053.09%
Education165110.46%
Other consumer228401883.44%
Total consumer6783083700.38%
Total$985$422$5630.18%

Total net charge-offs increased $147 million, or 26%, in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in the comparison was driven by higher net charge-offs in both our commercial and consumer portfolios and was primarily attributable to increases in commercial real estate and credit card, partially offset by declines in other consumer and commercial and industrial.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Management

Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is potential loss assuming we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances, and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity. To ensure a strong liquidity position and compliance with regulatory requirements, management maintains a liquid asset buffer of cash on hand and highly liquid unencumbered securities.

Management monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of internal liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that our liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated runoff of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets and heavy demand to fund committed obligations. Parent company stress coverage limits and operating liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  67

meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Liquidity-related risk limits and operating guidelines are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy covering regulatory metrics and various concentration limits. Management committees, including the ALCO, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits. PNC was in compliance with all relevant internal and regulatory liquidity limits and guidelines during 2023.

One of the ways we monitor our liquidity is by reference to the LCR, a regulatory minimum liquidity requirement designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of liquidity to meet net liquidity needs over the course of a hypothetical 30-day stress scenario. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the LCR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The LCR for both PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2023, 2022 and 2021. Fluctuations in our average LCR result from changes to the components of the calculation, including high-quality liquid assets and net cash outflows, as a result of ongoing business activity.

The NSFR is designed to measure the stability of the maturity structure of assets and liabilities of banking organizations over a one-year time horizon. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the NSFR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. PNC and PNC Bank have maintained NSFR compliance since the metric became effective on July 1, 2021.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits decreased to $421.4 billion at December 31, 2023 from $436.3 billion at December 31, 2022 and included a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposit products as a result of the elevated interest rate environment. As of December 31, 2023, uninsured deposits represented approximately 44% of our total deposit base. The majority of our uninsured deposits are related to commercial operating and relationship accounts, which we define as commercial deposit customers who utilize two or more PNC products. See the Funding Sources portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review and Business Segments Review sections of this Financial Review for additional information on our deposits and related strategies.

We also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, including long-term debt (senior notes, subordinated debt and FHLB borrowings) and short-term borrowings (securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings). In addition, PNC joined the Federal Reserve’s Standing Repo Facility on October 20, 2023, which allows eligible banks, such as PNC Bank, to borrow overnight in exchange for U.S Treasury, agency debt and agency mortgage-backed securities. See the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Financial Review and Note 9 Borrowed Funds included in this Report for additional information related to our borrowings.

Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, increased during 2023 due to the following activity:

Table 26: Senior and Subordinated Debt

In billions2023
January 1$23.0
Issuances10.5
Calls and maturities(2.3)
Other0.5
December 31$31.7

Additionally, certain liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to manage our liquidity position. PNC has a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in the event of liquidity stress. This plan is designed to examine and quantify the organization’s liquidity under various internal liquidity stress scenarios and is periodically tested to assess the plan’s reliability. Additionally, the plan provides the strategies for addressing liquidity needs and responsive actions we would consider during liquidity stress events, which could include the issuance of incremental debt, preferred stock, or additional deposit actions, including the issuance of brokered CDs. The plan also addresses the governance, frequency of reporting and the responsibilities of key departments in the event of liquidity stress.

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

PNC defines our primary contingent liquidity sources as cash held at the Federal Reserve Bank, investment securities and unused borrowing capacity at the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. The following table summarizes our primary contingent liquidity sources at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:

Table 27: Primary Contingent Liquidity Sources

In billionsDecember 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Cash balance with Federal Reserve Bank$43.3$26.9
Investment securities (a)98.5109.8
Unused borrowing capacity from FHLB (b)35.442.9
Unused borrowing capacity from Federal Reserve Bank (c)47.224.3
Total available contingent liquidity$224.4$203.9

(a)Represents the fair value of investment securities that are available for sale or that can be used for pledging or to secure other sources of funding.

(b)At December 31, 2023, total FHLB borrowing capacity was $73.4 billion and total FHLB borrowings were $38.0 billion. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $75.0 billion and $32.1 billion, respectively.

(c)Total borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank was $47.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and $24.3 at December 31, 2022. PNC had no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Bank Liquidity

In addition to our primary contingent liquidity sources, under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2023, PNC Bank’s remaining capacity to issue under the program was $33.3 billion.

Under PNC Bank’s 2013 commercial paper program, PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2023, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Additionally, PNC Bank may also access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank or issuing intercompany senior unsecured notes.

Parent Company Liquidity

In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2023, available parent company liquidity totaled $20.6 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•Bank-level capital needs,

•Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities,

•Corporate policies,

•Contractual restrictions, and

•Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was $6.3 billion at December 31, 2023. See Note 19 Regulatory Matters for further discussion of these limitations.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. Under the parent company’s 2014 commercial paper program, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. At December 31, 2023, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  69

The following table details Parent Company note issuances in 2023:

Table 28: Parent Company Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
January 24, 2023$1.25 billion$1.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating green bond notes with a maturity date of January 26, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.758% per annum, on January 26 and July 26 of each year, beginning on July 26, 2023. Beginning on January 26, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.085%, on April 26, 2026, July 26, 2026, October 26, 2026, and at the maturity date.
January 24, 2023$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of January 24, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.068% per annum, on January 24 and July 24 of each year, beginning on July 24, 2023. Beginning on January 24, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.933% on April 24, 2033, July 24, 2033, October 24, 2033 and at the maturity date.
June 12, 2023$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of June 12, 2026. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.812% per annum, on June 12 and December 12 of each year, beginning on December 12, 2023. Beginning on June 12, 2025, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.322%, on September 12, 2025, December 12, 2025, March 12, 2026 and at the maturity date.
June 12, 2023$2.5 billion$2.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of June 12, 2029. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.582% per annum, on June 12 and December 12 of each year, beginning on December 12, 2023. Beginning on June 12, 2028, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.841%, on September 12, 2028, December 12, 2028, March 12, 2029 and at the maturity date.
August 18, 2023$750 million$750 million of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of August 18, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.939% per annum, on February 18 and August 18 of each year, beginning on February 18, 2024. Beginning on August 18, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.946%, on November 18, 2033, February 18, 2034, May 18, 2034 and at the maturity date.
October 20, 2023$1.25 billion$1.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of October 20, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 6.615% per annum, on April 20 and October 20 of each year, beginning on April 20, 2024. Beginning on October 20, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.730%, on January 20, 2027, April 20, 2027, July 20, 2027 and at the maturity date.
October 20, 2023$2.25 billion$2.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of October 20, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 6.875% per annum, on April 20 and October 20 of each year, beginning on April 20, 2024. Beginning on October 20, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 2.284%, on January 20, 2034, April 20, 2034, July 20, 2034 and at the maturity date.

Parent company senior and subordinated debt carrying value totaled $24.0 billion and $13.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s issuances of $1.0 billion of its 5.300% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 21, 2028, and $1.5 billion of its 5.676% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 22, 2035.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We enter into various contractual arrangements in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could

impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include commitments to extend credit, outstanding letters of credit,

customer deposits, borrowed funds, operating lease payments and future pension and post-retirement benefits. For further discussion

related to these contractual obligations and other commitments, see Note 6 Leases, Note 8 Time Deposits, Note 9 Borrowed Funds,

Note 10 Commitments and Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans.

Credit Ratings

PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition. For additional information on the potential impacts from a downgrade to our credit ratings, see Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report.

The following table presents credit ratings and outlook for PNC as of December 31, 2023:

Table 29: Credit Ratings and Outlook

December 31, 2023
Moody’s (a)Standard & Poor’sFitch
PNC
Senior debtA3A-A
Subordinated debtA3BBB+A-
Preferred stockBaa2BBB-BBB
PNC Bank
Senior debtA2AA+
Subordinated debtA3A-A
Long-term depositsAa3AAA-
Short-term depositsP-1A-1F1+
Short-term notesP-1A-1F1
PNC
Agency rating outlookNegativeStableStable

(a)     On August 7, 2023, the Moody's rating outlook on PNC's long-term issuer rating, long-term local currency bank deposits and senior unsecured local currency notes was changed to negative from stable, reflecting the current pressures on the U.S. banking sector.

Capital Management

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

On February 7, 2023, PNC issued 1,500,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.250% fixed-rate

reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series W, with a par value of $1 per share.

On November 1, 2023, PNC redeemed $1.0 billion of depositary shares representing interests in PNC’s fixed-to-floating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series O. Each depositary share represents 1/100th interest in a share of the Series O preferred stock.

In 2023, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 4.0 million common shares for $0.6 billion. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%.

On January 4, 2024, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.55 per share paid on February 5, 2024.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and

DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  71

The following table summarizes our Basel III capital balances and ratios:

Table 30: Basel III Capital

December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsBasel III (a)(Fully Implemented) (estimated) (b)
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock$(3,714)$(3,714)
Retained earnings56,77356,290
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(10,698)(10,698)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(302)(302)
Other adjustments/(deductions)(85)(86)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (c)$41,974$41,490
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus6,2416,241
Tier 1 capital$48,215$47,731
Additional Tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt2,8752,875
Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital4,8425,265
Total Basel III capital$55,932$55,871
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (d)$424,408$424,546
Average quarterly adjusted total assets$557,202$556,718
Supplementary leverage exposure (e)$666,356$666,354
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (f)
Common equity Tier 19.9%9.8%
Tier 111.4%11.2%
Total13.2%13.2%
Leverage (g)8.7%8.6%
Supplementary leverage ratio (e)7.2%7.2%

(a)The ratios are calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provisions. Effective for the first quarter 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024.

(b)The ratios are calculated to reflect the full impact of CECL and exclude the benefits of the optional five-year transition.

(c)As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available for sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital.

(d)Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(e)The Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts.

(f)All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach.

(g)Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets.

PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, FDMs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

The regulatory agencies have adopted a rule permitting certain banks, including PNC, to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from implementing CECL. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital, as defined by the rule, is the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. See additional discussion of this rule in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors.

At December 31, 2023, PNC and PNC Bank were considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%.

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and we believe that our December 31, 2023 capital levels were aligned with them.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts, including the proposed rules to adjust the Basel III framework, in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 19 Regulatory Matters.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities, securities underwriting and our investment portfolio, and

•Other investments, including equity, and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to management committees and, where appropriate, the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our market risk-related risk management policies, which are approved by management’s ALCO and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

PNC utilizes sensitivities of NII and EVE to a set of interest rate scenarios to identify and measure its short-term and long-term structural interest rate risks.

NII sensitivity results for the fourth quarters of 2023 and 2022 follow:

Table 31: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2023Fourth Quarter 2022
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on NII in the first year from shocked interest rate:
200 basis point instantaneous increase(0.2)%4.7%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease(0.3)%(5.7)%

(a)The effect on NII in the first year from a 100 basis point instantaneous increase or decrease is not materially different from the 200 basis point scenarios as disclosed above.

When forecasting net interest income, we make certain key assumptions that can materially impact the resulting sensitivities, including the following:

Future Balance Sheet Composition: Our balance sheet composition is dynamic and based on our forecasted expectations. As of the fourth quarter 2023, the projected balance sheet composition by the end of year one is generally consistent with the spot composition as of the fourth quarter 2023.

Deposit Betas: Deposit pricing changes are primarily driven by changes in the Federal Funds rate, with the relationship between deposit rates and Federal Funds rate defined as deposit beta. We define cumulative deposit beta as the change in deposit rate paid on interest bearing non-maturity deposits divided by the change in the upper level of the stated Federal Funds rate range since the first quarter of 2022, the start of the current rising rate cycle. As of December 2023, PNC’s cumulative deposit beta was 44%, an increase from 31% at December 2022. For interest rate risk modeling, PNC uses dynamic beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels as well as other factors. The dynamic beta assumptions reflect historical experience and future expectations. Our scenario assumes that deposit betas slightly increase from current levels. Actual deposit rate paid may differ from modeled projections due to variables such as competition for deposits and customer behavior.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  73

Asset Prepayments: PNC includes prepayment assumptions for both loan and investment portfolios. Mortgage and Home Equity portfolios utilize an industry standard model to drive estimated prepayments that increase in lower rate environments. Commercial and consumer loan portfolios assume static constant prepayment rates that are consistent across rate scenarios, as those portfolios historically do not exhibit significantly different prepayment behaviors based upon the level of market rates.

Impact of Derivatives: PNC uses interest rate derivatives to hedge floating rate commercial loans. PNC had $33.3 billion in receive fix / pay float swaps as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted average duration of 2.3 years and an average fixed rate of 2.1%. As of December 31, 2023 PNC also had collars in place, reflecting $12.5 billion of caps and $12.5 billion of floors, that are used to hedge these commercial loans. Additionally, PNC utilizes receive fix / pay float swaps as a means of hedging fixed rate debt. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information on how we use derivatives to hedge commercial loans and fixed rate debt.

EVE sensitivity results for the fourth quarter of 2023 and 2022 follow:

Table 32: Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2023Fourth Quarter 2022
Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Simulation
200 basis point instantaneous increase(4.3)%(5.1)%
200 basis point instantaneous decrease(3.9)%(3.1)%

EVE measures the present value of all projected future cash flows associated with a point-in-time balance sheet and does not include projected new volume. EVE sensitivity to interest rate changes is a complementary metric to NII sensitivity analysis and represents an estimation of long-term interest rate risk. PNC calculates its EVE sensitivity by measuring the changes in the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments in response to an instantaneous +/-200 bps parallel shift in interest rates. Similar to the NII sensitivity analysis, we incorporate dynamic deposit repricing and loan prepayment assumptions. These methodologies are largely consistent between the EVE and NII sensitivity analyses. Additionally, deposit attrition is a significant contributor to EVE sensitivity. Deposit attrition is projected based on a dynamic model developed using long-term historical deposit behavior in addition to management assumptions including accelerated attrition for pandemic related excess deposits. PNC performs various sensitivity analyses to understand the impact of faster and slower deposit attrition on our risk metrics, with the results reported to the ALCO.

Compared to the fourth quarter of 2022, there have been no material changes to our NII sensitivity and EVE sensitivity assumptions, including data sources that drive assumptions setting.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2023 and 2022 were within our acceptable limits.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging, which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during 2023 and 2022 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior-day VaR measure. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500-day look-back period.

Customer-related trading revenue was $137 million in 2023 compared with $382 million in 2022 and is recorded in Capital markets and advisory and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The decrease was primarily due to higher funding costs in the derivative and security trading desks, partially offset by improved foreign exchange client sales revenues.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors.

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 33: Equity Investments Summary

Dollars in millionsDecember 31 2023December 31 2022Change
$%
Tax credit investments$4,331$4,308$231%
Private equity and other3,9834,129(146)(4)%
Total$8,314$8,437$(123)(1)%

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $2.5 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities has further information on tax credit investments.

Private Equity and Other

The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, $2.0 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies, and $0.2 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the Volcker Rule limitations on our interests in and relationships with private funds.

Included in our other equity investments are Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at cost. Visa Class B common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into shares of the publicly-traded Class A common shares. Based upon the December 31, 2023 per share closing price of $260.35 for a Visa Class A common share, the estimated value of our total investment in the Class B common shares was approximately $1.5 billion at the current conversion rate of Visa B shares to Visa A shares, while our cost basis was insignificant. See Note 14 Fair Value and Note 20 Legal Proceedings for additional information regarding our Visa agreements, and Visa’s amendments to its Certificate of Incorporation to institute a conversion and exchange offer program that would release transfer restrictions on portions of the Visa Class B common shares. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa B common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace.

We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $18 million in 2023 and $45 million in 2022.

Impact of Inflation

Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in

prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation,

there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power,

and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could

potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit

losses resulting from possible increased default rates. Throughout 2023, the Federal Reserve monetary policy has tightened with the intent to slow inflation, which has led to larger increases in interest rates. See Risk Factors in Item 1A, our Executive Summary and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking statements in this Item 7 for further discussion of inflation and its overall impact to the economy, our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and certain costs and expenses to PNC.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  75

notional and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 14 Fair Value and Note 15 Financial Derivatives.

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk to the current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization.

Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: (i) identified and assessed; (ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; (iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and (iv) appropriately reported to management and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses and establishing an appropriate amount of required operational risk capital held by us.

The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework assists management in making well-informed risk-based business decisions.

The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation.

The operational risk domains are:

•Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud.

•Compliance: Risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards or other regulatory requirements.

•Data Management: Risk associated with incomplete or inaccurate data.

•Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models.

•Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology.

•Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of, information assets.

•Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities.

•Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third-party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations.

We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. Program tools and methodology assist our business managers in identifying potential risks and control gaps.

Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary.

Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk

PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

risk management is important in supporting PNC’s reputation, and PNC maintains a corporate culture that emphasizes complying with laws, regulations, and managing reputational risks. Reputational risk is the risk to the franchise and/or shareholder value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. Strategic risk is another component of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out.

Compliance Risk

Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program, helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry.

Information Security Risk

The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cybersecurity. PNC’s cybersecurity program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security. For additional information, see Item 1C Cybersecurity of this Report.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments and estimated recoveries. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate the ACL on an ongoing basis. We incorporate qualitative factors in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to:

•Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Changes to the probability weights assigned to these scenarios and the timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates.

•Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Portfolio composition: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves

would be recognized upon origination or acquisition and derecognized upon paydown, maturity or sale.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  77

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and

(iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Our methodologies and key assumptions for each of these components are discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies.

Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast

Pursuant to the CECL standard, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose, we have established a framework that includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them.

To forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period, we generate four economic forecast scenarios using a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking expert judgment. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans, securities and other financial assets. Each quarter, the scenarios are presented to RAC for approval, and the committee also approves CECL scenario weights for use during the current reporting period.

The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2023 consider, among other factors, the ongoing inflationary pressures and the corresponding tightening of monetary policy and credit availability.

We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with two of the most significant drivers being real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Table 34: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios

Assumptions as of December 31, 2023
202420252026
U.S. real GDP (a)0.1%1.5%2.0%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (b)4.5%4.6%4.2%
Assumptions as of December 31, 2022
202320242025
U.S. real GDP (a)(0.4)%1.4%1.9%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)4.9%4.9%4.4%

(a)Represents year-over-year growth (loss) rates.

(b)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively.

(c)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively.

Real GDP growth is expected to slow from 3.1% in 2023 to just 0.1% in 2024 on a weighted average basis, with the slow down driven primarily by our most likely scenario that the U.S. economy enters a mild recession during the year. Growth then rises to 1.5% in 2025, before growing to 2.0% in 2026. The weighted average unemployment rate is expected to increase throughout 2024, peaking at 4.7% during the first half of 2025 and gradually improving to 4.2% by the fourth quarter of 2026.

The current state of the economy reflects heightened uncertainty due to structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic for certain sectors of the economy, such as commercial real estate, combined with inflation, interest rate movements and declining consumer savings and deposit balances. As such, for both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, PNC identified and performed significant analysis around segments impacted by such uncertainties to ensure our reserves are adequate, given our current macroeconomic expectations.

We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis we have addressed reserve requirements for the specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels adequately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we considered what our ACL would be when applying a 100% probability weighting to the most severe downside CECL scenario. This severe downside scenario estimated that real GDP contracted in 2024 ending the year down 2.0% compared to 2023 levels, with

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

growth picking up again by the end of 2025. The unemployment rate in this scenario increased to end 2024 at 6.3%, then peaks at 7.1% in the second half of 2025, before gradually improving to 6.0% by the end of 2026. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this sensitivity analysis would result in a hypothetical increase in our ACL of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2023. This scenario does not reflect our current expectation at December 31, 2023, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates.

See the following for additional details on the components of our ACL:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 2 Investment Securities, and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value inverse to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time, they are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs.

For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value.

Fair Value Measurements - Level 3

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s classification as Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances associated with each instrument, and management applies judgment regarding the significance of unobservable inputs to each asset or liability when determining its fair value level classification. In addition to MSRs, certain of our private equity investments and available for sale securities have a high level of estimation uncertainty and require significant management judgment to determine the fair value. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs as well as additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements in Note 14 Fair Value.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  79

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards UpdateDescriptionFinancial Statement Impact
Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures - ASU 2023-07 Issued November 2023• Required with issuance of 2024 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted.• Requires that a public entity disclose significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss.• Requires that a public entity disclose an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition.• Requires that a public entity provide all annual disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets currently required by ASC 280 in interim periods.• Clarifies that if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, a public entity may report one or more of those additional measures of segment profit.• Requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources.• Requires a retrospective transition approach for all prior periods presented in the financial statements.• We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU and do not plan to early adopt.• This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, or Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. • We expect to provide enhanced disclosures of significant segment level noninterest expenses as a result of this ASU.
Accounting Standards UpdateDescriptionFinancial Statement Impact
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures - ASU 2023-09 Issued December 2023• Required effective date of January 1, 2025; early adoption is permitted.• Requires public business entities to, on an annual basis, (1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and (2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold.• Requires that all entities disclose, on an annual basis, (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes, and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid (net of refunds received) is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received).• Requires a prospective transition approach, with an optional retrospective transition approach.• We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU.• This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, or Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.• We expect to provide additional disaggregated income tax disclosures in accordance with this ASU. • We are evaluating when to adopt the amendments of this ASU.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted.

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations, including our sustainability strategy, that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

•Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including:

–Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets,

–Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets,

–Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply, market interest rates and inflation,

–Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives,

–Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness,

–Impacts of sanctions, tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

–Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

–Our ability to attract, recruit and retain skilled employees, and

–Commodity price volatility.

•Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be

substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory

contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

–PNC’s baseline forecast is for slower economic growth in 2024 as consumer spending growth slows and higher interest rates remain a drag on the economy. The ongoing strength of the labor market will continue to support consumer spending. Slowing inflation will allow for federal funds rate cuts starting in the late spring or early summer; this will support economic growth in the second half of 2024.

–GDP growth this year will be below trend at slightly above 1%, and the unemployment rate will increase modestly to somewhat above 4% by the end of 2024. Inflation will continue to slow as wage pressures abate, moving back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by the end of the year.

–PNC expects the federal funds rate to remain unchanged in the first part of 2024, between 5.25% and 5.50%, with federal funds rate cuts starting in May 2024 as inflation slows further. PNC expects the federal funds rate to end 2024 between 4.25% and 4.50%.

•PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process.

•PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, its financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models and the reliability of and risks resulting from extensive use of such models.

•Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding and ability to attract and retain employees. These developments could include:

–Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, and changes in accounting and reporting standards.

–Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries resulting in monetary losses, costs, or alterations in our business practices, and potentially causing reputational harm to PNC.

–Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K  81

–Costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

•Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards.

•Our reputation and business and operating results may be affected by our ability to appropriately meet or address environmental, social or governance targets, goals, commitments or concerns that may arise.

•We grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing or any failure to execute strategic or operational plans.

•Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread manmade, natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities or events, terrorist activities, system failures or disruptions, security breaches, cyberattacks, international hostilities, or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties, customers or third-party vendors and service providers specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 20 Legal Proceedings. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000713676-23-000020.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-22. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of:

•Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms,

•Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and

•Leveraging technology to create efficiencies that help us better serve customers.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report.

Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control:

•Effectively managing capital and liquidity including:

•Continuing to maintain and, over time, grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source,

•Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and

•Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets.

•Execution of our strategic priorities,

•Management of credit risk in our portfolio,

•Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies,

•The appropriateness of critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and

•Our ability to manage operational risks related to new products and services, changes in processes and procedures or the implementation of new technology.

Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•Global and domestic economic conditions, including the length and extent of the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the actions taken to mitigate and manage it,

•The effect of climate change on our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers,

•The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

•The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets, including capital markets,

•The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

36    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

•Changes in the competitive landscape,

•Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

•The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations,

•The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms, and the resulting impact on our asset quality,

•Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and

•The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives.

For additional information on the risks we face, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7.

Presentation of Noninterest Income

Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes.

Acquisition of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.

On June 1, 2021, PNC acquired BBVA, a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition.

On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results of operations and balance sheets for all periods presented in this Report reflect the benefit of BBVA’s acquired businesses for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021.

For additional information on the acquisition of BBVA, see Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity.

Discontinued Operations

In the second quarter of 2020, PNC divested its entire 22.4% equity investment in BlackRock. Net proceeds from the sale were $14.2 billion with an after-tax gain on sale of $4.3 billion. BlackRock’s historical results are reported as discontinued operations. For additional details on the divestiture of our equity investment in BlackRock, see Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  37

Selected Financial Data

The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 8 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance.

Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except per share data202220212020
Summary of Operations
Net interest income$13,014$10,647$9,946
Noninterest income8,1068,5646,955
Total revenue21,12019,21116,901
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses477(779)3,175
Noninterest expense13,17013,00210,297
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests7,4736,9883,429
Income taxes from continuing operations1,3601,263426
Net income from continuing operations6,1135,7253,003
Income from discontinued operations before taxes5,777
Income taxes from discontinued operations1,222
Net income from discontinued operations4,555
Net income$6,113$5,725$7,558
Net income attributable to common shareholders$5,735$5,436$7,284
Per Common Share
Diluted earnings from continuing operations$13.85$12.70$6.36
Diluted earnings from discontinued operations$10.60
Total diluted earnings$13.85$12.70$16.96
Book value per common share$99.93$120.61$119.11
Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a)$72.12$94.11$97.43
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b)2.65%2.29%2.53%
Noninterest income to total revenue38%45%41%
Efficiency62%68%61%
Return on:
Average common shareholders’ equity13.52%10.78%15.21%
Average assets1.11%1.09%1.68%

(a)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

(b)See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions, except as noted20222021
Balance Sheet Highlights
Assets$557,263$557,191
Loans$326,025$288,372
Allowance for loan and lease losses$4,741$4,868
Interest-earning deposits with banks$27,320$74,250
Investment securities$139,334$132,962
Total deposits$436,282$457,278
Borrowed funds$58,713$30,784
Total shareholders’ equity$45,774$55,695
Common shareholders’ equity$40,028$50,685
Other Selected Ratios
Common equity Tier 19.1%10.3%
Dividend payout41.7%37.8%
Loans to deposits75%63%
Common shareholders’ equity to total assets7.2%9.1%
Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets7.7%9.6%

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Income Statement Highlights

Net income for 2022 was $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, an increase of $0.4 billion compared to net income of $5.7 billion, or $12.70 per diluted common share, for 2021. The increase was driven by higher net interest income, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses, lower noninterest income and higher expenses.

•Total revenue increased $1.9 billion, or 10%, to $21.1 billion.

•Net interest income increased $2.4 billion, or 22%, to $13.0 billion, primarily due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs.

•Net interest margin increased to 2.65% for 2022 compared to 2.29% for 2021, due to higher interest-earning asset yields, partially offset by higher funding rates.

•Noninterest income decreased $458 million, or 5%, to $8.1 billion, primarily due to lower capital markets and advisory income, a decrease in private equity revenue and lower residential and commercial mortgage fees, partially offset by an increase in card and cash management revenue.

•Provision for credit losses was $477 million in 2022, driven by our weakened economic outlook along with loan growth, partially offset by the impacts from the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and credit quality improvement in the portfolio. Provision recapture was $779 million for 2021.

•Noninterest expense increased $168 million to $13.2 billion, reflecting the addition of a full year of BBVA operating expenses and continued business investment. The increase was partially offset by lower integration expenses.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7.

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was well positioned at December 31, 2022. In comparison to December 31, 2021:

•Total assets were stable.

•Total loans increased $37.7 billion, or 13%, to $326.0 billion.

•Total commercial loans grew $32.0 billion, or 17%, to $225.0 billion, due to new production and higher utilization of loan commitments, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness.

•PNC had $0.4 billion of PPP loans outstanding at December 31, 2022, compared to $3.4 billion at December 31, 2021.

•Total consumer loans increased $5.7 billion, or 6%, to $101.0 billion, primarily due to increases in residential mortgages, home equity and credit card, partially offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations.

•Investment securities increased $6.4 billion, or 5%, to $139.3 billion due to net purchases, primarily of agency residential mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a decline in valuation driven by interest rates.

•Interest earning deposits with banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, decreased $46.9 billion, or 63% to $27.3 billion, reflecting higher loans outstanding, lower deposits and higher securities balances.

•Total deposits decreased $21.0 billion, or 5%, to $436.3 billion, due to lower commercial and consumer deposits, reflecting the impact of inflationary pressures and competitive pricing dynamics.

•Borrowed funds of $58.7 billion increased $27.9 billion, or 91%, due to higher FHLB borrowings, partially offset by lower senior debt.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7.

Credit Quality Highlights

2022 reflected strong credit quality performance.

•At December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021:

•Nonperforming assets of $2.0 billion decreased $487 million, or 19%, due to lower commercial and consumer nonperforming loans.

•Total loan delinquencies of $1.5 billion decreased $495 million, or 25%, driven by lower consumer and commercial delinquencies.

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, decreased to $5.4 billion, or 1.67% of total loans at December 31, 2022, compared to $5.5 billion, or 1.92% of total loans at December 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and improvements in credit quality, partially offset by our weakened economic outlook along with loan growth.

•Net charge-offs of $563 million or 0.18% of average loans in 2022 decreased 14% compared to net charge-offs of $657 million or 0.24% of average loans for 2021. The decline was primarily driven by fewer commercial net charge-offs, partially offset by higher consumer net charge-offs due to a decrease in recoveries. Net charge-offs in the comparative period included BBVA-related charge-offs resulting from required purchase accounting treatment.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  39

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7.

Capital Highlights

We maintained a strong capital position during 2022.

•Common shareholders’ equity decreased to $40.0 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $50.7 billion at December 31, 2021 as the benefit of net income was more than offset by a decrease in AOCI, reflecting the negative impact of higher interest rates on securities and swap values. The decline was also attributable to share repurchases and common dividends paid.

•In 2022, we returned $6.0 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.4 billion and repurchases of 21.2 million common shares for $3.6 billion.

◦The SCB framework allows for capital returns in amounts up to the level of capital in excess of the firm’s SCB plus the regulatory minimum level of capital. Consistent with the flexibility provided under the SCB framework, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the repurchase program approved on April 4, 2019 of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 49% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2022. Under this framework, PNC expects quarterly repurchases of up to $500 million with the ability to adjust those levels as conditions warrant. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2022 is 2.9%.

•On January 4, 2023, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per share. The dividend, with a payment date of February 5, 2023, was paid on the next business day.

•The Basel III CET1 capital ratio decreased to 9.1% at December 31, 2022 from 10.3% at December 31, 2021.

•PNC elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on CET1 capital through December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year transition period. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital is defined as the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. The CET1 fully implemented ratio, which reflects the full impact of CECL and excludes the benefits of the optional five-year transition, was 8.9% at December 31, 2022 compared to 10.0% at December 31, 2021.

PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding a SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2022 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios.

Business Outlook

Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

•The economy continues to expand in early 2023, but economic growth is slowing in response to the ongoing Federal Reserve monetary policy tightening to slow inflation. This has led to large increases in both short- and long-term interest rates. With much higher mortgage rates the housing market is already in contraction, with steep drops in existing home sales and single-family housing starts, and a modest decline in house prices. Other sectors where interest rates play an outsized role, such as business investment and consumer spending on durable goods, will contract in 2023.

•PNC’s baseline outlook is for a recession starting in the second half of 2023, with real GDP contracting a modest 1% before recovery starts in early 2024 as the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates in response to a deteriorating labor market and slower inflation. The unemployment rate will increase throughout 2023, peaking at above 5% in the first half of 2024. Inflation will slow with the recession and be back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by early 2024.

•PNC expects the FOMC to increase the federal funds rate by an additional 25 basis points in March. This would bring the federal funds rate to a range of 4.75% to 5.00% by mid-March. PNC expects a federal funds rate cut of 25 basis points in early 2024 as inflation moves toward the FOMC’s 2% long-term objective.

See Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

For the full year 2023, compared to full year 2022, we expect:

•Period-end loans to be up 2% to 4%,

•Average loans to be up 6% to 8%,

•Revenue to be up 6% to 8%,

•Noninterest expense to be up 2% to 4%, and

•The effective tax rate to be approximately 18%.

For the first quarter of 2023, compared to the fourth quarter of 2022, we expect:

•Period-end loans to be stable,

•Average loans to be up 1% to 2%,

•Net interest income to be down 1% to 2%,

•Fee income to be down 3% to 5%,

•Other noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and Visa activity, to be between $200 million and $250 million,

•Total revenue to decline approximately 3%,

•Noninterest expense to be down 2% to 4%, and

•Net loan charge-offs to be approximately $200 million.

Additionally, as of year-end 2022, we have completed all actions associated with the integration of BBVA, and no additional integration costs are anticipated. A total of $980 million of integration costs were incurred, which included $120 million of write-offs for capitalized items.

We cannot provide, without unreasonable effort, a meaningful or accurate reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and amounts necessary for the reconciliation when such amounts are subject to events that cannot be reasonably predicted, as noted in our Cautionary Statement. Accordingly, we cannot address the probable significance of the unavailable information.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  41

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2021 over 2020, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2021 Form 10-K.

Net income for 2022 was $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, an increase of $0.4 billion compared to net income of $5.7 billion, or $12.70 per diluted common share, for 2021. The increase was driven by higher net interest income, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses, lower noninterest income and higher expenses.

Net Interest Income

Table 3: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a)

20222021
Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ Expense
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities$137,1492.00%$2,747$110,9741.67%$1,855
Loans307,6993.86%11,886268,6963.37%9,060
Interest-earning deposits with banks41,0501.41%57879,8690.13%103
Other9,6513.50%3378,5392.23%190
Total interest-earning assets/interest income$495,5493.14%15,548$468,0782.39%11,208
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits$299,0420.42%1,267$279,2280.05%126
Borrowed funds42,4502.72%1,15534,5081.05%361
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense$341,4920.71%2,422$313,7360.16%487
Net interest margin/income (non-GAAP)2.65%13,1262.29%10,721
Taxable-equivalent adjustments(112)(74)
Net interest income (GAAP)$13,014$10,647

(a)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) in the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis Of Year-To-Year Changes In Net Interest Income in Item 8 of this Report.

Net interest income increased $2.4 billion, or 22% in 2022 compared with 2021. The increase was primarily due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs. Net interest margin increased 36 basis points, due to higher interest-earning asset yields, partially offset by higher funding rates.

Average investment securities grew $26.2 billion, or 24%, driven by net securities purchases, primarily of agency residential mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities. Average investment securities represented 28% of average interest-earning assets in 2022, compared to 24% in 2021.

Average loans increased $39.0 billion, or 15%, due to growth in commercial and consumer loans, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness. Average loans represented 62% of average interest-earning assets in 2022 compared to 57% in 2021.

Average interest-earning deposits with banks decreased $38.8 billion reflecting higher loan balances and net securities purchases, partially offset by higher deposits and borrowed funds.

Average interest-bearing deposits grew $19.8 billion, or 7%, and included a shift in commercial deposits from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing as deposit rates have risen. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 88% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2022 compared to 89% in 2021.

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Average borrowed funds increased $7.9 billion, or 23%, primarily due to higher FHLB borrowings, partially offset by lower senior debt.

Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Noninterest Income

Table 4: Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Noninterest income
Asset management and brokerage$1,444$1,438$6
Capital markets and advisory1,2961,577(281)(18)%
Card and cash management2,6332,39823510%
Lending and deposit services1,1341,102323%
Residential and commercial mortgage647850(203)(24)%
Other9521,199(247)(21)%
Total noninterest income$8,106$8,564$(458)(5)%

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 38% for 2022 and 45% for 2021.

Asset management and brokerage fees increased due to the full-year benefit of BBVA and increased product sales, partially offset by lower average equity markets. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management decreased to $173 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $192 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by lower spot equity markets.

Capital markets and advisory fees decreased primarily due to lower advisory and underwriting fees, partially offset by higher fees on customer-related derivative activities.

Growth in card and cash management revenue was primarily due to increased treasury management product revenue, including the full-year benefit of BBVA, in addition to higher consumer spending.

Lending and deposit services increased and included the full-year benefit of BBVA.

Residential and commercial mortgage decreased due to lower residential and commercial mortgage banking activities driven by a decline in both origination and sales activity, partially offset by higher residential mortgage servicing income.

Other noninterest income decreased compared to 2021, primarily due to lower private equity revenue and net losses on securities, partially offset by the benefit of lower negative Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments. Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section.

Noninterest Expense

Table 5: Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Noninterest expense
Personnel$7,244$7,141$1031%
Occupancy992940526%
Equipment1,3951,411(16)(1)%
Marketing3553193611%
Other3,1843,191(7)
Total noninterest expense$13,170$13,002$1681%

The increase to noninterest expense included a full year of BBVA operating expenses and continued business investment, as well as the write-off of insignificant technology projects connected to crypto currency product development, all of which has ceased as of the reporting date. The increase was partially offset by lower integration expenses.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  43

We exceeded our 2022 continuous improvement program savings goal of $300 million. In 2023, we increased our goal to $400 million in cost savings.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 18.2% for 2022 compared with 18.1% for 2021.

The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low- income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 19 Income Taxes.

Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Table 6: Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions20222021
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses
Loans and leases$439$(887)
Unfunded lending related commitments3232
Investment securities1751
Other financial assets(11)25
Total provision for (recapture of) credit losses$477$(779)

Provision for credit losses was $477 million in 2022, driven by our weakened economic outlook along with loan growth, partially offset by the impacts from the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and credit quality improvement in the portfolio.

Net interest income less the provision for (recapture of) credit losses was $12.5 billion, $11.4 billion and $6.8 billion for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The summarized balance sheet data in Table 7 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2021 over 2020, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2021 Form 10-K.

Table 7: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$27,320$74,250$(46,930)(63)%
Loans held for sale1,0102,231(1,221)(55)%
Investment securities139,334132,9626,3725%
Loans326,025288,37237,65313%
Allowance for loan and lease losses(4,741)(4,868)1273%
Mortgage servicing rights3,4231,8181,60588%
Goodwill10,98710,916711%
Other53,90551,5102,3955%
Total assets$557,263$557,191$72
Liabilities
Deposits$436,282$457,278$(20,996)(5)%
Borrowed funds58,71330,78427,92991%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments694662325%
Other15,76212,7413,02124%
Total liabilities511,451501,4659,9862%
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity45,77455,695(9,921)(18)%
Noncontrolling interests3831723%
Total equity45,81255,726(9,914)(18)%
Total liabilities and equity$557,263$557,191$72

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Our balance sheet was well-positioned at December 31, 2022. In comparison to December 31, 2021:

•Total assets were stable as higher loans, securities and MSRs were offset by lower balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank.

•Total liabilities increased primarily due to higher borrowed funds, partially offset by a decrease in deposits.

•Total equity decreased as the benefits from net income and preferred stock issuances were more than offset by a decrease in AOCI, reflecting the negative impact of higher interest rates on securities and swap values. The decline was also attributable to common share repurchases, dividends paid and the redemption of preferred stock.

The ACL related to loans totaled $5.4 billion at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $0.1 billion since December 31, 2021. The

decrease was primarily driven by the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and improvements in credit quality, partially offset by our weakened economic outlook along with loan growth.

See the following for additional information regarding our ACL related to loans:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7,

•Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 20 Regulatory Matters.

Loans

Table 8: Loans

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$182,219$152,933$29,28619%
Commercial real estate36,31634,0152,3017%
Equipment lease financing6,5146,1303846%
Total commercial225,049193,07831,97117%
Consumer
Residential real estate45,88939,7126,17716%
Home equity25,98324,0611,9228%
Automobile14,83616,635(1,799)(11)%
Credit card7,0696,6264437%
Education2,1732,533(360)(14)%
Other consumer5,0265,727(701)(12)%
Total consumer100,97695,2945,6826%
Total loans$326,025$288,372$37,65313%

Commercial loans increased primarily due to new production and higher utilization of loan commitments, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness. PNC had $0.4 billion of PPP loans outstanding at December 31, 2022, compared to $3.4 billion at December 31, 2021.

Consumer loans increased primarily due to increases in residential mortgages, home equity and credit card, partially offset by declines

in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations.

For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses.

Investment Securities

Investment securities of $139.3 billion at December 31, 2022 increased $6.4 billion, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2021, due to net purchases, primarily of agency residential mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a decline in valuation driven by interest rates.

The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth, and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  45

Table 9: Investment Securities (a)

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAmortized Cost (b)Fair Value
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$45,767$43,330$47,024$47,054
Agency residential mortgage-backed77,38571,07367,32667,632
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed9731,0749271,158
Agency commercial mortgage-backed2,6932,5011,7401,773
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c)2,9922,8833,4233,436
Asset-backed (d)7,2917,1836,3806,409
Other debt (e)6,6426,3945,4045,596
Total investment securities (f)$143,743$134,438$132,224$133,058

(a)Of our total securities portfolio, 97% and 96% were rated AAA/AA as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $149 million at December 31, 2022 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2021 was $133 million.

(c)Collateralized primarily by office buildings, multifamily housing, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties.

(d)Collateralized primarily by corporate debt, government guaranteed education loans and other consumer credit products.

(e)Includes state and municipal securities.

(f)Includes available for sale and held to maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively.

Table 9 presents the distribution of our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value. The relationship of fair value to amortized cost at December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 primarily reflected the impact of higher interest rates on the valuation of fixed rate securities. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 3 Investment Securities for additional details regarding the allowance for investment securities.

During 2022, we transferred securities with a fair value of $82.7 billion from available for sale to held to maturity. We changed our intent and committed to hold these high-quality securities to maturity in order to reduce the impact of price volatility on AOCI and tangible capital. See Note 3 Investment Securities for additional details regarding these transfers.

The duration of investment securities was 4.5 years at December 31, 2022. We estimate that at December 31, 2022 the effective

duration of investment securities was 4.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 4.5 years for an

immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2021 for the effective duration of

investment securities were 3.8 years and 3.5 years, respectively.

Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 6.0 years at December 31, 2022 compared to 4.4 years at December 31, 2021.

Table 10: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities

December 31, 2022Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed7.7
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed10.0
Agency commercial mortgage-backed5.6
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed1.4
Asset-backed2.4

Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 3 Investment Securities and Note 15 Fair Value.

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Funding Sources

Table 11: Details of Funding Sources

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$124,486$155,175$(30,689)(20)%
Interest-bearing
Money market64,15061,2292,9215%
Demand126,143115,91010,2339%
Savings103,033107,598(4,565)(4)%
Time deposits18,47017,3661,1046%
Total interest-bearing deposits311,796302,1039,6933%
Total deposits436,282457,278(20,996)(5)%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings32,07532,075
Senior debt16,65720,661(4,004)(19)%
Subordinated debt6,3076,996(689)(10)%
Other3,6743,12754717%
Total borrowed funds58,71330,78427,92991%
Total funding sources$494,995$488,062$6,9331%

Total deposits decreased due to lower commercial and consumer deposits, reflecting competitive pricing dynamics and the impact of inflationary pressures. In addition, there was a shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposits in 2022, reflecting the impact of higher interest rates.

Borrowed funds increased due to higher FHLB borrowings, partially offset by lower senior debt.

The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loans, investment securities, deposit growth and capital considerations. We manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for additional information regarding our 2022 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 10 Borrowed Funds for additional information related to our borrowings.

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity was $45.8 billion at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $9.9 billion compared to December 31, 2021, as increases related to net income of $6.1 billion and preferred stock issuances of $2.2 billion were more than offset by a decrease in AOCI of $10.6 billion, reflecting the negative impact of higher interest rates on securities and swap values. The decline was also attributable to common share repurchases of $3.6 billion, dividends paid of $2.6 billion and a preferred stock redemption of $1.5 billion.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  47

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have three reportable business segments:

•Retail Banking

•Corporate & Institutional Banking

•Asset Management Group

Business segment results and a description of each business are included in Note 23 Segment Reporting. Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 23, primarily due to the presentation in this Item 7 of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis. Note 23 presents results of businesses for 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Net interest income in business segment results reflects our internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge, and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category as shown in Table 120 in Note 23 Segment Reporting. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, certain corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP).

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Retail Banking

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to help all of our consumer and small business customers move forward financially. We aim to grow our primary checking and transaction relationships through strong customer acquisition and retention. We seek to deepen relationships by meeting the broad range of our customers’ financial needs with savings, liquidity, lending, payments investment and retirement solutions. A strategic priority for us is to differentiate the customer experience, leveraging technology to make banking easier for our customers. A key element of our strategy is to expand the use of lower-cost alternative distribution channels, with an emphasis on digital capabilities, and ATM access while continuing to optimize the traditional branch network. In addition, we are focused on consistently engaging both our employees and customers, which is a strong driver of customer growth, retention and relationship expansion.

Table 12: Retail Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20222021$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$7,540$6,206$1,33421%
Noninterest income2,9672,7961716%
Total revenue10,5079,0021,50517%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses259(101)360*
Noninterest expense7,5986,91668210%
Pretax earnings2,6502,18746321%
Income taxes62150811322%
Noncontrolling interests55312477%
Earnings$1,974$1,648$32620%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$927$1,328$(401)(30)%
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$33,643$25,230$8,41333%
Home equity23,22122,3878344%
Automobile15,42515,787(362)(2)%
Credit card6,6206,1824387%
Education2,3812,770(389)(14)%
Other consumer2,1642,397(233)(10)%
Total consumer83,45474,7538,70112%
Commercial11,17714,321(3,144)(22)%
Total loans$94,631$89,074$5,5576%
Total assets$113,829$106,331$7,4987%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$64,775$57,729$7,04612%
Interest-bearing199,614184,04015,5748%
Total deposits$264,389$241,769$22,6209%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets1.73%1.55%
Noninterest income to total revenue28%31%
Efficiency72%77%

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  49

(Continued from previous page)

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20222021$%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management and brokerage$528$465$6314%
Card and cash management$1,338$1,281$574%
Lending and deposit services$670$619$518%
Residential and commercial mortgage$319$456$(137)(30)%
Residential Mortgage Information
Residential mortgage servicing statistics (in billions, except as noted) (a)
Serviced portfolio balance (b)$190$133$5743%
Serviced portfolio acquisitions$74$44$3068%
MSR asset value (b)$2.3$1.1$1.2109%
MSR capitalization value (in basis points) (b)122814151%
Servicing income: (in millions)
Servicing fees, net (c)$192$34$158*
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge$9$64$(55)(86)%
Residential mortgage loan statistics
Loan origination volume (in billions)$15.1$24.8$(9.7)(39)%
Loan sale margin percentage2.14%2.84%
Percentage of originations represented by:
Purchase volume (d)67%43%
Refinance volume33%57%
Other Information (b)
Customer-related statistics (average)
Non-teller deposit transactions (e)64%65%
Digital consumer customers (f)78%79%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets$1,003$1,220$(217)(18)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$435$393$4211%
Other statistics
ATMs8,9339,523(590)(6)%
Branches (g)2,5182,629(111)(4)%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (h)$70$78$(8)(10)%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income.

(b)Presented as of period end, except for average customer-related statistics and net charge-offs, which are both shown for the year ended, respectively.

(c)Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan payments, prepayments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.

(d)Mortgages with borrowers as part of residential real estate purchase transactions.

(e)Percentage of total consumer and business banking deposit transactions processed at an ATM or through our mobile banking application.

(f)Represents consumer checking relationships that process the majority of their transactions through non-teller channels.

(g)Reflects all branches and solution centers excluding standalone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(h)Includes cash and money market balances.

Retail Banking earnings increased $326 million in 2022 compared with 2021. The increase in earnings was attributable to higher net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by increased noninterest expense and a higher provision for credit losses.

Net interest income increased primarily due to growth in average deposits and loan balances, reflecting the full-year benefit of BBVA acquisition, along with wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans.

Noninterest income included the full-year impact of the BBVA acquisition and increased due to the favorable impact of Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments, higher brokerage fees reflecting favorable annuity activity, growth in card and cash management revenue driven by increased credit and debit card activity, and higher lending and deposit related fees driven by increased service charges on deposits. The increase in noninterest income was partially offset by declines in residential mortgage revenue, driven by lower loan sales revenue reflecting the higher interest rate environment.

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Provision for credit losses was driven by our weakened economic outlook, partially offset by the impacts from the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and credit quality improvement in the portfolio.

Noninterest expense increased due to the full-year impact of BBVA operating expenses, increased business activity and continued investments to support business growth.

The deposit strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances, executing on market-specific deposit growth strategies and providing a source of low-cost funding and liquidity to PNC. In 2022, average total deposits increased compared to 2021 primarily driven by growth in demand and savings deposits, which benefited from the full-year impact of the BBVA acquisition.

Retail Banking average total loans increased in 2022 compared to 2021. Average consumer loans increased 12% due to the full-year impact of the BBVA acquisition on all loan classes except education loans, which BBVA did not have in its loan portfolio, partially offset by a decline in auto and other consumer loans as paydowns outpaced new originations. In addition, average residential real estate loans increased, as new originations outpaced runoff. Average commercial loans decreased primarily due to PPP loans.

As part of our strategic focus on growing customers and meeting their financial needs, we have established a coast-to-coast network of retail branches, solution centers and ATMs that operate alongside PNC’s suite of digital capabilities. Over time, we plan to continue to convert a portion of branches into solution centers, which have a distinctive layout and the capability to support transactions, sales and advice, using a combination of technology and personalized banker assistance. PNC began to deploy solution centers in 2018.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for consumers and small businesses. We are focused on meeting the financial needs of customers by providing a broad range of liquidity, banking, payments and investment products. In 2021, we successfully rolled out Low Cash Mode® to all Virtual Wallet® customers, providing them with the ability to avoid unnecessary overdraft fees through real-time alerts, extra time to prevent or address overdrafts and controls to choose whether to return certain debits rather than the bank making the decision. In 2022, we continued to make product benefit enhancements, such as by eliminating non-sufficient fund fees for all consumer checking account customers. Virtual Wallet® customers had previously received this benefit with the launch of Low Cash Mode®.

Retail Banking continued to execute on its strategy of transforming the customer experience through transaction channel migration, branch network and home lending process transformations and multi-channel engagement and service strategies. We are also continually assessing our current branch network for optimization opportunities as usage of alternative channels has increased and, as a result, we had a net closure of 111 branches in 2022, consistent with our plan.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  51

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value-added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive.

Table 13: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20222021$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$5,270$4,571$69915%
Noninterest income3,6213,783(162)(4)%
Total revenue8,8918,3545376%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses198(646)844*
Noninterest expense3,6513,4791725%
Pretax earnings5,0425,521(479)(9)%
Income taxes1,1551,183(28)(2)%
Noncontrolling interests1714321%
Earnings$3,870$4,324$(454)(10)%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$475$583$(108)(19)%
Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$155,551$126,928$28,62323%
Commercial real estate33,37331,5841,7896%
Equipment lease financing6,1956,286(91)(1)%
Total commercial195,119164,79830,32118%
Consumer913(4)(31)%
Total loans$195,128$164,811$30,31718%
Total assets$219,941$188,470$31,47117%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand$76,956$79,109$(2,153)(3)%
Interest-bearing demand71,38872,210(822)(1)%
Total deposits$148,344$151,319$(2,975)(2)%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets1.76%2.29%
Noninterest income to total revenue41%45%
Efficiency41%42%
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (a)
Treasury Management (b)$2,801$2,169$63229%
Commercial mortgage banking activities:
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)$77$145$(68)(47)%
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (d)256334(78)(23)%
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge138805873%
Total$471$559$(88)(16)%
MSR asset value (e)$1,113$740$37350%
Average Loans by C&IB business
Corporate Banking$104,798$81,069$23,72929%
Real Estate45,33542,9362,3996%
Business Credit28,46124,0474,41418%
Commercial Banking9,29412,054(2,760)(23)%
Other7,2404,7052,53554%
Total average loans$195,128$164,811$30,31718%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (e)$761$1,007$(246)(24)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$143$289$(146)(51)%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section.

(b)Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income.

(c)Represents commercial mortgage banking income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(d)Represents net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing, net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to amortization expense and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

(e)As of December 31.

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings decreased $454 million in 2022 compared with 2021, driven by a higher provision for credit losses, higher noninterest expense and lower noninterest income, partially offset by higher net interest income.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to higher average loan balances reflecting organic growth and the full-year benefit of BBVA, as well as wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans and lower average deposit balances.

Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by lower capital markets and advisory fees and lower commercial mortgage banking activities, partially offset by higher treasury management product revenue.

Provision for credit losses was driven by our weakened economic outlook along with loan growth, partially offset by the impacts from the reassessment of pandemic-related risks and credit quality improvement in the portfolio.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison largely due to a full-year of BBVA operating expenses and continued investments to support business growth, partially offset by lower variable compensation associated with decreased business activity.

Average loans increased compared with 2021 due to increases in Corporate Banking, Business Credit and Real Estate, partially offset by a decline in Commercial Banking:

•Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets products and services to mid-sized and large corporations and government, and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business increased, driven by strong new production and higher average utilization of loan commitments as well as the full-year benefit of loans from BBVA.

•Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is relatively high yielding, with acceptable risk as the loans are mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business increased, primarily driven by higher utilization of loan commitments and new production.

•Real Estate provides banking, financing, and servicing solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business increased reflecting new production, partially offset by lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business decreased, primarily driven by PPP loan forgiveness, partially offset by the full-year benefit of loans from BBVA.

The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits decreased in the comparison reflecting the impact of competitive pricing dynamics, partially offset by the full-year benefit of deposits from BBVA. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments to our deposit strategy in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics.

In 2021, the BBVA acquisition accelerated Corporate & Institutional Banking’s geographic expansion. Following the BBVA acquisition and our de novo expansion efforts, we are now a coast-to-coast franchise and have a presence in the largest 30 U.S. metropolitan statistical areas. These expanded locations complement Corporate & Institutional Banking’s national businesses with a significant presence in these cities, and our full suite of commercial products and services is now offered nationally.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets and advisory products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income and noninterest income, as appropriate. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results, and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses where the customer relationship exists. The Other Information section in Table 13 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for treasury management and commercial mortgage banking services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income primarily includes revenue from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2021, treasury management revenue increased due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher noninterest income, reflecting the impact of customer growth and the full-year benefit of BBVA.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  53

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and

noninterest income), revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and hedges related to those activities. Total

revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities decreased in the comparison primarily due to lower commercial mortgage servicing income and commercial mortgage loans held for sale, partially offset by a higher benefit from commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge.

Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. The decrease in capital markets and advisory fees in the comparison was mostly driven by lower advisory and underwriting fees, partially offset by higher fees on customer-related derivative activities.

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Asset Management Group

The Asset Management Group strives to be the leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to affluent individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management.

Table 14: Asset Management Group Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20222021$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$608$476$13228%
Noninterest income936987(51)(5)%
Total revenue1,5441,463816%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses28(7)35*
Noninterest expense1,08694114515%
Pretax earnings430529(99)(19)%
Income taxes100123(23)(19)%
Earnings$330$406$(76)(19)%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$8,029$5,033$2,99660%
Other consumer4,5504,3212295%
Total consumer12,5799,3543,22534%
Commercial1,5051,746(241)(14)%
Total loans$14,084$11,100$2,98427%
Total assets$14,505$11,677$2,82824%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$2,664$2,919$(255)(9)%
Interest-bearing27,83022,7825,04822%
Total deposits$30,494$25,701$4,79319%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets2.28%3.48%
Noninterest income to total revenue61%67%
Efficiency70%64%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management fees$908$964$(56)(6)%
Brokerage fees89(1)(11)%
Total$916$973$(57)(6)%
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (a)$56$62$(6)(10)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$17$2$15750%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (a)$4$5$(1)(20)%
Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (b)
Discretionary client assets under management$173$192$(19)(10)%
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration152175(23)(13)%
Total$325$367$(42)(11)%
Discretionary client assets under management
PNC Private Bank$105$123$(18)(15)%
Institutional Asset Management6869(1)(1)%
Total$173$192$(19)(10)%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)As of December 31.

(b)Excludes brokerage account client assets.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  55

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management.

The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves. This business seeks to deliver high quality banking, trust, and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth, and ultra-high net worth clients through a broad array of products and services.

Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, private real estate, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients, including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, unions, municipalities and non-profits.

With the inclusion of BBVA, PNC Private Bank has approximately 100 offices operating in nine of the ten most affluent states in the U.S. with a majority co-located within retail banking branches.

Asset Management Group earnings decreased $76 million in 2022 compared with 2021, driven by an increase in noninterest expense, lower noninterest income and a higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income.

Net interest income increased due to growth in average loan and deposit balances, reflecting the full-year benefit of the BBVA acquisition and organic growth, as well as wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits. This was partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans.

Noninterest income decreased in the comparison primarily attributable to lower average equity markets.

Noninterest expense increased due to the full-year impact of BBVA operations and continued investments to support business growth.

Discretionary client assets under management decreased in comparison to the prior year primarily attributable to lower equity markets as of December 31, 2022.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities.

Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section.

We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements into our ERM Framework.

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Risk Culture

A strong risk culture helps us make well informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices.

Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees, individually and collectively, are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance.

Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk.

Enterprise Strategy

We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated Risk Appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted to changes in the external and internal risk environments.

Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing: Capital planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The capital planning process and the resulting capital plan evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Capital planning aligns with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the macroeconomics capital planning process. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on capital of various hypothetical scenarios.

Risk Governance and Oversight

We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  57

and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board’s enhanced prudential standards. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information.

To ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. The Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities are detailed below:

Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk.

First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business.

Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, and report on issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended.

Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization.

Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include:

Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through standing or special committees. The following provides a summary of some of the key responsibilities of the Board’s standing committees:

•Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors.

•Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting our best interests and those of our shareholders.

•Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to talent and human capital matters affecting us. The committee is also responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans.

•Risk Committee: oversees our enterprise-wide risk structure and the processes established to identify, measure, monitor and manage the organization’s risks and evaluates and approves our risk governance framework. The Risk Committee has formed a Compliance Subcommittee to facilitate Board-level oversight of risk management in the compliance area.

•Special Committee on Equity & Inclusion: oversees management’s equity and inclusion efforts, internally and externally, focusing on our systemic processes (including for employees and suppliers); low- and moderate-income communities (including community development banking, and product offerings and financial support for such communities); and advocacy (including partnerships with leading organizations, and advocacy for necessary structural changes to help provide greater access to the banking system and end systemic racism).

•Technology Committee: oversees technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages, and fulfills the oversight responsibilities delegated from the Risk Committee with respect to technology risk, technology risk management, cybersecurity, information security, business continuity and significant technology initiatives and programs.

Management Level Executive Committee – The Management Level Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across the company. With this responsibility, the Management Level Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management. This Committee also helps ensure PNC is staffed with sufficient resources and talent to operate within its risk appetite.

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board-level Committee, the Management Level Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities.

Working Committees – Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of key risk activities.

Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization’s balance sheet.

Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management.

Risk Identification

Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity and capital, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special investigations.

Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.

Risk Assessment

Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and help us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict.

Risk Controls and Monitoring

Our ERM Framework consists of policies, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations.

We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to result in the identification of control improvement recommendations. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the business and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable.

Risk Aggregation and Reporting

Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) communicate aggregate risks, including identified concentrations; (ii) escalate instances where we are outside of our risk appetite; (iii) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite; and (iv) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities to the Board of Directors and executive management.

Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  59

enterprise risk appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our quantitative risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio.

Credit Risk Management employs a governance, policy and monitoring framework for environmental and social risk topics that may include updates to PNC’s Credit Portfolio Strategy Committee. Outcomes from those updates may be incorporated into credit policies and risk procedures that govern our risk appetite, credit decisioning, portfolio management and reserve processes.

Credit Risk Management is currently working to understand, and incorporate into our credit risk management framework, the impacts to credit risk that may accelerate or be introduced as a result of climate change, including impacts from physical risk events and risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. These risk events may impact a borrower’s income, cash flow or collateral due to frequency or severity of weather events, changing market conditions, consumer preferences and demand for products, or changes to the legislative and regulatory landscape. As disruptive events occur, PNC follows a process to determine if enhanced portfolio monitoring, reporting and executive communication is warranted to ensure appropriate oversight and action.

To address environmental and social-related risks, including climate change, PNC limits new originations in sectors that are no longer consistent with our strategic direction, such as mountain-top mining, Arctic oil and gas and private prisons. Corporate & Institutional Banking transactions may be subjected to an Environmental and Social Risk Management assessment designed to help us better identify and mitigate environmental, human rights and other social risks early in the credit application process. Transactions identified as having a potential environmental, human rights or other social risk are evaluated to determine whether enhanced due diligence is warranted. Additionally, PNC strives to ensure flood insurance is present for properties as required by applicable regulations, while also monitoring other water-related risks (such as the increased shoreline (and coastal) erosion) and weather-related events (such as hurricanes and wildfires).

Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis

Table 15: Details of Loans

In billions

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments.

Commercial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and industrial loans comprised 56% and 53% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets.

We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to monitoring the level of credit risk, we also monitor concentrations of credit risk pertaining to both specific industries and geographies that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified across industries as shown in the following table which provides a breakout by industry classification (classified based on the North American Industry Classification System).

Table 16: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Commercial and industrial
Manufacturing$30,84517%$22,59715%
Retail/wholesale trade29,1761622,80315
Service providers23,5481320,75014
Financial services21,3201217,95012
Real estate related (a)17,7801015,12310
Technology, media & telecommunications11,845710,0707
Health care10,64969,9447
Transportation and warehousing7,85847,1365
Other industries29,1981526,56015
Total commercial and industrial loans$182,219100%$152,933100%

(a)Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

Commercial and industrial loan growth from December 31, 2021 was driven by new production and higher utilization of loan commitments, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness. PPP loans outstanding totaled $0.4 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans comprised $22.3 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $6.4 billion of real estate construction project loans and $7.6 billion of intermediate term financing loans as of December 31, 2022. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2021 were $18.6 billion, $7.3 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively.

We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with these types of credit activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  61

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type:

Table 17: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$6,22417%$5,56116%
Texas3,871113,45810
Florida3,27592,9879
Pennsylvania1,63851,4824
Virginia1,63851,7205
Maryland1,49641,5575
Colorado1,33641,1263
Illinois1,32149703
Ohio1,23631,2194
North Carolina1,15038232
Other13,1313513,11239
Total commercial real estate loans$36,316100%$34,015100%
Property Type (a)
Multifamily$13,73838%$10,58131%
Office9,123259,54728
Industrial/warehouse4,035112,4137
Retail2,85583,57010
Seniors housing2,22862,6028
Hotel/motel1,89652,0086
Mixed use70127242
Other1,74052,5708
Total commercial real estate loans$36,316100%$34,015100%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2022.

As remote work continues to be a feasible alternative and notable portions of leased space remain unoccupied, real estate related to the office sector is an area of continuing uncertainty. Evolving conditions suggest a structural change for office demand moving forward; however, the change is anticipated to develop more fully over time. PNC continues to closely monitor our exposure in the office sector as these concerns develop, and while internal risk and regulatory classification assessments have weakened, we have not seen a notable change in loan performance at this time.

Consumer

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans primarily consisted of residential mortgage loans at both December 31, 2022 and 2021.

We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming or conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations. Loan performance is evaluated by source originators and loan servicers.

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio:

Table 18: Residential Real Estate Loan Statistics

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$18,60941%$15,04138%
Texas4,19494,39711
Florida3,36073,1248
Washington3,00971,9095
New Jersey1,92541,6604
New York1,55831,2793
Arizona1,43631,4354
Colorado1,19231,1453
Pennsylvania1,18831,0693
Illinois97029572
Other8,448187,69619
Total residential real estate loans$45,889100%$39,712100%
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score770775
LTV of loan originations71%67%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2022.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $40.6 billion at December 31, 2022 with 44% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2021 were $34.9 billion and 42%, respectively.

Home Equity

Home equity loans comprised $19.5 billion of primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $6.5 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans at December 31, 2022. Comparable amounts were $15.8 billion and $8.3 billion as of December 31, 2021, respectively.

Similar to residential real estate loans, we track borrower performance of this portfolio on a monthly basis. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit or brokered home equity lines of credit) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold such liens. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration.

The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position, but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  63

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio:

Table 19: Home Equity Loan Statistics

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
Pennsylvania$5,05119%$5,10821%
New Jersey3,266133,11713
Ohio2,35292,39810
Florida2,08281,7017
Michigan1,26351,2465
Maryland1,25451,2065
California1,24757053
Texas1,14449784
Illinois1,12641,1545
North Carolina99549184
Other6,203245,53023
Total home equity loans$25,983100%$24,061100%
Lien type
1st lien58%62%
2nd lien4238
Total100%100%
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score774782
LTV of loan originations67%66%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2022.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Automobile

Auto loans comprised $13.7 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.1 billion in the direct auto portfolio as of December 31, 2022. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2021 were $15.4 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through franchised dealers, including from expansion into new markets. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our indirect and direct auto portfolios:

Table 20: Auto Loan Statistics

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Weighted-average loan origination FICO score (a) (b)
Indirect auto784791
Direct auto776775
Weighted-average term of loan originations - in months (a)
Indirect auto7372
Direct auto6362

(a)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale.

We continue to focus on borrowers with strong credit profiles as evidenced by the weighted-average loan origination FICO scores noted in Table 20. We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. At December 31, 2022, the portfolio balance was composed of 50% new vehicle loans and 50% used vehicle loans. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2021 were 53% and 47%, respectively.

The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including updated collateral values that are obtained monthly and updated FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term.

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming TDRs and PCD loans, OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for details on our nonaccrual policies.

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category:

Table 21: Nonperforming Assets by Type

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021Change
Dollars in millions$%
Nonperforming loans
Commercial$858$1,168$(310)(27)%
Consumer (a)1,1271,312(185)(14)%
Total nonperforming loans1,9852,480(495)(20)%
OREO and foreclosed assets3426831%
Total nonperforming assets$2,019$2,506$(487)(19)%
TDRs included in nonperforming loans$699$988$(289)(29)%
Percentage of total nonperforming loans35%40%
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.61%0.86%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets0.62%0.87%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.36%0.45%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans239%196%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (b)274%223%

(a)Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets.

The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Table 22: Change in Nonperforming Assets

In millions20222021
January 1$2,506$2,337
Acquired nonperforming assets (a)880
New nonperforming assets1,5231,216
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments(370)(255)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs(868)(1,023)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale(52)(134)
Returned to performing status(720)(515)
December 31$2,019$2,506

(a)Represents the June 30, 2021 balance of nonperforming assets attributable to BBVA. Changes in this acquired portfolio for the six months ended December 31, 2021 are reflected in the appropriate category based on activity.

As of December 31, 2022, approximately 98% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral which lessened reserve requirements and is expected to reduce credit losses.

Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprised 50% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans, while home equity TDRs comprised 31% of home equity nonperforming loans at December 31, 2022. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2021 were 42% and 36%, respectively. TDRs generally remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of both principal and interest payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status. See Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications within this Credit Risk Management section for more information on how certain loans to borrowers experiencing COVID-19 related difficulties were treated prior to the expiration of CARES Act TDR relief.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  65

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels may be a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale.

We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to meet the changing environment resulting from rising inflation levels, supply chain disruptions, higher interest rates and secular changes fostered by the COVID-19 pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we have customer assistance, loan modification and collection programs that align with the CARES Act and subsequent interagency guidance. As a result, under the CARES Act credit reporting rules, certain loans modified due to COVID-19 related hardships are not being reported as past due as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 based on the contractual terms of the loan, even where borrowers may not be making payments on their loans during the modification period.

The following table presents a summary of accruing loans past due by delinquency status:

Table 23: Accruing Loans Past Due (a)

Amount% of Total Loans Outstanding
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021ChangeDecember 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millions$%
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days$747$1,011$(264)(26)%0.23%0.35%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days261355(94)(26)%0.08%0.12%
Total early stage loan delinquencies1,0081,366(358)(26)%0.31%0.47%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more482619(137)(22)%0.15%0.21%
Total accruing loans past due$1,490$1,985$(495)(25)%0.46%0.69%

(a)Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.4 billion and $0.5 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The decrease in accruing loans past due from December 31, 2021 was the result of lower delinquencies in both the consumer and commercial portfolios.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from court-imposed concessions (e.g., a Chapter 7 bankruptcy where the debtor is discharged from personal liability to us and a court approved Chapter 13 bankruptcy repayment plan). Prior to the expiration of TDR relief on January 1, 2022, PNC elected not to apply a TDR designation to loans that were restructured due to a COVID-19 hardship pursuant to specific criteria under the CARES Act. Consistent with the expiration of this relief, loans that experience a COVID-19 related hardship and are restructured after January 1, 2022 are subject to existing GAAP guidance related to TDRs.

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

The following table provides a summary of troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively:

Table 24: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings (a)

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021Change
Dollars in millions$%
Commercial$561$672$(111)(17)%
Consumer841919(78)(8)%
Total TDRs$1,402$1,591$(189)(12)%
Nonperforming$699$988$(289)(29)%
Accruing (b)70360310017%
Total TDRs$1,402$1,591$(189)(12)%

(a)Amounts in table do not include associated valuation allowances.

(b)Accruing loans include consumer credit card loans and certain loans that have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Nonperforming TDRs represented approximately 35% of total nonperforming loans and 50% of total TDRs at December 31, 2022. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2021 were 40% and 62%, respectively. The remaining portion of TDRs represents TDRs that have been returned to accrual status after performing under the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on TDRs.

Loan Modifications

PNC provides relief to our customers experiencing financial hardships through a variety of solutions. Commercial loan and lease modifications are based on each individual borrower’s situation and may involve reduction of the interest rate, extension of the loan term and/or forgiveness of principal. Consumer loan modifications are evaluated under our hardship relief programs, including COVID-19 related hardships that extended beyond the initial relief period.

See Troubled Debt Restructurings within this Credit Risk Management section for more information on how certain loans to borrowers experiencing COVID-19 related difficulties were treated prior to the expiration of CARES Act TDR relief.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and

supportable forecasts of future conditions and other relevant factors, including current borrower and/or transaction characteristics. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, trade receivables and other financial assets and off-balance sheet credit exposures and determine this allowance based on assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term as of the balance sheet date.

Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term.

We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Forward-looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment in qualitatively assessing the ACL.

The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We may consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate.

The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from our available historical credit information. We use long-run average expected loss for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our reasonable and supportable forecast period and the reversion period.

The following discussion provides additional information related to our reserves under CECL for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for further discussion on our ACL, including details of

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  67

our methodologies and discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on contractual maturity in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PDs represent a quantification of risk that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimate of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights.

We use a discounted cash flow methodology for our consumer real estate related loan classes and for certain TDR loans. For non-TDR residential real estate loans and lines, we determine effective interest rates considering contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayments and market interest rates. We then determine the net present value of expected cash flows and ALLL by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for both prepayments and expected credit losses using the effective interest rates.

For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans and commercial nonperforming TDRs exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial nonperforming loans that are below the defined threshold and accruing TDRs are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:

•Industry concentrations and conditions,

•Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements,

•Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio,

•Recent credit quality trends,

•Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events,

•Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information,

•Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values,

•Model imprecision and limitations,

•Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and

•Timing of available information.

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments

We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses.

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans:

Table 25: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a)

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total LoansAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total Loans
Allowance for loans and lease losses
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,957$182,2191.07%$1,879$152,9331.23%
Commercial real estate1,04736,3162.88%1,21634,0153.57%
Equipment lease financing1106,5141.69%906,1301.47%
Total commercial3,114225,0491.38%3,185193,0781.65%
Consumer
Residential real estate9245,8890.20%2139,7120.05%
Home equity27425,9831.05%14924,0610.62%
Automobile22614,8361.52%37216,6352.24%
Credit card7487,06910.58%7126,62610.75%
Education632,1732.90%712,5332.80%
Other consumer2245,0264.46%3585,7276.25%
Total consumer1,627100,9761.61%1,68395,2941.77%
Total$4,741$326,0251.45%$4,868$288,3721.69%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments694662
Allowance for credit losses$5,435$5,530
Allowance for credit losses to total loans1.67%1.92%
Commercial1.66%1.94%
Consumer1.69%1.87%

(a)        Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $176 million and $171 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  69

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries:

Table 26: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries

Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsGross Charge-offsRecoveriesNet Charge-offs / (Recoveries)% of Average Loans
2022
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$257$101$1560.09%
Commercial real estate445390.11%
Equipment lease financing68(2)(0.03)%
Total commercial3071141930.09%
Consumer
Residential real estate1117(6)(0.01)%
Home equity1571(56)(0.23)%
Automobile152124280.18%
Credit card256512053.09%
Education165110.46%
Other consumer228401883.44%
Total consumer6783083700.38%
Total$985$422$5630.18%
2021
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$385$88$2970.21%
Commercial real estate367290.09%
Equipment lease financing131120.03%
Total commercial4341063280.18%
Consumer
Residential real estate1528(13)(0.04)%
Home equity2086(66)(0.27)%
Automobile169143260.16%
Credit card256462103.39%
Education15870.25%
Other consumer192271653.05%
Total consumer6673383290.38%
Total$1,101$444$6570.24%

Total net charge-offs decreased $94 million, or 14%, in 2022 compared to 2021. The decline was primarily driven by fewer commercial net charge-offs, partially offset by higher consumer net charge-offs primarily due to a decrease in recoveries. Net charge-offs in the comparative period included BBVA-related charge-offs resulting from required purchase accounting treatment.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Management

Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is potential loss assuming we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances, and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity.

Management monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that our liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated runoff of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets and heavy demand to fund committed obligations. Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Liquidity-related risk limits are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

and supporting policies. Management committees, including the Asset and Liability Committee, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits.

In addition to these liquidity monitoring measures and tools described above, we also monitor our liquidity by reference to the LCR, which is calculated on a daily basis, and the NSFR which are further described in the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business of this Report.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits decreased to $436.3 billion at December 31, 2022 from $457.3 billion at December 31, 2021 and included a shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposits in 2022, reflecting the impact of higher interest rates. See the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Item 7 for additional information related to our deposits. Additionally, certain assets determined by us to be liquid as well as unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to manage our liquidity position.

At December 31, 2022, our liquid assets consisted of cash and due from banks and short-term investments (federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities and interest-earning deposits with banks) totaling $37.8 billion and securities available for sale totaling $44.2 billion. The level of liquid assets fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and balance sheet management activities. PNC pledges securities as collateral to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. Pledged securities included $25.3 billion of securities held to maturity and an immaterial amount of available for sale and trading securities.

We also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, including long-term debt (senior notes, subordinated debt and FHLB borrowings) and short-term borrowings (securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings). See Note 10 Borrowed Funds and the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Item 7 for additional information related to our borrowings.

Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, decreased during 2022 due to the following activity:

Table 27: Senior and Subordinated Debt

In billions2022
January 1$27.7
Issuances4.5
Calls and maturities(7.3)
Other(1.9)
December 31$23.0

Bank Liquidity

Under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2022, PNC Bank had $8.5 billion of notes outstanding under this program of which $4.7 billion were senior notes and $3.8 billion were subordinated notes.

The following table details PNC Bank note issuances in 2022:

Table 28: PNC Bank Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
December 2, 2022$200 million$200 million in aggregate principal amount of its senior floating rate notes due December 2, 2024. Interest is payable monthly in arrears at a floating rate per annum of the one-month BSBY, plus 0.700% on the second day of each month from January 2, 2023 to the maturity date of December 2, 2024.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  71

The following table details PNC Bank note redemptions in 2022:

Table 29: PNC Bank Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
January 18, 2022$1.25 billionAll outstanding senior bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of February 17, 2022. The securities had a distribution rate of 2.625%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of January 18, 2022.
February 24, 2022$1.0 billionAll outstanding senior floating rate bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of February 24, 2023. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of February 24, 2022.
February 24, 2022$500 millionAll outstanding senior bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of February 24, 2023. The securities had a distribution rate of 1.743%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of February 24, 2022.
May 31, 2022$750 millionAll outstanding senior bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of June 29, 2022. The securities had a distribution rate of 2.875%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of May 31, 2022.
June 28, 2022$750 millionAll outstanding senior bank notes with an original scheduled maturity date of July 28, 2022. The securities had a distribution rate of 2.450%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of June 28, 2022.

PNC Bank maintains additional secured borrowing capacity with the FHLB-Pittsburgh and through the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. The Federal Reserve Bank, however, is not viewed as a primary means of funding our routine business activities, but rather as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. At December 31, 2022, our unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB-Pittsburgh and the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $67.2 billion.

PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2022, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Additionally, PNC Bank may access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank or through issuing senior unsecured notes.

Parent Company Liquidity

In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2022, available parent company liquidity totaled $9.6 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•Bank-level capital needs,

•Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities,

•Corporate policies,

•Contractual restrictions, and

•Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was $3.5 billion at December 31, 2022. See Note 20 Regulatory Matters for further discussion of these limitations.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. As authorized by the Board of Directors, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2022, there were no commercial paper issuances outstanding.

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

The following table details Parent Company note issuances in 2022:

Table 30: Parent Company Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
June 6, 2022$850 million$850 million of subordinated fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of June 6, 2033. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.626% per annum, on June 6 and December 6 of each year, beginning on December 6, 2022. Beginning on June 6, 2032, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.850%, on September 6, 2032, December 6, 2032, March 6, 2033 and at the maturity date.
October 28, 2022$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of October 28, 2025. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.671% per annum, on April 28 and October 28 of each year, beginning on April 28, 2023. Beginning on October 28, 2024, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.09%, on January 28, 2025, April 28, 2025, July 28, 2025 and at the maturity date.
October 28, 2022$1.5 billion$1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of October 28, 2033. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 6.037% per annum, on April 28 and October 28 of each year, beginning on April 28, 2023. Beginning on October 28, 2032, interest is payable on the 2033 Senior Notes quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 2.14%, on January 28, 2033, April 28, 2033, July 28, 2033 and at the maturity date.
December 2, 2022$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of December 2, 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.354% per annum, on June 2 and December 2 of each year, beginning on June 2, 2023. Beginning on December 2, 2027, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.62%, on March 2, 2028, June 2, 2028, September 2, 2028 and at the maturity date.

See Note 25 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s issuance of $1.25 billion of its 4.758% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 26, 2027 and $1.5 billion of its 5.068% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 24, 2034.

The following table details Parent Company note redemptions in 2022:

Table 31: Parent Company Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
February 7, 2022$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior notes with a maturity date of March 8, 2022. The securities had a distribution rate of 3.30%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of February 7, 2022.

Parent company senior and subordinated debt outstanding totaled $13.1 billion at December 31, 2022 compared with $11.4 billion at December 31, 2021.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

We enter into various contractual arrangements in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include commitments to extend credit, outstanding letters of credit, customer deposits, borrowed funds, operating lease payments and future pension and post-retirement benefits. For further discussion related to these contractual obligations and other commitments, see Note 7 Leases, Note 9 Time Deposits, Note 10 Borrowed Funds, Note 11 Commitments and Note 17 Employee Benefit Plans.

Credit Ratings

PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  73

The following table presents credit ratings for PNC and PNC Bank as of December 31, 2022:

Table 32: Credit Ratings for PNC and PNC Bank

December 31, 2022
Moody’sStandard & Poor’sFitch
PNC
Senior debtA3A-A
Subordinated debtA3BBB+A-
Preferred stockBaa2BBB-BBB
PNC Bank
Senior debtA2AA+
Subordinated debtA3A-A
Long-term depositsAa3AAA-
Short-term depositsP-1A-1F1+
Short-term notesP-1A-1F1

Capital Management

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

On April 26, 2022, PNC issued 1,000,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.000% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series U, with a par value of $1 per share.

On August 19, 2022, PNC issued 1,250,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.200% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series V, with a par value of $1 per share.

On November 1, 2022, PNC redeemed all 15,000 shares of its Series P Preferred Stock, as well as all 60 million depositary shares each representing fractional interest in such shares.

In 2022, we returned $6.0 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.4 billion and repurchases of 21.2 million common shares for $3.6 billion. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the repurchase program approved on April 4, 2019 of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 49% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2022. Under this framework, PNC expects quarterly repurchases of up to $500 million with the ability to adjust those levels as conditions warrant. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2022 is 2.9%.

On January 4, 2023, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per share. The dividend, with a payment date of February 5, 2023, was paid on the next business day.

See Note 25 Subsequent Events for details on PNC’s issuance of $1.5 billion in Series W preferred stock.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans.

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Table 33: Basel III Capital

December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsBasel III (a)(Fully Implemented) (estimated) (b)
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock$(3,372)$(3,372)
Retained earnings54,29653,572
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(10,758)(10,758)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(380)(380)
Other adjustments/(deductions)(101)(101)
Common equity Tier 1 capital (c)$39,685$38,961
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus5,7465,746
Tier 1 capital$45,431$44,707
Additional Tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt3,5443,544
Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital4,4655,180
Total Basel III capital$53,440$53,431
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (d)$435,537$435,581
Average quarterly adjusted total assets$552,085$551,360
Supplementary leverage exposure (e)$653,776$653,775
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (f)
Common equity Tier 19.1%8.9%
Tier 110.4%10.3%
Total12.3%12.3%
Leverage (g)8.2%8.1%
Supplementary leverage ratio (e)6.9%6.8%

(a)The ratios are calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provisions. Effective for the first quarter 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024.

(b)The ratios are calculated to reflect the full impact of CECL and excludes the benefits of the optional five-year transition.

(c)As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available for sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital.

(d)Basel III standardized approach weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(e)The Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts.

(f)All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach.

(g)Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets.

PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, TDRs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

The regulatory agencies have adopted a rule permitting certain banks, including PNC, to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from implementing CECL. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital, as defined by the rule, is the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. See additional discussion of this rule in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors .

At December 31, 2022, PNC and PNC Bank were considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for CET1 risk-based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%.

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles and believe that our December 31, 2022 capital levels were aligned with them.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  75

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 20 Regulatory Matters.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities, securities underwriting and our investment portfolio, and

•Other investments, including equity and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to management committees and, where appropriate, the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our risk management policies, which are approved by management’s Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the fourth quarters of 2022 and 2021 follow:

Table 34: Interest Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2022Fourth Quarter 2021
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over the following 12 months of:
100 basis point increase1.2%3.7%
100 basis point decrease (a)(1.4)%N/A
Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:
100 basis point increase3.1%9.9%
100 basis point decrease (a)(4)%N/A

(a)Due to the prevailing low interest rate environment during the COVID-19 pandemic, the reporting of Net interest income sensitivities for the 100 basis point decrease scenario was suspended from the first quarter of 2020 to the first quarter of 2022.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. Table 35 reflects the estimated percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) PNC’s most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates and (iii) a yield curve slope flattening (a 100 basis point yield curve slope flattening between one-month and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

Table 35: Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios

December 31, 2022
PNC EconomistMarket ForwardSlope Flattening
First year sensitivity0.1%2.0%(0.6)%
Second year sensitivity(2.5)%(1.6)%(2.6)%

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in Tables 34 and 35. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then-current market rates.

The following graph presents the SOFR curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward:

Table 36: Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward

The fourth quarter 2022 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates and an upward sloping interest rate yield curve. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

LIBOR Transition

As discussed in Item 1A Risk Factors, the scheduled cessation of the requirement that banks submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after June 30, 2023, presents risks to the financial instruments originated, held, or serviced by PNC that use LIBOR as a reference rate. PNC holds instruments and services its instruments and instruments owned by others that may be impacted by the likely cessation of LIBOR, including loans, investments, hedging products, floating-rate obligations and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a reference rate. The transition from LIBOR as an interest rate benchmark will subject PNC, like other financial participants, to financial, legal, operational and reputational risks.

In order to address LIBOR cessation and the associated risks, PNC has established a cross-functional governance structure to oversee the overall strategy for the transition from LIBOR and mitigate risks associated with the transition.

Key efforts to date have included:

•Completion of LIBOR impact and risk assessments,

•Enhancing fallback language in new contracts and reviewing existing legal contracts/agreements to assess fallback language impacts,

•Preparing for internal operational readiness,

•Making necessary enhancements to PNC’s infrastructure, including systems, models, valuation tools and processes,

•Developing and delivering on internal and external LIBOR cessation communication plans,

•Engaging with PNC clients, industry working groups, and regulators,

•Monitoring developments associated with LIBOR alternatives and industry practices related to LIBOR-indexed instruments, and

•Providing periodic regulator updates to the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC examination staff regarding PNC’s LIBOR cessation and transition plans.

As of December 31, 2021, PNC Bank ceased entering into new contracts with a LIBOR reference rate, except on a limited basis, as permissible. PNC is offering conforming adjustable-rate mortgages using SOFR instead of USD LIBOR, in line with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac requirements, nonconforming adjustable-rate residential mortgages using SOFR and private education loans using Prime.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  77

Alternative rates, primarily SOFR and BSBY, are currently offered to our corporate and commercial customers. The focus for 2022 was planning for the cessation event in 2023 for all lines of business. Corporate & Institutional Banking continues its efforts of amending contracts with inadequate fallback language, working on systems enhancements, and continuing with client outreach and education.

The Federal Reserve adopted a final rule effective February 27, 2023 that implements the Adjustable Interest Rate LIBOR Act (the “Act”) by identifying benchmark rates based on SOFR that will replace LIBOR in certain financial contracts after June 30, 2023. The final rule helps ensure that LIBOR contracts adopting a benchmark rate selected by the Federal Reserve will not be interrupted or terminated following LIBOR’s replacement. The final rule identifies replacement benchmark rates based on SOFR to replace overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month, and 12-month LIBOR contracts subject to the Act. These contracts include U.S. contracts that do not mature before publication of LIBOR ends June 30, 2023, and that lack adequate fallback provisions that would replace LIBOR with a practicable replacement benchmark rate.

As of December 31, 2022, PNC had approximately $60.6 billion in loans and securities and $332.9 billion notional value in derivatives tied to LIBOR that mature after June 30, 2023. PNC is actively working to address contracts without an alternative rate or sufficient fallbacks in advance of cessation; however, PNC does expect to leverage the LIBOR Act for its intended purpose, to address difficult exposures when necessary. We anticipate these exposures to be a small subset of our overall portfolio.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2022 and 2021 were within our acceptable limits.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging, which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during 2022 and 2021 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior-day VaR measure. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500-day look-back period.

Customer-related trading revenue was $382 million in 2022 compared with $372 million in 2021 and is recorded in Other noninterest income and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The increase was primarily due to higher foreign exchange and derivative client sales revenues, partially offset by the impact of the changes in credit valuations for customer-related derivative activities.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 37: Equity Investments Summary

Dollars in millionsDecember 31 2022December 31 2021Change
$%
Tax credit investments$4,308$3,954$3549%
Private equity and other4,1294,226(97)(2)%
Total$8,437$8,180$2573%

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and tax credit equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $2.5 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 5 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities has further information on tax credit investments.

Private Equity and Other

The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.8 billion at both December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, $1.6 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies, and $0.2 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the Volcker Rule limitations on our interests in and relationships with private funds.

Included in our other equity investments are Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at cost. Visa Class B common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into shares of the publicly-traded Class A common shares, which cannot happen until the resolution of the pending interchange litigation. Based upon the December 31, 2022 per share closing price of $207.76 for a Visa Class A common share, the estimated value of our total investment in the Class B common shares was approximately $1.2 billion at the current conversion rate of Visa B shares to Visa A shares, while our cost basis was insignificant. See Note 15 Fair Value and Note 21 Legal Proceedings for additional information regarding our Visa agreements. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa B common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace.

We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $45 million in 2022 and $50 million in 2021.

Impact of Inflation

Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in

prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation,

there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power,

and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could

potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit

losses resulting from possible increased default rates. Throughout most of 2022, inflation continued to rise but started to slow toward the end of the year. The Federal Reserve monetary policy has tightened with the intent to slow inflation, which has led to larger increases in interest rates. See Risk Factors in Item 1A, our Executive Summary and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking statements in this Item 7 for further discussion of inflation and its overall impact to the economy, our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and certain costs and expenses to PNC.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 15 Fair Value and Note 16 Financial Derivatives.

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk to the current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  79

Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: (i) identified and assessed; (ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; (iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and (iv) appropriately reported to management and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses and establishing an appropriate amount of required operational risk capital held by us.

The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework assists management in making well-informed risk-based business decisions.

The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation.

The operational risk domains are:

•Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud.

•Compliance: Risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards or other regulatory requirements.

•Data Management: Risk associated with incomplete or inaccurate data.

•Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models.

•Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology.

•Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of, information assets.

•Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities.

•Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third-party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations.

We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. Program tools and methodology assist our business managers in identifying potential risks and control gaps.

Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary.

Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk

PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct risk management is important in supporting PNC’s reputation, and PNC maintains a corporate culture that emphasizes complying with laws, regulations, and managing reputational risks. Reputational risk is the risk to the franchise and/or shareholder value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. Strategic risk is another component of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out.

Compliance Risk

Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program,

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry.

Information Security Risk

The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cybersecurity. PNC’s cybersecurity program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments and estimated recoveries. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate ACL on an ongoing basis. We incorporate qualitative factors in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to:

•Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Change to probability weights assigned to these scenarios and timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates.

•Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Portfolio volume and mix: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves

would be recognized upon origination or acquisition and derecognized upon paydown, maturity or sale.

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and

(iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Our methodologies and key assumptions for each of these components are discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies.

Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast

Under the CECL standard, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose, we have established a framework that includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them.

To generate the four economic forecast scenarios we use a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking expert judgment to forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) in order to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  81

evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans and securities. Each quarter the scenarios are presented to RAC for approval, and the committee determines and approves CECL scenarios’ weights for use for the current reporting period.

The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2022 reflect an increase in downside risk compared to December 31, 2021. The current outlook considers the inflationary pressures that have broadened and intensified since the start of 2022, along with the fact that the FOMC raised interest rates more aggressively than what was expected at December 31, 2021, increasing the risk of a broader-ranged economic slowdown. Our most-likely expectation at December 31, 2022 is that the U.S. economy enters a mild recession in 2023.

We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with two of the most significant drivers being Real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Table 38: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios

Assumptions as of December 31, 2022
202320242025
U.S. Real GDP (a)(0.4)%1.4%1.9%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (b)4.9%4.9%4.4%
Assumptions as of December 31, 2021
202220232024
U.S. Real GDP (a)2.8%1.4%1.3%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)4.4%4.1%3.9%

(a)Represents year-over-year growth (loss) rates.

(b)Represents the average forecasted unemployment rate for the fourth quarters of 2023, 2024 and 2025 as of December 31, 2022.

(c)Represents the average forecasted unemployment rate for the fourth quarters of 2022, 2023 and 2024 as of December 31, 2021.

Real GDP growth is expected to decline 0.4% in 2023 on a weighted average basis, driven primarily by our most likely scenario that the U.S. economy enters a mild recession during the year. Growth rises to 1.4% in 2024, before growing to 1.9% in 2025. In line with the slowing in overall economic activity, the weighted average unemployment rate is expected to increase throughout 2023, peaking at 5.1% during the first half of 2024 and gradually improving to 4.4% by the fourth quarter of 2025.

The current state of the economy reflects an environment with receding COVID-19 related risks, but heightened uncertainty remains due to structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic for certain sectors of the economy combined with inflation, rising interest rates and ongoing supply chain pressures. As such, for both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, PNC identified and performed significant analysis around segments impacted by such uncertainties to ensure our reserves are adequate, given our current macroeconomic expectations.

We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis we have addressed reserve requirements for the specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels appropriately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we considered what our ACL would be when applying a 100% probability weighting to the most severe downside CECL scenario. This severe downside scenario estimated that Real GDP contracted in 2023 ending the year down 2.5% compared to 2022 levels, with growth picking up again by the end of 2024. The unemployment rate in this scenario increased to end 2023 at 6.3%, then sees a peak rate of 7.3% in the second half of 2024, before gradually improving to 6.4% by the end of 2025. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this sensitivity analysis would result in a hypothetical increase in our ACL of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022. This scenario does not reflect our current expectation at December 31, 2022, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that

82    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how mortgage rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time, they are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs.

For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 6 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 6 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 15 Fair Value.

Fair Value Measurements - Level 3

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs in Note 15 Fair Value.

For additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements, see Note 15 Fair Value.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K  83

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations, including our sustainability strategy, that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions.

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

▪Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including:

–Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets,

–Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets,

–Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply, market interest rates and inflation,

–Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives,

–Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness,

–Impacts of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

–The impact of the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and associated sanctions or other actions in response, on the global and U.S. economy,

–The length and extent of the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including those arising from actions taken to mitigate and manage it,

–Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

–PNC’s ability to attract, recruit and retain skilled employees, and

–Commodity price volatility.

▪Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be

substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory

contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

–The economy continues to expand in early 2023, but economic growth is slowing in response to the ongoing Federal Reserve monetary policy tightening to slow inflation. This has led to large increases in both short-and long-term interest rates. With much higher mortgage rates the housing market is already in contraction, with steep drops in existing home sales and single-family housing starts, and a modest decline in house prices. Other sectors where interest rates play an outsized role, such as business investment and consumer spending on durable goods, will contract in 2023.

–PNC’s baseline outlook is for a recession starting in the second half of 2023, with real GDP contracting a modest 1% before recovery starts in early 2024 as the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates in response to a deteriorating labor market and slower inflation. The unemployment rate will increase throughout 2023, peaking at above 5% in the first half of 2024. Inflation will slow with the recession and be back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by early 2024.

–PNC expects the FOMC to increase the federal funds rate by an additional 25 basis points in March. This would bring the federal funds rate to a range of 4.75% to 5.00% by mid-March. PNC expects a federal funds rate cut of 25 basis points in early 2024 as inflation moves toward the FOMC’s 2% long-term objective.

•PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process.

•PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, the company’s financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models and the reliability of and risks resulting from extensive use of such models.

•Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could

84    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2022 Form 10-K

affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

–Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, consumer protection, bank capital and liquidity standards, pension, bankruptcy and other industry aspects, and changes in accounting and reporting standards.

–Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries resulting in monetary losses, costs, or alterations in our business practices, and potentially causing reputational harm to PNC.

–Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

–Costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

•Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards.

•Our reputation and business and operating results may be affected by our ability to appropriately meet or address environmental, social or governance targets, goals, commitments or concerns that may arise.

•We grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, and the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing or any failure to execute strategic or operational plans.

•Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities or events, terrorist activities, system failures or disruptions, security breaches, cyberattacks, international hostilities, or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties, customers or third-party vendors and service providers specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 21 Legal Proceedings. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000713676-22-000019.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business.

We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures.

We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of:

•Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms,

•Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and

•Leveraging technology to innovate and enhance products, services, security and processes.

Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report.

Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control:

•Effectively managing capital and liquidity including:

•Continuing to maintain and grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source,

•Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and

•Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets.

•Execution of our strategic priorities,

•Management of credit risk in our portfolio,

•Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies,

•The appropriateness of reserves needed for critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and

•The integration of BBVA's businesses into PNC and PNC Bank.

Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•Global and domestic economic conditions, including the length and extent of the economic impacts of the pandemic,

•The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

•The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets, including capital markets,

•The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

•Changes in the competitive landscape,

•Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs,

•The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations,

•The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms, and the resulting impact on our asset quality,

•Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and

•The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives.

For additional information on the risks we face, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 and Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report.

Acquisition of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.

On June 1, 2021, PNC acquired BBVA, a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition.

On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 reflect the impact of BBVA's acquired business operations for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021. PNC’s balance sheet at December 31, 2021 includes balances from BBVA.

For additional information on the acquisition of BBVA, see Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Discontinued Operations

In the second quarter of 2020, PNC divested its entire 22.4% equity investment in BlackRock. Net proceeds from the sale were $14.2 billion with an after-tax gain on sale of $4.3 billion. BlackRock’s historical results are reported as discontinued operations. For additional details on the divestiture of our equity investment in BlackRock, see Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Statement Highlights

Net income from continuing operations for 2021 was $5.7 billion, or $12.70 per diluted common share, an increase of $2.7 billion compared to net income from continuing operations of $3.0 billion, or $6.36 per diluted common share, for 2020. The increase was primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses in 2021 and higher noninterest income, including the benefit of BBVA, partially offset by expenses related to the BBVA acquisition and increased business activity.

•Total revenue increased $2.3 billion to $19.2 billion.

•Net interest income increased $0.7 billion, or 7%, to $10.6 billion, including the benefit of BBVA.

•Net interest margin decreased to 2.29% for 2021 compared to 2.53% for 2020.

•Noninterest income increased $1.6 billion, or 23%, to $8.6 billion, primarily due to the benefit of BBVA and higher merger and acquisition advisory fees.

•Provision recapture was $0.8 billion in 2021, driven by portfolio changes, including improved credit quality and changes in portfolio composition, along with the impact from an improved economic environment, partially offset by the additional provision for credit losses related to the BBVA acquisition. Provision for credit losses was $3.2 billion for 2020.

•Noninterest expense increased $2.7 billion, or 26%, to $13.0 billion, reflecting expenses related to the BBVA acquisition and increased business activity.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  39

Balance Sheet Highlights

Our balance sheet was strong and well positioned at December 31, 2021 and 2020. In comparison to December 31, 2020, changes in our balance sheet were primarily driven by the BBVA acquisition.

•Total assets increased $90.5 billion, or 19%, to $557.2 billion.

•Total loans increased $46.4 billion, or 19%, to $288.4 billion.

•Total commercial loans grew $25.9 billion, or 15%, to $193.1 billion, driven by BBVA loans and organic growth in PNC's corporate banking and business credit businesses, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness.

•PNC had $3.4 billion of PPP loans outstanding at December 31, 2021, compared to $12.0 billion at December 31, 2020.

•Total consumer loans increased $20.5 billion, or 28%, to $95.3 billion, primarily due to the addition of BBVA loans and increased originations of residential mortgages, partially offset by declines in the remaining PNC legacy portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations.

•Investment securities increased $44.2 billion, or 50%, to $133.0 billion due to increased purchase activity and securities from BBVA.

•Interest earning deposits with banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, decreased $10.9 billion to $74.3 billion primarily due to increased securities purchases.

•Total deposits increased $91.9 billion, or 25%, to $457.3 billion, reflecting deposits from BBVA and growth in consumer and commercial liquidity.

•Borrowed funds of $30.8 billion decreased $6.4 billion, or 17%, due to lower bank notes and senior debt and lower FHLB borrowings, reflecting the use of liquidity from deposit growth, which more than offset borrowed funds from BBVA.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7.

Credit Quality Highlights

We maintained solid credit quality metrics in 2021.

•At December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020:

•Nonperforming assets of $2.5 billion increased $169 million, or 7%, due to nonperforming assets from BBVA, partially offset by lower PNC legacy nonperforming assets reflecting improved credit performance.

•Overall loan delinquencies of $2.0 billion increased $622 million, or 46%, as lower delinquencies in the PNC legacy portfolio were more than offset by delinquencies attributable to BBVA, including increases from BBVA conversion-related administrative and operational delays.

•The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, decreased to $5.5 billion, or 1.92% of total loans at December 31, 2021, compared to $5.9 billion, or 2.46% of total loans at December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by impacts from portfolio changes and an improved economic environment, partially offset by the addition of reserves related to the BBVA acquisition.

•Net charge-offs of $657 million or 0.24% of average loans in 2021 decreased 21% compared to net charge-offs of $832 million or 0.33% of average loans, for 2020. Commercial loan net charge-offs increased $15 million and consumer loan net charge-offs decreased $190 million compared to 2020.

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7.

Capital Highlights

We maintained a strong capital position during 2021.

•The Basel III CET1 capital ratio decreased to 10.3% at December 31, 2021 from 12.2% at December 31, 2020, primarily due to the BBVA acquisition.

•Capital was impacted by our election of a five-year transition period for CECL’s estimated impact on CET1         capital. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital is defined as the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the initial allowance for PCD loans from BBVA, compared to CECL ACL at transition. The estimated CECL impact was added to CET1 capital through December 31, 2021 and will be phased-out over the following three years.

•Common shareholders' equity increased to $50.7 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $50.5 billion at December 31, 2020.

•In 2021, we returned $3.0 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.0 billion and repurchases of 5 million common shares for $1.0 billion.

•In June 2021, we announced the reinstatement of share repurchase programs with repurchases of up to $2.9 billion for the four-quarter period beginning in the third quarter of 2021.

•On January 5, 2022, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.25 per share paid on February 5, 2022.

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding a SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2021 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios.

Business Outlook

Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our view that:

•The U.S. economy continues to recover from the pandemic-caused recession in the first half of 2020. Growth is likely to be softer in the first quarter of 2022 due to the omicron variant, and then pick up in the spring, remaining above the economy’s long-run average throughout this year. Consumer spending growth will remain solid in 2022 due to good underlying fundamentals.

•Supply-chain difficulties, which weighed on growth in the second half of 2021, will gradually ease over the course of 2022. Labor shortages will remain a constraint this year, although strong wage growth will support consumer spending.

•Inflation accelerated in the second half of 2021 to its fastest pace in decades due to strong demand but limited supplies coming out of the pandemic for some goods and services. Inflation will slow in 2022 as supply and demand for these goods and services normalize, but also broaden throughout the economy due to wage growth. Inflation will end 2022 above the Federal Reserve’s long-run objective of 2%.

•PNC expects the FOMC to raise the federal funds rate by 0.25 percentage points five times in 2022 to reach a range of 1.25% to 1.50% by the end of the year, and then further increase the federal funds rate in 2023. The Federal Reserve will also end its purchases of long-term Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities in March 2022, and then start to reduce its balance sheet in mid-2022.

See the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 and Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Full year guidance for 2022 includes the impact of twelve months of BBVA operations compared to seven months in 2021.

For the full year 2022, compared to full year 2021, we expect:

•Average loan growth of approximately 10%,

•Period-end loans to be up approximately 5%,

•Revenue growth to be 8% to 10% (we now expect revenue growth to be on the higher end of this range based on our revised projection of the number of increases to the federal funds rate in 2022),

•Expenses, excluding integration expense, to be up 4% to 6%,

•The effective tax rate to be approximately 18%, and

•To generate positive operating leverage.

For the first quarter of 2022, compared to the fourth quarter of 2021, we expect:

•Average loans, excluding PPP, to be up approximately 1% to 2%,

•Net interest income to be down approximately 1% to 2%,

•Fee income to be down 4% to 6%,

•Other noninterest income, excluding integration costs, net securities and Visa activity, to be between $375 million and $425 million,

•Total revenue to decline approximately 3% to 5%,

•Noninterest expense, excluding approximately $30 million of integration expense, to be down approximately 4% to 6%, and

•Net loan charge-offs to be between $100 million and $150 million.

Additionally, as of year-end 2021, actions that will drive our $900 million of anticipated savings related to the BBVA acquisition have been substantially completed, and we expect the savings to be fully realized in 2022. Since the announcement of the acquisition, we have incurred approximately 95% of the total $980 million expected integration costs, which include $120 million of write-offs for capitalized items.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  41

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2020 over 2019, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2020 Form 10-K.

Net income from continuing operations for 2021 was $5.7 billion, or $12.70 per diluted common share, an increase of $2.7 billion compared to net income from continuing operations of $3.0 billion, or $6.36 per diluted common share, for 2020. The increase was primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses in 2021 and higher noninterest income, including the benefit of BBVA, partially offset by expenses related to the BBVA acquisition and increased business activity.

Net Interest Income

Table 1: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a)

20212020
Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ ExpenseAverage BalancesAverage Yields/ RatesInterest Income/ Expense
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities$110,9741.67%$1,855$87,2792.36%$2,064
Loans268,6963.37%9,060252,6333.55%8,979
Interest-earning deposits with banks79,8690.13%10347,3330.21%100
Other8,5392.23%1909,5532.50%239
Total interest-earning assets/interest income$468,0782.39%11,208$396,7982.87%11,382
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits$279,2280.05%126$238,7710.27%643
Borrowed funds34,5081.05%36147,9381.50%718
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense$313,7360.16%487$286,7090.47%1,361
Net interest margin/income (Non-GAAP)2.29%10,7212.53%10,021
Taxable-equivalent adjustments(74)(75)
Net interest income (GAAP)$10,647$9,946

(a)Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (Non-GAAP) in the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report.

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis and Analysis Of Year-To-Year Changes In Net Interest Income in Item 8 of this Report.

Net interest income increased $701 million, or 7% in 2021 compared with 2020. The increase was primarily due to the benefit of BBVA interest-earning asset balances and lower deposit rates, partially offset by lower yields on securities. Net interest margin decreased 24 basis points, largely due to lower yields on interest-earning assets as well as higher balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by lower rates paid on deposits and borrowings.

Average investment securities grew $23.7 billion, or 27%, primarily as a result of increased purchase activity and the BBVA acquisition. Average investment securities represented 24% of average interest-earning assets in 2021, compared to 22% in 2020.

Average loans increased $16.1 billion, or 6%, primarily as a result of the BBVA acquisition, partially offset by lower utilization of loan commitments by commercial customers and declines in home equity, credit card and auto loans as paydowns outpaced new originations. Average loans represented 57% of average interest-earning assets in 2021 compared to 64% in 2020.

Average interest-earning deposits with banks grew $32.5 billion as average balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank increased primarily due to higher liquidity from deposit growth.

Average interest-bearing deposits grew $40.5 billion, or 17%, due to overall growth in commercial and consumer liquidity, including deposits from BBVA. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 89% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2021 compared to 83% in 2020.

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Average borrowed funds decreased $13.4 billion, or 28%, primarily due to a decline in FHLB borrowings reflecting the use of liquidity from deposit growth.

Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Noninterest Income

Table 2: Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Noninterest income
Asset management$964$836$12815%
Consumer services1,8451,48436124%
Corporate services2,9242,16775735%
Residential mortgage456604(148)(25)%
Service charges on deposits535500357%
Other1,8401,36447635%
Total noninterest income$8,564$6,955$1,60923%

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 45% for 2021 and 41% for 2020.

Asset management revenue increased due to the impact of higher average equity markets and the benefit of the BBVA acquisition. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management increased to $192 billion at December 31, 2021, compared with $170 billion at December 31, 2020, primarily attributable to higher equity markets and the impact of the BBVA acquisition.

Consumer services revenue increased reflecting the addition of BBVA customers and the impacts of higher consumer spending on debit cards, merchant services revenue, credit card fees, and growth in brokerage fees primarily due to higher average equity markets.

Growth in corporate services revenue was driven by higher capital markets-related revenue, primarily from increased merger and acquisition advisory fees. The increase was also attributable to the addition of BBVA, higher treasury management product revenue and higher revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities.

Residential mortgage revenue declined as higher loan sales were more than offset by lower servicing fees and lower mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge.

Service charges on deposits increased primarily due to the addition of BBVA customers, partially offset by lower transaction volumes including the impact of Low Cash Mode® on overdraft revenue. For additional information on Low Cash Mode®, see the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7.

Other noninterest income increased primarily due to higher private equity revenue, partially offset by lower net securities gains. Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section.

Noninterest Expense

Table 3: Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Noninterest expense
Personnel$7,141$5,673$1,46826%
Occupancy94082611414%
Equipment1,4111,17623520%
Marketing3192368335%
Other3,1912,38680534%
Total noninterest expense$13,002$10,297$2,70526%

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  43

The increase in noninterest expense reflected BBVA operating and integration expenses as well as increased business activity.

We achieved our 2021 continuous improvement program savings goal of $300 million. In 2022, our goal will once again be $300 million in cost savings. As of year-end 2021, actions that will drive our $900 million of anticipated savings related to the BBVA acquisition have been substantially completed, and we expect the savings to be fully realized in 2022.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 18.1% for 2021 compared with 12.4% for 2020. The increase was primarily due to overall higher pre-tax income in 2021 and the favorable resolution of certain tax matters in 2020.

The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 19 Income Taxes in Item 8 of this Report.

Provision for Credit Losses

Table 4: Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses

Year ended December 31
Dollars in millions20212020
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses
Loans and leases$(887)$2,985
Unfunded lending related commitments3287
Investment securities5180
Other financial assets2523
Total provision for (recapture of) credit losses$(779)$3,175

Provision recapture was $0.8 billion in 2021, driven by portfolio changes, including improved credit quality and changes in portfolio composition, along with the impact from an improved economic environment, partially offset by the additional provision for credit losses related to the BBVA acquisition.

Net interest income less the provision for credit losses was $11.4 billion, $6.8 billion and $9.2 billion for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Net Income from Discontinued Operations

For additional details on the divestiture of our equity investment in BlackRock, see Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The summarized balance sheet data in Table 5 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2020 over 2019, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2020 Form 10-K.

Table 5: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$74,250$85,173$(10,923)(13)%
Loans held for sale2,2311,59763440%
Investment securities132,96288,79944,16350%
Loans288,372241,92846,44419%
Allowance for loan and lease losses(4,868)(5,361)4939%
Mortgage servicing rights1,8181,24257646%
Goodwill10,9169,2331,68318%
Other, net51,51044,0687,44217%
Total assets$557,191$466,679$90,51219%
Liabilities
Deposits$457,278$365,345$91,93325%
Borrowed funds30,78437,195(6,411)(17)%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments6625847813%
Other12,7419,5143,22734%
Total liabilities501,465412,63888,82722%
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity55,69554,0101,6853%
Noncontrolling interests3131
Total equity55,72654,0411,6853%
Total liabilities and equity$557,191$466,679$90,51219%

Our balance sheet was strong and well-positioned at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

•Total asset growth reflected the addition of assets from the BBVA acquisition and increased securities purchases, partially offset by a decrease in interest-earning deposits with banks and PPP loan forgiveness.

•Total liabilities increased primarily due to deposit growth reflecting higher consumer and commercial deposits driven by the acquisition of BBVA, partially offset by lower borrowed funds.

•Total equity increased as net income and the issuance of preferred stock was partially offset by lower AOCI, dividends paid on common and preferred stock and share repurchases.

The ACL related to loans totaled $5.5 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $415 million since December 31, 2020. The

decrease was primarily driven by impacts from portfolio changes and an improved economic environment, partially offset by the addition of reserves related to the BBVA acquisition. See the following for additional information regarding our ACL related to loans:

•Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7,

•Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements section of this Item 7, and

•Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in the Notes to Consolidated

Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 20 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  45

Loans

Table 6: Loans

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$152,933$132,073$20,86016%
Commercial real estate34,01528,7165,29918%
Equipment lease financing6,1306,414(284)(4)%
Total commercial193,078167,20325,87515%
Consumer
Residential real estate39,71222,56017,15276%
Home equity24,06124,088(27)
Automobile16,63514,2182,41717%
Credit card6,6266,2154117%
Education2,5332,946(413)(14)%
Other consumer5,7274,6981,02922%
Total consumer95,29474,72520,56928%
Total loans$288,372$241,928$46,44419%

Commercial loans increased primarily due to the impact of the BBVA acquisition and organic growth in PNC’s corporate banking and business credit businesses, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness. PNC had $3.4 billion of PPP loans outstanding at December 31 2021, compared to $12.0 billion at December 31, 2020.

For commercial and industrial loans by industry and commercial real estate loans by geography and property type, see Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis in the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

Consumer loans increased primarily due to the addition of BBVA loans and increased originations of residential mortgages, partially offset by declines in the remaining PNC legacy portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations.

For information on home equity and residential real estate portfolios, including loans by geography, and our auto loan portfolio, see Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis in the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7.

For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7 and Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Investment Securities

Investment securities of $133.0 billion at December 31, 2021 increased $44.2 billion, or 50%, compared to December 31, 2020, due primarily to net purchases of agency residential mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, including the impact of the BBVA acquisition.

The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors including market conditions, loan and deposit growth, and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Table 7: Investment Securities

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020Ratings as of December 31, 2021 (a)
Dollars in millionsAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAmortized Cost (b)Fair ValueAAA/ AAABBBBB and LowerNo Rating
U.S. Treasury and government agencies$47,024$47,054$20,616$21,631100%
Agency residential mortgage-backed67,32667,63247,35548,911100%
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed9271,1581,2721,5016%1%2%48%43%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed1,7401,7732,5712,688100%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c)3,4233,4363,6783,68985%1%2%12%
Asset-backed (d)6,3806,4095,0605,15095%1%4%
Other debt (e)5,4045,5965,0615,39352%27%17%4%
Total investment securities (f)$132,224$133,058$85,613$88,96396%1%1%1%1%

(a)Ratings percentages allocated based on amortized cost, net of allowance for investment securities.

(b)Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $133 million at December 31, 2021 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2020 was $82 million.

(c)Collateralized primarily by office buildings, multifamily housing, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties.

(d)Collateralized primarily by corporate debt, government guaranteed education loans and other consumer credit products.

(e)Includes state and municipal securities.

(f)Includes available for sale and held to maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively.

Table 7 presents the distribution of our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value, as well as by credit rating. We have included credit ratings information because we believe that the information is an indicator of the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Changes in credit ratings classifications could indicate increased or decreased credit risk and could be accompanied by a reduction or increase in the fair value of our investment securities portfolio. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Investment Securities in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional details regarding the methodology for determining the allowance and the amount of the allowance for investment securities, respectively.

The duration of investment securities was 3.7 years at December 31, 2021. We estimate that at December 31, 2021 the effective

duration of investment securities was 3.8 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 3.5 years for an

immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2020 for the effective duration of

investment securities were 3.1 years and 2.0 years, respectively.

Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 4.4 years at December 31, 2021 compared to 3.4 years at December 31, 2020.

Table 8: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities

December 31, 2021Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed4.6
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed6.8
Agency commercial mortgage-backed4.5
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed1.8
Asset-backed3.2

Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 3 Investment Securities and Note 15 Fair Value in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  47

Funding Sources

Table 9: Details of Funding Sources

December 31December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$155,175$112,637$42,53838%
Interest-bearing
Money market61,22959,7371,4922%
Demand115,91092,29423,61626%
Savings107,59880,98526,61333%
Time deposits17,36619,692(2,326)(12)%
Total interest-bearing deposits302,103252,70849,39520%
Total deposits457,278365,34591,93325%
Borrowed funds
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings3,500(3,500)(100)%
Bank notes and senior debt20,66124,271(3,610)(15)%
Subordinated debt6,9966,4035939%
Other3,1273,0211064%
Total borrowed funds30,78437,195(6,411)(17)%
Total funding sources$488,062$402,540$85,52221%

Total deposits increased reflecting deposits from BBVA and growth in consumer and commercial liquidity.

Borrowed funds decreased due to lower bank notes and senior debt and lower FHLB borrowings, reflecting the use of liquidity from deposit growth, which more than offset borrowed funds from BBVA.

The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors including market conditions, loan, investment securities and deposit growth and capital considerations. We manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints.

See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for additional information regarding our 2021 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 10 Borrowed Funds in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information related to our borrowings.

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity was $55.7 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $1.7 billion, compared to December 31, 2020. The increase resulted primarily from net income of $5.7 billion and a preferred stock issuance of $1.5 billion, partially offset by lower AOCI of $2.4 billion reflecting the impact of higher rates on net unrealized securities gains, common and preferred stock dividends of $2.3 billion and common share repurchases of $1.0 billion.

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have three reportable business segments:

•Retail Banking

•Corporate & Institutional Banking

•Asset Management Group

Business segment results and a description of each business are included in Note 23 Segment Reporting in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report. Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 23, primarily due to the presentation in this Item 7 of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis. Note 23 presents results of businesses for 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Net interest income in business segment results reflects our internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category as shown in Table 119 in Note 23 Segment Reporting in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, certain corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP).

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  49

Retail Banking

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to help all of our consumer and small business customers move financially forward. We aim to grow our primary checking and transaction relationships through strong customer acquisition and retention. We seek to deepen relationships by meeting the broad range of our customers’ financial needs with savings, liquidity, lending, investment and retirement solutions. A strategic priority for us is to differentiate the customer experience, leveraging technology to make banking easier for our customers. A key element of our strategy is to expand the use of lower-cost alternative distribution channels, with an emphasis on digital capabilities, while continuing to optimize the traditional branch network. In addition, we are focused on consistently engaging both our employees and customers, which is a strong driver of customer growth, retention and relationship expansion.

Table 10: Retail Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20212020$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$6,206$5,609$59711%
Noninterest income2,7962,51927711%
Total revenue9,0028,12887411%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(101)968(1,069)*
Noninterest expense6,9166,01989715%
Pretax earnings2,1871,1411,04692%
Income taxes50826624291%
Noncontrolling interests3131
Earnings$1,648$844$80495%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$1,328$745$58378%
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$25,230$18,171$7,05939%
Home equity22,38722,633(246)(1)%
Automobile15,78715,968(181)(1)%
Credit card6,1826,629(447)(7)%
Education2,7703,176(406)(13)%
Other consumer2,3972,334633%
Total consumer74,75368,9115,8428%
Commercial14,32112,5731,74814%
Total loans$89,074$81,484$7,5909%
Total assets$106,331$97,643$8,6889%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing$57,729$39,754$17,97545%
Interest-bearing184,040150,48233,55822%
Total deposits$241,769$190,236$51,53327%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets1.55%0.86%
Noninterest income to total revenue31%31%
Efficiency77%74%

(continued on following page)

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

(continued from previous page)

Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20212020$%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Consumer services$1,752$1,427$32523%
Residential mortgage$456$604$(148)(25)%
Service charges on deposits$542$497$459%
Residential Mortgage Information
Residential mortgage servicing statistics (in billions, except as noted) (a)
Serviced portfolio balance (b)$133$121$1210%
Serviced portfolio acquisitions$44$33$1133%
MSR asset value (b)$1.1$0.7$0.457%
MSR capitalization value (in basis points) (b)81562545%
Servicing income: (in millions)
Servicing fees, net (c)$34$118$(84)(71)%
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge$64$137$(73)(53)%
Residential mortgage loan statistics
Loan origination volume (in billions)$24.8$15.1$9.764%
Loan sale margin percentage2.84%3.57%
Percentage of originations represented by:
Purchase volume (d)43%40%
Refinance volume57%60%
Other Information (b)
Customer-related statistics (average) (e)
Non-teller deposit transactions (f)65%64%
Digital consumer customers (g)79%74%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets$1,220$1,211$91%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$393$569$(176)(31)%
Other statistics
ATMs9,5238,9006237%
Branches (h)2,6292,16246722%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (i)$78$59$1932%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income.

(b)Presented as of period end, except for average customer-related statistics and net charge-offs, which are both shown for the year ended, respectively.

(c)Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan payments, prepayments, and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.

(d)Mortgages with borrowers as part of residential real estate purchase transactions.

(e)Statistics for 2021 include BBVA activity subsequent to the conversion on October 12, 2021.

(f)Percentage of total consumer and business banking deposit transactions processed at an ATM or through our mobile banking application.

(g)Represents consumer checking relationships that process the majority of their transactions through non-teller channels.

(h)Excludes stand-alone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(i)Includes cash and money market balances.

Retail Banking earnings increased $804 million in 2021 compared with the same period in 2020. The increase in earnings was attributable to a provision recapture, higher net interest income and higher noninterest income, partially offset by higher noninterest expense. The 2021 amounts reflect the benefit of BBVA's business operations since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021.

Net interest income increased primarily due to growth in average deposits and loan balances, reflecting the BBVA acquisition, along with wider interest rate spreads on the value of loans, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Noninterest income increased due to higher consumer services revenue driven by debit card and brokerage fees and higher service charges on deposits which benefited from the addition of BBVA customers and higher business activity. The increase in noninterest income was partially offset by declines in residential mortgage revenue, driven by lower net servicing fees primarily due to higher payoffs and lower revenue from residential mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  51

Provision recapture in 2021 was driven by portfolio changes, including improved credit quality and changes in portfolio composition, along with the impact from an improved economic environment, partially offset by the additional provision for credit losses related to the BBVA acquisition.

Noninterest expense increased, primarily as a result of the impact of BBVA operating expenses, increased marketing activity and additions to litigation reserves.

The deposit strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances, executing on market-specific deposit growth strategies and providing a source of low-cost funding and liquidity to PNC. In 2021, average total deposits increased compared to the same period in 2020 primarily driven by growth in demand and savings deposits which benefited from the impact of the BBVA acquisition and continued government stimulus payments.

Retail Banking average total loans increased in 2021 compared with the same period in 2020 due to the impact of the BBVA acquisition on all loan classes except education loans, which BBVA did not have in their loan portfolio. The below outlines portfolio drivers excluding the impact of BBVA.

•Average residential real estate loans increased primarily due to originations outpacing paydowns.

•Average commercial loans increased primarily due to PPP loans.

•Average other consumer loans decreased due to liquidations outpacing new volumes.

•Average credit card balances decreased due to changes in customer behavior resulting in higher balance paydowns driven by government stimulus combined with credit tightening actions taken as a result of the pandemic.

•Average education loans decreased driven by a decline in the runoff portfolio of government guaranteed education loans.

•Average home equity loans decreased as paydowns and payoffs exceeded new originated volume.

•Average auto loan balances decreased due to the impacts of the pandemic on the auto industry and proactive credit tightening.

Our national expansion strategy is designed to grow customers with digitally-led banking and a thin branch network as we expand into new markets. In 2018, we began offering our digital high yield savings deposit product and opened our first solution center in Kansas City. Solution centers are an emerging branch operating model with a distinctive layout, where routine transactions are supported through a combination of technology and skilled banker assistance to create personalized experiences. The primary focus of the solution center is to bring a community element to our digital banking capabilities. The solution center provides a collaborative environment that connects our customers with our digital solutions and services, beyond deposits and withdrawals. In 2021, we opened 13 new solution centers, including in three new markets, Denver, Minneapolis and Phoenix. In total, we have 33 open solution centers within the markets of Boston, Dallas/Fort Worth, Denver, Houston, Kansas City, Minneapolis, Nashville and Phoenix. We also offer digital unsecured installment and small business loans in the expansion markets. As a result of the BBVA acquisition, we have become a coast-to-coast Retail Bank and added over 600 branches across seven states to our network.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for consumers and small businesses. We are focused on meeting the financial needs of our customers by providing a broad range of liquidity, banking and investment products. In April 2021, we announced our Low Cash Mode® Virtual Wallet® feature which gives all Virtual Wallet® customers the ability to avoid unnecessary overdraft fees through real-time intelligent alerts, extra time to prevent or address overdrafts, and controls to choose whether to return certain debits rather than the bank making the decision. Through the end of December, we have successfully rolled out Low Cash Mode® to all Virtual Wallet® customers. Upon conversion, BBVA customers became eligible for the full suite of PNC products and services, including Low Cash Mode®.

Retail Banking continued to execute on its strategy of transforming the customer experience through transaction channel migration, branch network and home lending process transformations and multi-channel engagement and service strategies. We are also continually assessing our current branch network for optimization opportunities as usage of alternative channels has increased and as a result closed 196 branches, consistent with our plan. These branch closures included two solution centers due to their proximity to pre-existing BBVA USA branch locations.

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value-added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive.

Table 11: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions20212020$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$4,571$4,049$52213%
Noninterest income3,7833,06272124%
Total revenue8,3547,1111,24317%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(646)2,088(2,734)*
Noninterest expense3,4792,85662322%
Pretax earnings5,5212,1673,354155%
Income taxes1,183483700145%
Noncontrolling interests1410440%
Earnings$4,324$1,674$2,650158%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans held for sale$583$762$(179)(23)%
Loans
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$126,928$125,426$1,5021%
Commercial real estate31,58427,1804,40416%
Equipment lease financing6,2866,813(527)(8)%
Total commercial164,798159,4195,3793%
Consumer1310330%
Total loans$164,811$159,429$5,3823%
Total assets$188,470$183,189$5,2813%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand$79,109$53,681$25,42847%
Interest-bearing demand72,21070,6221,5882%
Total deposits$151,319$124,303$27,01622%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets2.29%0.91%
Noninterest income to total revenue45%43%
Efficiency42%40%
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (a)
Treasury Management (b)$2,169$1,884$28515%
Capital Markets (b)$1,983$1,607$37623%
Commercial mortgage banking activities:
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)$145$162$(17)(10)%
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (d)3342944014%
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge (e)8072811%
Total$559$528$316%
MSR asset value (f)$740$569$17130%
Average Loans by C&IB business
Corporate Banking$81,069$81,977$(908)(1)%
Real Estate42,93640,3812,5556%
Business Credit24,04722,5891,4586%
Commercial Banking12,05410,4151,63916%
Other4,7054,06763816%
Total average loans$164,811$159,429$5,3823%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets (f)$1,007$827$18022%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$289$280$93%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section.

(b)Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income.

(c)Represents other noninterest income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, originations fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(d)Represents net interest income and noninterest income (primarily in corporate service fees) from loan servicing net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to amortization expense and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  53

(e)Amounts are reported in corporate service fees.

(f)As of December 31.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings increased $2.7 billion in 2021 compared with the same period in 2020, driven by a provision recapture and higher total revenue, partially offset by higher noninterest expense. Results for 2021 reflect the benefit of BBVA's business operations since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021.

Net interest income increased in the comparison primarily due to higher average deposit and loan balances reflecting the BBVA acquisition and wider interest rate spreads on the value of loans, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Growth in noninterest income in the comparison reflected broad-based increases, including the benefit from BBVA, in capital markets-related revenue, treasury management product revenue and revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities.

Provision recapture in 2021 was driven by portfolio changes, including improved credit quality and changes in portfolio composition, along with the impact from an improved economic environment, partially offset by the additional provision for credit losses related to the BBVA acquisition.

Noninterest expense increased in the comparison largely due to higher variable costs associated with increased business activity and the BBVA acquisition.

Average loans increased compared with 2020 due to increases in Real Estate, Commercial Banking and Business Credit, partially offset by a decline in Corporate Banking:

•Real Estate provides banking, financing, and servicing solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business increased reflecting loans from BBVA, partially offset by lower commercial mortgage and multifamily agency warehouse lending.

•Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets-related products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business increased primarily driven by loans from BBVA, partially offset by lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is relatively high yielding, with acceptable risk as the loans are mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business increased primarily driven by new production and loans from BBVA, partially offset by lower average utilization of loan commitments.

•Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized and large corporations and government, and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business declined slightly reflecting lower average utilization of loan commitments, mostly offset by loans from BBVA and new production.

The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits increased in the comparison reflecting deposits from BBVA and customers maintaining liquidity due to the economic impacts of the pandemic. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics.

Corporate & Institutional Banking continues to expand its Corporate Banking business, focused on the middle market and larger sectors. We executed on our expansion plans into the Seattle and Portland markets in 2020, and in 2021, the BBVA acquisition accelerated our expansion efforts across the Southwest; however, this has not changed our strategy regarding our de novo expansion efforts. This follows offices opened in Boston and Phoenix in 2019, Denver, Houston and Nashville in 2018, and Dallas, Kansas City and Minneapolis in 2017. These locations complement Corporate & Institutional Banking national businesses with a significant presence in these cities, and build on past successes in the markets where PNC’s retail banking presence was limited, such as in the Southeast. Our full suite of commercial products and services is offered in these locations.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income, corporate service fees and other noninterest income. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses. The Other Information section in Table 11 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for these services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Within Treasury Management, PNC Global Transfers (formerly BBVA Transfer Services, Inc.) provides wholesale money transfer processing capabilities between the U.S. and Mexico and other countries primarily in Central and South America. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income primarily includes revenue from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2020, treasury management revenue increased primarily due to higher noninterest income and higher deposit balances including the impact of the BBVA acquisition, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of deposits.

Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, fixed income, securities underwriting, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and equity capital markets advisory related services. The increase in capital markets-related revenue in the comparison was mostly driven by higher merger and acquisition fees, higher loan syndications and higher equity capital market advisory fees. These increases were partially offset by lower fees and credit valuations on customer-related derivative activities.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and noninterest income) and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related hedges. Total revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities increased in the comparison primarily due to higher commercial mortgage loan servicing income, partially offset by lower revenue from commercial mortgage loans held for sale.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  55

Asset Management Group

The Asset Management Group strives to be the leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to wealthy individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management.

Table 12: Asset Management Group Table

(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31Change
Dollars in millions, except as noted20212020$%
Income Statement
Net interest income$476$357$11933%
Noninterest income98785413316%
Total revenue1,4631,21125221%
Provision for (recapture of) credit losses(7)21(28)*
Noninterest expense9418588310%
Pretax earnings52933219759%
Income taxes123774660%
Earnings$406$255$15159%
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Residential real estate$5,033$2,832$2,20178%
Other consumer4,3214,0422797%
Total consumer9,3546,8742,48036%
Commercial1,746831915110%
Total loans$11,100$7,705$3,39544%
Total assets$11,677$8,186$3,49143%
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand$2,919$1,568$1,35186%
Interest-bearing demand22,78217,3475,43531%
Total deposits$25,701$18,915$6,78636%
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets3.48%3.12%
Noninterest income to total revenue67%71%
Efficiency64%71%
Supplemental Noninterest Income Information
Asset management fees$964$836$12815%
Brokerage fees99*
Total$973$836$13716%
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (a)$62$66$(4)(6)%
Net charge-offs - loans and leases$2$1$1100%
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (a)$5*
Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (b)
Discretionary client assets under management$192$170$2213%
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration1751542114%
Total$367$324$4313%
Discretionary client assets under management
PNC Private Bank$123$108$1514%
Institutional Asset Management6962711%
Total$192$170$2213%

* - Not Meaningful

(a)As of December 31.

(b)Excludes brokerage account client assets.

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management.

The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves. The business seeks to deliver high quality banking, trust, and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth, and ultra-high net worth clients through a broad array of products and services.

Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, private real estate, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, unions, municipalities, and non-profits.

With the inclusion of BBVA, PNC Private Bank has approximately 100 offices operating in nine out of the ten most affluent states in the U.S. with a majority co-located with retail banking branches.

Asset Management Group earnings increased $151 million in 2021 compared with the same period in 2020, driven by higher revenue and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense. Results for 2021 reflect the benefit of BBVA's business operations since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021.

Net interest income increased due to growth in average loan and deposit balances, reflecting the BBVA acquisition and wider interest rate spreads on the value of loans. This was partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of deposits. The private banking business continues to refine and offer banking products targeted to the emerging affluent, the affluent and the ultra-affluent client segments. A key focus of the lending business is to drive growth within both the residential real estate product and securities-based lines of credit product. In addition, the deposit strategy focuses on liquidity management for optimizing a client’s overall portfolio.

The increase in noninterest income was primarily attributable to increases in the average equity markets and the benefit of BBVA.

Noninterest expense increased due to the impact of BBVA operations and higher operational loss reserves, partially offset by intangible asset amortization run-off.

Provision recapture in 2021 was driven by improvements in credit quality and the economic environment, partially offset by the additional provision for credit losses related to the BBVA acquisition.

Discretionary client assets under management increased in comparison to the prior year primarily attributable to higher equity markets and the benefit from BBVA as of December 31, 2021.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities.

Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards, promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section.

We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements into our ERM Framework.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  57

Risk Culture

A strong risk culture helps us make well-informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices.

Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees individually and collectively are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives rather than pursuing individual interests. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance.

Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk.

Enterprise Strategy

We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors.

Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated Risk Appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted to changes in the external and internal risk environments.

Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan, the strategic objectives and the comprehensive identification of material risks that could hinder successful implementation and execution of strategies. Strategic planning is linked to our risk management and capital planning processes.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing: Capital planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The capital planning process and the resulting capital plan evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Capital planning aligns with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the capital planning process. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on capital of various hypothetical scenarios.

Risk Governance and Oversight

We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return, and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board's enhanced prudential standards rules. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information.

To ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. The Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities are detailed below:

Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk.

First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business.

Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, and report any issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended, and they may intervene directly to modify and develop first line of defense risk processes and controls.

Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization.

Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include:

Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through the following standing committees:

•Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors.

•Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting our best interests and those of our shareholders.

•Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to talent and human capital matters affecting us. The committee is also responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans.

•Risk Committee: oversees our enterprise-wide risk structure and the processes established to identify, measure, monitor and manage the organization’s risks and evaluates and approves our risk governance framework. The Risk Committee has formed a Technology Subcommittee and a Compliance Subcommittee to facilitate Board-level oversight of risk management in these areas.

•Special Committee on Equity & Inclusion: oversees management’s equity and inclusion efforts, internally and externally, focusing on our systemic processes (including for employees and suppliers); low and moderate income communities (including community development banking, and product offerings and financial support for such communities); and advocacy (including partnerships with leading organizations, and advocacy for necessary structural changes to help provide greater access to the banking system and end systemic racism).

Management Level Executive Committee – The Management Level Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across the company. With this responsibility, the Management Level Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management. This Committee also helps ensure PNC is staffed with sufficient resources and talent to operate within its risk appetite.

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board-level Committee, the Management Level Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  59

senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities.

Working Committees – The Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of the businesses key risk activities.

Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization's balance sheet.

Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management.

Risk Identification

Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity and capital, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special investigations.

Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.

Risk Assessment

Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and allow us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness through the use of risk measures. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict.

Risk Controls and Monitoring

Our ERM Framework consists of policies, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations.

We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to result in the identification of control improvement recommendations. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the prime process and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues, and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable.

Risk Aggregation and Reporting

Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) aggregate risks; (ii) identify concentrations; (iii) help ensure we remain within our established risk appetite; (iv) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite and (v) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities to the Board of Directors and executive management.

Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. The enterprise level risk report aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business to inform our risk profile is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our quantitative risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report includes an aggregate view of material risks identified in the individual reports and provides a summary of our overall risk profile compared to our risk appetite.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio.

Credit Risk Management employs a governance, policy and monitoring framework for environmental and social risk topics that includes periodic updates to PNC’s Credit Portfolio Strategy Committee. Outcomes from those updates may be incorporated into credit policies and risk procedures that govern our risk appetite, credit decisioning, portfolio management and reserve processes.

Credit Risk Management is currently evaluating how it may best understand the impacts to credit risk that may accelerate or be introduced as a result of climate change, including impacts from physical risk events and risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. These risk events may impact a borrower’s income, cash flow or collateral due to frequency or severity of weather events, changing market conditions, consumer preferences and demand for products, or changes to the legislative and regulatory landscape. As disruptive events occur, PNC follows a process to determine if enhanced portfolio monitoring, reporting and executive communication is warranted to ensure appropriate oversight and action.

In commercial lending, PNC limits new originations in sectors that are no longer consistent with our strategic direction, such as mountain-top removal coal mining, Arctic oil and gas and private prisons. Corporate & Institutional Banking transactions are subject to an Environmental and Social Risk Management assessment designed to help us better identify and mitigate environmental, human rights and other social risks early in the credit application process. Transactions identified as having a potential environmental, human rights or other social risk are evaluated to determine whether enhanced due diligence is warranted. In consumer lending, PNC strives to ensure adequate insurance is present for properties exposed to flooding while also monitoring other water-related risks such as the increased shoreline (and coastal) erosion and weather related events such as hurricanes and wildfires.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  61

Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis

Table 13: Details of Loans

In billions

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments.

Commercial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and industrial loans comprised 53% and 55% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets.

We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to monitoring the level of credit risk, we also monitor concentrations of credit risk pertaining to both specific industries and geography that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified as shown in the following table which provides a breakout by industry classification (classified based on the North American Industry Classification System).

Table 14: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Commercial and industrial
Retail/wholesale trade$22,80315%$20,21815%
Manufacturing22,5971520,71216
Service providers20,7501419,41915
Financial services17,9501214,90911
Real estate related (a)15,1231013,36910
Technology, media & telecommunications10,07077,2425
Health care9,94478,9877
Transportation and warehousing7,13657,0955
Other industries26,5601520,12216
Total commercial and industrial loans$152,933100%$132,073100%

(a)Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The increase in commercial and industrial loans compared to December 31, 2020, primarily reflects the acquisition of BBVA along with organic loan growth in the PNC legacy portfolio, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness. Amounts include $3.4 billion and $12.0 billion of PPP loans outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

See the Commercial High Impact Industries discussion within this Credit Risk Management section for additional discussion of the impact of COVID-19 on our commercial portfolio and how we are evaluating and monitoring the portfolio for elevated levels of credit risk.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate loans comprised $18.6 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $7.3 billion of real estate construction project loans and $8.1 billion of intermediate term financing loans as of December 31, 2021. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2020 were $17.3 billion, $6.3 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively.

We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with these types of credit activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S.

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type:

Table 15: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$5,56116%$4,45816%
Texas3,458102,0317
Florida2,98792,99110
Virginia1,72051,5866
Maryland1,55751,7706
Pennsylvania1,48241,4255
Ohio1,21941,2474
Colorado1,12635842
Georgia1,01538593
New York98537253
Other12,9053811,04038
Total commercial real estate loans$34,015100%$28,716100%
Property Type (a)
Multifamily$10,58131%$9,61733%
Office9,547287,69127
Retail3,570103,49012
Seniors housing2,60281,4175
Industrial/warehouse2,41371,9997
Hotel/motel2,00861,9547
Mixed use72428353
Other2,57081,7136
Total commercial real estate loans$34,015100%$28,716100%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2021.

Commercial High Impact Industries

In light of the economic circumstances related to COVID-19, we are continuing to evaluate and monitor our entire commercial portfolio for elevated levels of credit risk; however, the industry sectors that have been most impacted by the effects of the pandemic are:

•Non-real estate related

•Leisure recreation: restaurants, casinos, hotels, convention centers

•Non-essential retail: retail excluding auto, gas, staples

•Healthcare facilities: elective, private practices

•Consumer services: religious organizations, childcare

•Leisure travel: cruise, airlines, other travel/transportation

•Other impacted areas: shipping, senior living, specialty education

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  63

•Real estate related

•Non-essential retail and restaurants: malls, lifestyle centers, outlets, restaurants

•Hotel: full service, limited service, extended stay

•Seniors housing: assisted living, independent living

As of December 31, 2021, our outstanding loan balances in these industries totaled $19.3 billion, or approximately 7% of our total loan portfolio, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $12.9 billion. Included in our outstanding loan balances are $0.9 billion of loans that are funded through the PPP and guaranteed by the Small Business Administration. We continue to carefully monitor and manage the loans in these industries, and we believe uncertainty relative to the timing and level of long-term recovery for leisure recreation and leisure travel remains high.

As the impact from COVID-19 persists, real estate related to the office sector is an area of growing uncertainty. Notable portions of leased office space remain vacant and the mass work-from-home experience continues to be a feasible alternative, suggesting a structural change for office demand moving forward. However, the change is anticipated to be slow moving and could evolve over a number of years. PNC continues to closely monitor our exposure in the office sector as these concerns develop, and while internal risk assessments have moved moderately higher, we have not seen a notable change in performance.

Consumer

Residential Real Estate

Residential real estate loans primarily consisted of residential mortgage loans at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming, conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations. Loan performance is evaluated by source originators and loan servicers.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio:

Table 16: Residential Real Estate Statistics

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
California$15,04138%$7,82835%
Texas4,397114092
Florida3,12481,6207
Washington1,90951,1045
New Jersey1,66041,6357
Arizona1,43541631
New York1,27931,0205
Colorado1,14532621
Pennsylvania1,06931,0365
Illinois95721,0395
Other7,696196,44427
Total residential real estate loans$39,712100%$22,560100%
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score775775
LTV of loan originations67%67%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2021.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $34.9 billion at December 31, 2021 with 42% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2020 were $17.9 billion and 41%, respectively.

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Home Equity

Home equity loans comprised $15.8 billion of primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $8.3 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans at December 31, 2021. Comparable amounts were $12.6 billion and $11.5 billion, as of December 31, 2020, respectively.

We track borrower performance of this portfolio monthly similarly to residential real estate loans. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, brokered home equity lines of credit) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold the lien. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration.

The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position, but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio:

Table 17: Home Equity Loan Statistics

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Geography (a)
Pennsylvania$5,10821%$5,60223%
New Jersey3,117133,46214
Ohio2,398102,75311
Florida1,70171,5366
Michigan1,24651,3986
Maryland1,20651,3326
Illinois1,15451,4116
Texas97847
North Carolina91841,0434
Kentucky77739224
Other5,458234,62220
Total home equity loans$24,061100%$24,088100%
Lien type
1st lien62%63%
2nd lien3837
Total100%100%
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b)
Loan origination FICO score782776
LTV of loan originations66%67%

(a)Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2021.

(b)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Automobile

Auto loans comprised $15.4 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.2 billion in the direct auto portfolio as of December 31, 2021. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2020 were $12.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated through franchised dealers, including from expansion into new markets. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  65

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our indirect and direct auto portfolios:

Table 18: Auto Loan Statistics

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Weighted-average loan origination FICO score (a) (b)
Indirect auto791784
Direct auto775768
Weighted-average term of loan originations - in months (a)
Indirect auto7272
Direct auto6262

(a)Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale.

We continue to focus on borrowers with strong credit profiles as evidenced by the weighted-average loan origination FICO scores noted in Table 18. We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. At December 31, 2021, the portfolio balance was composed of 53% new vehicle loans and 47% used vehicle loans. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2020 were 56% and 44%, respectively.

The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including updated collateral values that are obtained monthly and updated FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term.

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming TDRs and PCD loans, OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for details on our nonaccrual policies.

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category:

Table 19: Nonperforming Assets by Type

December 31 2021December 31 2020Change
Dollars in millions$%
Nonperforming loans
Commercial$1,168$923$24527%
Consumer (a)1,3121,363(51)(4)%
Total nonperforming loans2,4802,2861948%
OREO and foreclosed assets2651(25)(49)%
Total nonperforming assets$2,506$2,337$1697%
TDRs included in nonperforming loans$988$902$8610%
Percentage of total nonperforming loans40%39%
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.86%0.94%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets0.87%0.97%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.45%0.50%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans196%235%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (b)223%260%

(a)Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets.

The increase in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2020 primarily reflects the impact of BBVA, partially offset by improved credit performance throughout 2021.

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Table 20: Change in Nonperforming Assets

In millions20212020
January 1$2,337$1,752
Acquired nonperforming assets (a)880
New nonperforming assets1,2161,947
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments(255)(421)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs(1,023)(603)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale(134)(82)
Returned to performing status(515)(256)
December 31$2,506$2,337

(a)Represents the June 30, 2021 balance of nonperforming assets attributable to BBVA. Changes in this acquired portfolio for the six months ended December 31, 2021 are reflected in the appropriate category based on activity.

As of December 31, 2021, approximately 98% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral which lessened reserve requirements and is expected to reduce credit losses.

Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprised 42% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans, while home equity TDRs comprised 36% of home equity nonperforming loans at December 31, 2021. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2020 were 47% and 41%, respectively. TDRs generally remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of both principal and interest payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status. Loans that have been restructured for COVID-19 related hardships and meet certain criteria under the CARES Act are not identified as TDRs. Refer to the Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications discussion in this Credit Risk Management section for more information on the treatment of loan modifications under the CARES Act.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels may be a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale.

We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to meet the changing environment and the continuing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we have customer assistance, loan modification and collection programs that align with the CARES Act and subsequent interagency guidance.

As a result, under the CARES Act credit reporting rules, certain loans modified due to COVID-19 related hardships are not being reported as past due as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 based on the contractual terms of the loan, even where borrowers may not be making payments on their loans during the modification period. Loan modifications due to COVID-19 related hardships that permanently reduce either the contractual interest rate or the principal balance of a loan do not qualify for TDR relief under the CARES Act or the interagency guidance.

Table 21: Accruing Loans Past Due (a)

Amount% of Total Loans Outstanding
December 31 2021December 31 2020ChangeDecember 31 2021December 31 2020
Dollars in millions$%
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days$1,011$620$39163%0.35%0.26%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days35523412152%0.12%0.10%
Total early stage loan delinquencies1,36685451260%0.47%0.35%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more61950911022%0.21%0.21%
Total accruing loans past due$1,985$1,363$62246%0.69%0.56%

(a)Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.5 billion and $0.6 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The increase in accruing loans past due from December 31, 2020 was the result of lower delinquencies in the PNC legacy portfolio being more than offset by delinquencies attributable to BBVA, including increases from BBVA conversion-related administrative and operational delays.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  67

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from court-imposed concessions (e.g., a Chapter 7 bankruptcy where the debtor is discharged from personal liability to us and a court approved Chapter 13 bankruptcy repayment plan). Loans to borrowers experiencing COVID-19 related hardships that have been restructured but that meet certain criteria under the CARES Act are not categorized as TDRs at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following table provides a summary of troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively:

Table 22: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings (a)

December 31 2021December 31 2020Change
Dollars in millions$%
Commercial$672$528$14427%
Consumer9191,116(197)(18)%
Total TDRs$1,591$1,644$(53)(3)%
Nonperforming$988$902$8610%
Accruing (b)603742(139)(19)%
Total TDRs$1,591$1,644$(53)(3)%

(a)Amounts in table do not include associated valuation allowances.

(b)Accruing loans include consumer credit card loans and certain loans that have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Nonperforming TDRs represented approximately 40% of total nonperforming loans and 62% of total TDRs at December 31, 2021. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2020 were 39% and 55%, respectively. The remaining portion of TDRs represents TDRs that have been returned to accrual status after performing under the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information on TDRs.

Loan Modifications

Since the onset of the pandemic in 2020, PNC has provided relief to our consumer customers from the economic impacts of COVID-19 through a variety of solutions under our hardship relief programs. Throughout 2021, consumer loan modifications were being granted in response to customer hardships that extended beyond the initial relief programs and included all hardship related modifications. At December 31, 2021, consumer loans in active assistance under hardship relief programs on our balance sheet had an unpaid principal balance of $494 million and primarily related to residential real estate. Excluded from this amount are government insured or guaranteed loans of $205 million and $278 million in the Residential real estate and Education loan classes, respectively, as these loans present minimal credit risk to PNC. The comparable unpaid principal balance on our balance sheet at December 31, 2020 was $1.0 billion.

Under the CARES Act, loan modifications meeting certain criteria qualify the loan for relief from TDR treatment. Loans that do not meet this criteria may also be evaluated under interagency guidance. Loan modifications that permanently reduce either the contractual interest rate and/or principal balance of the loan would not meet the qualifications for relief from TDR treatment under the CARES Act. Consumer loan modifications that qualified for TDR accounting amounted to $93 million and $149 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The impact of these modifications was considered within the quarterly reserve determination. See the Allowance for Credit Losses discussion within the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Report for additional information. Refer to the Loan Delinquencies discussion in this Credit Risk Management section for information on how these hardship related loan modifications are reported from a delinquency perspective.

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, which is captured through current PD, as well as current borrower risk characteristics, including borrower repayment status, consumer credit scores, collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions and other relevant factors. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, trade receivables and other financial assets and off-balance sheet credit exposures and determine this allowance based on quarterly assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures as of the balance sheet date.

Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term.

We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes over the forecasted period. Forward looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment in qualitatively assessing the ACL.

The reversion period is used to bridge our three year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long run average expected credit losses. We may consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate.

The long run average expected credit losses are derived from our available historical credit information. We use long run average expected loss for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our forecast period and the reversion period.

The following discussion provides additional information related to our reserves under CECL for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion on our ACL, including details of our methodologies and discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan or loan segment. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on contractual maturity in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan or loan segments. PDs represent a quantification of risk that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimate of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights.

We use a discounted cash flow methodology for our consumer real estate related loan classes and for certain commercial and consumer TDR loans. For non-TDR residential real estate loans and lines, we determine effective interest rates considering contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayments and market interest rates. We then determine the net present value of expected cash flows and ALLL by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for both prepayments and expected credit losses using the effective interest rates.

For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial loans that are below the defined threshold and accruing TDRs are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  69

not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:

•Industry concentrations and conditions, including the impacts of COVID-19 on highly impacted segments,

•Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements,

•Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio,

•Recent credit quality trends, including the impact of COVID-19 hardship related loan modifications,

•Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events,

•Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information,

•Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values,

•Model imprecision and limitations,

•Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and

•Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions.

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments

We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses.

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans:

Table 23: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a)

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total LoansAllowance AmountTotal Loans% of Total Loans
Allowance for loans and lease losses
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$1,879$152,9331.23%$2,300$132,0731.74%
Commercial real estate1,21634,0153.57%88028,7163.06%
Equipment lease financing906,1301.47%1576,4142.45%
Total commercial3,185193,0781.65%3,337167,2032.00%
Consumer
Residential real estate2139,7120.05%2822,5600.12%
Home equity14924,0610.62%31324,0881.30%
Automobile37216,6352.24%37914,2182.67%
Credit card7126,62610.75%8166,21513.13%
Education712,5332.80%1292,9464.38%
Other consumer3585,7276.25%3594,6987.64%
Total consumer1,68395,2941.77%2,02474,7252.71%
Total$4,868$288,3721.69%$5,361$241,9282.22%
Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments662584
Allowance for credit losses$5,530$5,945
Allowance for credit losses to total loans1.92%2.46%
Commercial1.94%2.29%
Consumer1.87%2.84%

(a)        Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $171 million and $109 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries:

Table 24: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries

Year ended December 31 Dollars in millionsGross Charge-offsRecoveriesNet Charge-offs / (Recoveries)% of Average Loans
2021
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$385$88$2970.21%
Commercial real estate367290.09%
Equipment lease financing131120.03%
Total Commercial4341063280.18%
Consumer
Residential real estate1528(13)(0.04)%
Home equity2086(66)(0.27)%
Automobile169143260.16%
Credit card256462103.39%
Education15870.25%
Other consumer192271653.05%
Total Consumer$667$338$3290.38%
Total$1,101$444$6570.24%
2020
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$382$75$3070.22%
Commercial real estate29(7)(0.02)%
Equipment lease financing2310130.19%
Total Commercial407943130.18%
Consumer
Residential real estate1016(6)(0.03)%
Home equity4261(19)(0.08)%
Automobile2651281370.86%
Credit card300352653.99%
Education16880.25%
Other consumer152181342.75%
Total Consumer$785$266$5190.67%
Total$1,192$360$8320.33%

Total net charge-offs decreased $175 million, or 21%, in 2021 compared to 2020. The decline in the comparison was attributable to the continued favorable impact of government stimulus programs benefiting consumers, as well as the increases in automobile collateral values and home prices which has limited our losses in those respective consumer portfolios.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Management

Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is potential loss assuming we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances, and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity.

Management monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that our liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated runoff of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets and heavy demand to fund committed obligations. Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Liquidity-related risk limits are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  71

and supporting policies. Management committees, including the Asset and Liability Committee, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits.

In addition to these liquidity monitoring measures and tools described above, we also monitor our liquidity by reference to the LCR, which is calculated on a daily basis, and the NSFR which are further described in the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report. As of December 31, 2021, the LCR and NSFR for PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the requirement of 100%.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

Sources of Liquidity

Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits increased to $457.3 billion at December 31, 2021 from $365.3 billion at December 31, 2020, driven by growth in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits, primarily as a result of the BBVA acquisition. See the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Item 7 for additional information related to our deposits. Additionally, certain assets determined by us to be liquid as well as unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to manage our liquidity position.

At December 31, 2021, our liquid assets consisted of cash and due from banks and short-term investments (federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities and interest-earning deposits with banks) totaling $84.8 billion and securities available for sale totaling $131.5 billion. The level of liquid assets fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and balance sheet management activities. Our liquid assets included $27.3 billion of securities available for sale and trading securities pledged as collateral to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. In addition, $0.1 billion of securities held to maturity were also pledged as collateral for these purposes.

We also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, including long-term debt (senior notes, subordinated debt and FHLB borrowings) and short-term borrowings (securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings). See Note 10 Borrowed Funds in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 and the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Item 7 for additional information related to our borrowings.

Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, decreased due to the following activity:

Table 25: Senior and Subordinated Debt

In billions2021
January 1$30.7
Issuances1.7
Calls and maturities(6.0)
Other(0.9)
Impact from BBVA Acquisition2.2
December 31$27.7

Bank Liquidity

Under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2021, PNC Bank had $13.7 billion of notes outstanding under this program of which $8.7 billion were senior bank notes and $5.0 billion were subordinated bank notes.

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

The following table details PNC Bank note redemptions in 2021:

Table 26: PNC Bank Notes Redeemed

Redemption DateAmountDescription of Redemption
March 30, 2021$1.25 billion$1.25 billion of all outstanding Senior Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of April 29, 2021. The securities had a distribution rate of 2.150%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of March 30, 2021.
July 22, 2021$900 millionAll outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of July 22, 2022. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of July 22, 2021.
July 22, 2021$600 millionAll outstanding Senior Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of July 22, 2022. The securities had a distribution rate of 2.232%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of July 22, 2021.
November 9, 2021$750 million$750 million of all outstanding Senior Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of December 9, 2021. The securities have a distribution rate of 2.550%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of November 9, 2021.
December 9, 2021$650 million$650 million of all outstanding Senior Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of December 9, 2022. The securities have a distribution rate of 2.028%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date of December 9, 2021.
December 9, 2021$750 million$750 million of all outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes with an original scheduled maturity date of December 9, 2022. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date of December 9, 2021.

See Note 25 Subsequent Events in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for details on the $1.25 billion bank note redemption announced on January 6, 2022 and the $500 million and $1.0 billion bank note redemptions both announced on February 11, 2022.

PNC Bank maintains additional secured borrowing capacity with the FHLB and through the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. The Federal Reserve Bank, however, is not viewed as a primary means of funding our routine business activities, but rather as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. At December 31, 2021, our unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $78.8 billion.

PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2021, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Additionally, PNC Bank may also access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank, or through issuing senior unsecured notes.

Parent Company Liquidity

In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2021, available parent company liquidity totaled $9.0 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•Bank-level capital needs,

•Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities,

•Corporate policies,

•Contractual restrictions, and

•Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was approximately $2.4 billion at December 31, 2021. See Note 20 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for a further discussion of these limitations.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  73

On October 14, 2021, following completion of the bank merger on October 8, 2021, PNC Bank completed a return of capital of $3.0 billion to the parent company.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. Authorized by the Board of Directors, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2021 there were no commercial paper issuances outstanding.

The following table details Parent Company note issuances in 2021:

Table 27: Parent Company Notes Issued

Issuance DateAmountDescription of Issuance
April 23, 2021$1.0 billion$1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of April 23, 2032. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 2.307% per annum, on April 23 and October 23 of each year, beginning on October 23, 2021. Beginning on April 23, 2031, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index), plus 0.97926%, on July 23, 2031, October 23, 2031, January 23, 2032 and at the maturity date.
August 13, 2021$700 million$700 million of senior notes with a maturity date of August 13, 2026. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 1.15% per annum, on August 13 and February 13 of each year, beginning on February 13, 2022.

On August 4, 2021, PNC redeemed all of the outstanding senior notes due September 3, 2021 issued by PNC in the amount of $500 million. The securities had a distribution rate of 3.250%. The redemption price was equal to $1,000 per $1,000 in principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the redemption date.

See Note 25 Subsequent Events for details on the $1.0 billion parent company note redemption announced on January 6, 2022.

Parent company senior and subordinated debt outstanding totaled $11.4 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $10.6 billion at December 31, 2020.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments as of December 31, 2021:

Table 28: Contractual Obligations

Payment Due By Period
December 31, 2021 – in millionsTotalLess than one yearOne to three yearsFour to five yearsAfter five years
Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits$17,366$15,403$1,334$422$207
Borrowed funds (a)30,7847,1827,5395,00111,062
Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable operating leases2,412416719516761
Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits440489692204
Purchase obligations (b)1,43974353314518
Total contractual cash obligations$52,441$23,792$10,221$6,176$12,252

(a)Includes adjustments related to accounting hedges and purchase accounting.

(b)Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

Table 29: Other Commitments (a)

Amount Of Commitment Expiration By Period
December 31, 2021 – in millionsTotal Amounts CommittedLess than one yearOne to three yearsFour to five yearsAfter five years
Commitments to extend credit (b)$237,238$109,326$67,433$59,076$1,403
Net outstanding standby letters of credit (c)9,3035,6712,9826437
Standby bond purchase agreements1,268249797222
Other commitments (d)3,0451,822661408154
Total commitments$250,854$117,068$71,873$60,349$1,564

(a)Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of syndications, assignments and participations.

(b)Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions.

(c)Includes $3.3 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes.

(d)Includes other commitments of $0.8 billion that were not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $2.2 billion of other commitments were included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Credit Ratings

PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

The following table presents credit ratings for PNC and PNC Bank as of December 31, 2021:

Table 30: Credit Ratings for PNC and PNC Bank

December 31, 2021
Moody’sStandard & Poor’sFitch
PNC
Senior debtA3A-A
Subordinated debtA3BBB+A-
Preferred stockBaa2BBB-BBB
PNC Bank
Senior debtA2AA+
Subordinated debtA3A-A
Long-term depositsAa3AAA-
Short-term depositsP-1A-1F1+
Short-term notesP-1A-1F1

On July 12, 2021, Moody’s downgraded PNC Bank’s long-term deposit rating from Aa2 to Aa3. The rating action was driven by a change in Moody’s rating methodology and no impact to PNC or its businesses is expected as a result of this downgrade. PNC Bank’s senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were affirmed at A2 and A3, respectively. At the same time, the Moody’s rating outlook on PNC Bank’s long-term deposit, senior unsecured debt and issuer ratings were raised from negative to stable.

Capital Management

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

On September 13, 2021, PNC issued 1,500,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 3.400% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series T, with a par value of $1 per share.

In 2021, we returned $3.0 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.0 billion and repurchases of 5 million common shares for $1.0 billion.

We repurchase shares of PNC common stock under a share repurchase authorization provided by our Board of Directors in the amount of up to 100 million shares. Our repurchases are made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and the extent and timing of share repurchases under authorizations depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, the potential impact on our credit ratings, contractual and regulatory limitations, and the results of supervisory assessments of capital adequacy and capital planning processes undertaken by the Federal Reserve and the OCC as part of the CCAR and DFAST processes. Repurchases of common stock are subject to regulatory requirements, including compliance with SCB requirements.

In the first quarter of 2021, the Federal Reserve extended the special limitations on dividends and share repurchases by CCAR-participating BHCs that were put in place in 2020 as a result of ongoing uncertainty from COVID-19. While these restrictions permitted share repurchases based on income, we refrained from repurchasing shares until the close of the BBVA transaction. These restrictions ended on June 30, 2021 for firms with capital levels above those required by the 2021 stress tests, such as PNC. In June 2021, we announced the reinstatement of our share repurchase programs with repurchases of up to $2.9 billion for the four-quarter period beginning in the third quarter of 2021.

On January 5, 2022, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.25 per share paid on February 5, 2022.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  75

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans.

Table 31: Basel III Capital

December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsBasel III (a)(Fully Implemented) (estimated) (b)
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock$49$49
Retained earnings51,19350,228
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(10,702)(10,702)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(435)(435)
Other adjustments/(deductions)(39)(45)
Common equity Tier 1 capital$40,066$39,095
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus5,0105,010
Other adjustments/(deductions)(1)(1)
Tier 1 capital$45,075$44,104
Additional Tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt3,4173,417
Trust preferred capital securities20
Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital3,9394,817
Total Basel III capital$52,451$52,338
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (c)$388,769$389,068
Average quarterly adjusted total assets$548,453$547,483
Supplementary leverage exposure (d)$648,310$648,304
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (a)(e)
Common equity Tier 110.3%10.0%
Tier 111.6%11.3%
Total (f)13.5%13.5%
Leverage (g)8.2%8.1%
Supplementary leverage ratio (d)7.0%6.8%

(a)The ratios are calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provision.

(b)The ratios are calculated to reflect the full impact of CECL and excludes the benefits of the optional five-year transition.

(c)Basel III standardized approach weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(d)The Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts.

(e)All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach.

(f)The Basel III Total risk-based capital ratios include nonqualifying trust preferred capital securities of $20 million that are subject to a phase-out period that runs through 2021.

(g)Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets.

As of January 1, 2020, the 2019 Tailoring Rules became effective for PNC. The most significant changes involved PNC’s election to

exclude specific AOCI items from CET1 capital and higher thresholds used to calculate CET1 capital deductions. As a result, PNC deducts from CET1 capital investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, MSRs and deferred tax assets (in each case, net of associated deferred tax liabilities) to the extent such items individually exceed 25% of its adjusted CET1 capital.

PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, TDRs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

The regulatory agencies have adopted a rule permitting banks to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from

implementing CECL. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital, as defined by the rule, is the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date compared to the CECL ACL at transition. The estimated CECL impact was added to CET1 capital through December 31, 2021, and will be phased-out over the following three years. PNC elected to adopt this optional transition provision effective as of March 31, 2020. See additional discussion of this rule in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report.

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2021, PNC and PNC Bank, our sole bank subsidiary, were both considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for CET1 risk-based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%.

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and believe that our December 31, 2021 capital levels were aligned with them.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 20 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•Equity and other investments and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors, and

•Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities and securities underwriting.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our risk management policies, which are approved by management’s Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the fourth quarters of 2021 and 2020 follow:

Table 32: Interest Sensitivity Analysis

Fourth Quarter 2021Fourth Quarter 2020
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over the following 12 months of:
100 basis point increase3.7%4.7%
Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:
100 basis point increase9.9%12.5%

(a)Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero. Senior management approved the suspension of the 100bps decrease in rate change sensitivities considering the current low rate environment.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. Table 33 reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist’s most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates and (iii) yield curve slope flattening (a 50 basis point yield curve slope flattening between one-month and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  77

Table 33: Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios

December 31, 2021
PNC EconomistMarket ForwardSlope Flattening
First year sensitivity4.1%1.6%(2.3)%
Second year sensitivity11.2%6.4%(7.2)%

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in Tables 32 and 33. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then current market rates.

The following graph presents the LIBOR/Swap yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

Table 34: Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward

The fourth quarter 2021 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates and an upward sloping interest rate yield curve. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

As discussed in Item 1A Risk Factors, the scheduled discontinuance of the requirement that banks submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after June 30, 2023 presents risks to the financial instruments originated, held or serviced by PNC that use LIBOR as a reference rate. PNC holds instruments and services its instruments and instruments owned by others that may be impacted by the likely discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, hedging products, floating-rate obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a reference rate. The transition from LIBOR as an interest rate benchmark will subject PNC, like other financial participants, to financial, legal, operational, and reputational risks.

In order to address LIBOR cessation and the associated risks, PNC has established a cross-functional governance structure to oversee the overall strategy for the transition from LIBOR and mitigate risks associated with the transition. A LIBOR impact and risk assessment has been performed, which identified the associated risks across products, systems, models, and processes. PNC also established an enterprise-level program, which is actively monitoring PNC’s overall firm-wide exposure to LIBOR and using these results to plan transitional strategies and track progress versus these goals. Program workstreams were formed by Line of Business to ensure accountability and alignment with the appropriate operational, technology, and customer-facing stakeholders, while establishing a centralized Program Management Office to ensure consistency in execution and communication. Project plans and established milestones have been developed and have continued to evolve and be refined in line with industry developments and internal decisions and progress. PNC is also involved in industry discussions, preparing milestones for readiness and assessing progress against those milestones, along with developing and delivering on internal and external LIBOR cessation communication plans.

Key efforts to date have included:

•Enhancing fallback language in new contracts and reviewing existing legal contracts/agreements to assess fallback language impacts,

•Making preparations for internal operational readiness,

•Making necessary enhancements to PNC's infrastructure, including systems, models, valuation tools and processes,

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

•Developing and delivering on internal and external LIBOR cessation communication plans,

•Engaging with PNC clients, industry working groups and regulators,

•Monitoring developments associated with LIBOR alternatives and industry practices related to LIBOR-indexed instruments,

•Incorporating BBVA into PNC’s LIBOR transition effort, and

•Initiating the offering of instruments referencing alternative rates in order to align with regulatory guidance encouraging the transition away from the use of USD LIBOR in new contracts after December 31, 2021.

PNC also was an active participant in efforts with the Federal Reserve and other regulatory agencies to explore the potential need for a credit-sensitive rate or add-on to SOFR for use in commercial loans. Those efforts led to the formation of the Credit Sensitivity Group, which held a series of workshops to assess how a credit-sensitive rate or add-on to SOFR might be constructed and discuss associated implementation issues.

PNC began offering conforming adjustable rate mortgages using SOFR instead of USD LIBOR, in line with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac requirements, and nonconforming adjustable rate residential mortgages using SOFR and private student loans using Prime. Alternative rates including, but not limited to, the BSBY Index and SOFR are currently being offered to our corporate and commercial customers. The majority of PNC’s LIBOR exposure maturing after June 30, 2023 is represented by approximately $100 billion in loans outstanding, most of which reside in Corporate & Institutional Banking, and approximately $370 billion in derivatives, most of which include language defining the new rate upon cessation. The focus for 2022 will be planning for the cessation event in 2023 for all lines of business. Corporate & Institutional Banking will also be amending contracts with inadequate fallback language, working on systems enhancements and continuing with client outreach and education. PNC has provided regular updates to Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC examination staff regarding its LIBOR cessation and transition plans.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2021 and 2020 were within our acceptable limits.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during 2021 and minimal instances during 2020 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure and those losses were insignificant. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500 day look back period.

Customer-related trading revenue was $372 million in 2021 compared with $466 million in 2020 and is recorded in Other noninterest income and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of the changes in credit valuations for customer-related derivative activities and lower client-related derivatives sales revenues, partially offset by higher foreign exchange client sales revenues.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  79

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 35: Equity Investments Summary

Dollars in millionsDecember 31 2021December 31 2020Change
$%
Tax credit investments$3,954$2,870$1,08438%
Private equity and other4,2263,1821,04433%
Total$8,180$6,052$2,12835%

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $2.2 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 5 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report has further information on tax credit investments.

Private Equity and Other

The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, $1.7 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies and $0.1 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the potential impacts of the Volcker Rule on our interests in and relationships with private funds covered by the Volcker Rule.

Included in our other equity investments are Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at cost. Visa Class B common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into shares of the publicly-traded Class A common shares, which cannot happen until the resolution of the pending interchange litigation. Based upon the December 31, 2021 per share closing price of $216.71 for a Visa Class A common share, the estimated value of our total investment in the Class B common shares was approximately $1.2 billion at the current conversion rate of Visa B shares to Visa A shares, while our cost basis was insignificant. See Note 15 Fair Value and Note 21 Legal Proceedings in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding our Visa agreements. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa B common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace.

We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $50 million in 2021 and were insignificant in 2020.

Impact of Inflation

Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in

prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation,

there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power,

and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could

potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit

losses resulting from possible increased default rates. In the second half of 2021, inflation accelerated to its fastest pace in decades due

to strong demand but limited supplies as a result of the pandemic.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 15 Fair Value and Note 16 Financial Derivatives in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk to the current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization.

Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: i) identified and assessed; ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and iv) appropriately reported to management and the Risk Committee. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses and establishing an appropriate amount of required operational risk capital held by us.

The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework enables management to make well-informed risk-based business decisions.

The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation.

The operational risk domains are:

•Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud.

•Compliance: Risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards or other regulatory requirements.

•Data Management: Risk associated with incomplete or inaccurate data.

•Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models.

•Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology.

•Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of information assets.

•Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities.

•Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations.

We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. The program tools and methodology enable our business managers to identify potential risks and control gaps.

Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management, and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary.

Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk

PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct risk management is important in supporting PNC’s reputation and PNC maintains a corporate culture that emphasizes complying with laws, regulations, and managing reputational risks. Reputational risk is the risk to the franchise and/or shareholder value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. Strategic risk is another component of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  81

Compliance Risk

Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program, helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry.

Information Security Risk

The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cyber security. PNC’s cyber security program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events, and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third and fourth party security.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate ACL on an ongoing basis. We apply qualitative factors to reflect in the ACL our best estimate of amounts that we do not expect to collect because of, among other things, idiosyncratic risk factors, changes in economic conditions that may not be reflected in forecasted results, or other potential methodology limitations. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to:

•Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Change to probability weights assigned to these scenarios and timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates.

•Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected.

•Portfolio volume and mix: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves

would be recognized upon origination or acquisition.

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and

(iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Our methodologies and key assumptions for each of these components are discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast

Under CECL, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose,

we have established a framework which includes a three year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes over our reasonable and supportable

82    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

forecast period. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them.

To generate the four economic forecast scenarios we use a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking expert judgment to forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) in order to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans and securities. Each quarter the scenarios are presented for approval to PNC’s RAC, and the committee determines and approves CECL scenarios’ weights for use for the current reporting period.

The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2021 reflect an improved near-term economic outlook compared to the scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2020. The overall improvement in the comparison was driven largely by improvements in both the outlook for consumer spending and the labor market, along with the impact from continued vaccine distribution, while also considering the lingering effects of COVID-19 that slowed the momentum of economic recovery in recent months and the impacts of supply-chain disruptions.

We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with the most significant drivers being Real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Table 36: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios

Assumptions as of December 31, 2021
202220232024
U.S. Real GDP (a) (b)2.8%1.4%1.3%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)4.4%4.1%3.9%
Assumptions as of December 31, 2020
202120222023
U.S. Real GDP (a) (d)2.3%2.7%2.2%
U.S. Unemployment Rate (c)6.8%5.7%5.0%

(a)Represents year-over-year growth rates.

(b)Year-over-year growth for 2022 in the assumptions used at December 31, 2021 reflects 5.4% growth above pre-recession levels.

(c)Represents quarterly average rate at December 31.

(d)Year-over-year growth for 2021 in the assumptions used at December 31, 2020 reflected growth that remained 0.5% below pre-recession levels.

Real GDP growth is expected to remain robust in 2022, with output expanding 2.8% on a weighted-average basis, similar to the 2.7% weighted-average expectation this time last year, before slowing to 1.4% and 1.3% in 2023 and 2024, respectively. The improvement in the labor market has outpaced expectations over the past year. As such, the weighted-average projection of the unemployment rate is expected to end 2022 at 4.4% and 2023 at 4.1%. This is an improvement from the weighted-average projections taken as of December 31, 2020, which had the unemployment rate reaching 5.7% and 5.0% in 2022 and 2023, respectively.

The economy has seen significant recovery from the onset of the pandemic. National macroeconomic indicators, forecasts and performance expectations have all steadily improved, helping to lower overall loss expectations. These improvements have been reflected in the reserve releases throughout 2021, including in certain segments initially impacted by COVID-19 related restrictions. However, for certain portions of our commercial and consumer portfolios, considerable uncertainty remains regarding lifetime losses. For commercial borrowers, there are still lingering concerns around industries that have been affected by COVID-19 related restrictions and emerging secular changes. For these industries, where unrestricted commerce has recently returned, the recovery will lag the broader economy. Where restrictions persist and/or secular changes have emerged, the impact and eventual level of recovery are less certain. For consumer borrowers, payment behavior upon expiration of government stimulus, including expired enhanced unemployment benefits is still difficult to predict. As such, for both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, PNC identified and performed significant analysis around these segments to ensure our reserves are adequate in the current economic environment. We believe the economic scenarios have effectively provided sufficient variation to capture probable recovery paths. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis of COVID-19 related impacts, we have addressed reserve requirements for specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels appropriately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we considered what our ACL would be when applying a 100% probability weighting to the most severely adverse scenario. This severely adverse scenario estimated that Real GDP contracted in 2022 ending the year down 2.1% compared to 2021 levels, with growth

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  83

picking up again beginning in 2023, while the unemployment rate increased to end 2022 at 7.9% before gradually improving again through 2023 and 2024. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this sensitivity analysis would result in a hypothetical increase in our ACL of $2.4 billion at December 31, 2021. This scenario was not our expectation at December 31, 2021 and does not reflect our current expectation, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how mortgage rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs.

For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 6 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 6 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 15 Fair Value in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Fair Value Measurements - Level 3

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs in Note 15 Fair Value in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

For additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements, see Note 15 Fair Value in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements which we have adopted.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions.

84    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

▪Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including:

–Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets,

–Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets,

–Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation,

–Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives,

–Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness,

–Impacts of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners,

–The length and extent of the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic,

–Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs, and

–Commodity price volatility.

▪Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be

substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory

contingencies. These statements are based on our views that:

–The U.S. economy continues to recover from the pandemic-caused recession in the first half of 2020. Growth is likely to be softer in the first quarter of 2022 due to the omicron variant, and then pick up in the spring, remaining above the economy’s long-run average throughout this year. Consumer spending growth will remain solid in 2022 due to good underlying fundamentals.

–Supply-chain difficulties, which weighed on growth in the second half of 2021, will gradually ease over the course of 2022. Labor shortages will remain a constraint this year, although strong wage growth will support consumer spending.

–Inflation accelerated in the second half of 2021 to its fastest pace in decades due to strong demand but limited supplies coming out of the pandemic for some goods and services. Inflation will slow in 2022 as supply and demand for these goods and services normalize, but also broaden throughout the economy due to wage growth. Inflation will end 2022 above the Federal Reserve’s long-run objective of 2%.

–PNC expects the FOMC to raise the federal funds rate by 0.25 percentage points five times in 2022 to reach a range of 1.25% to 1.50% by the end of the year, and then further increase the federal funds rate in 2023. The Federal Reserve will also end its purchases of long-term Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities in March 2022, and then start to reduce its balance sheet in mid-2022.

•PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding a SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process.

•PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, the company’s financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models.

•Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

–Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, consumer protection, bank capital and liquidity standards, pension, bankruptcy and other industry aspects, and changes in accounting policies and principles.

–Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries. These matters may result in monetary judgments or settlements or other remedies, including fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs, and may cause reputational harm to PNC.

–Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

–Impact on business and operating results of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2021 Form 10-K  85

•Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards.

•Our acquisition of BBVA presents us with risks and uncertainties related to the integration of the acquired business into PNC including:

–The business of BBVA going forward may not perform as we project or in a manner consistent with historical performance. As a result, the anticipated benefits, including estimated cost savings, of the transaction may be significantly more difficult or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events, including those that are outside of our control.

–The integration of BBVA, including its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA, with that of PNC and PNC Bank may be more difficult to achieve than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results. Our ability to integrate BBVA, including its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA, successfully may be adversely affected by the fact that this transaction results in us entering several geographical markets where we did not previously have any meaningful presence.

•In addition to the BBVA transaction, we grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, and the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing.

•Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread natural and other disasters, pandemics, dislocations, terrorist activities, system failures, security breaches, cyberattacks or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 21 Legal Proceedings in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.